IO Modules

IndustrialIT
800xA - Control and I/O

S800 I/O
Version 4.1
Modules and Termination Units

IndustrialIT
800xA - Control and I/O
S800 I/O
Version 4.1
Modules and Termination Units

NOTICE
The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be
construed as a commitment by ABB. ABB assumes no responsibility for any errors that
may appear in this document.
In no event shall ABB be liable for direct, indirect, special, incidental or consequential
damages of any nature or kind arising from the use of this document, nor shall ABB be
liable for incidental or consequential damages arising from use of any software or hard-
ware described in this document.
This document and parts thereof must not be reproduced or copied without written per-
mission from ABB, and the contents thereof must not be imparted to a third party nor used
for any unauthorized purpose.
The software or hardware described in this document is furnished under a license and
may be used, copied, or disclosed only in accordance with the terms of such license.
This product meets the requirements specified in EMC Directive 89/336/EEC and in Low
Voltage Directive 72/23/EEC.
Copyright 2003 - 2005 by ABB.

All rights reserved.
Release: June 2005

Document number: 3BSE 020 924R4101
TRADEMARKS
Registrations and trademarks used in this document include:
Windows Registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
Industrial IT Trademark of ABB.
Advant Registered trademark of ABB.
Advant Fieldbus Trademark of ABB.
PROFIBUS Registered trademark of Profibus International (P.I.)
PROFIBUS-DP Registered trademark of Profibus International (P.I.)
HART Registered trademark of HART Communication Foundation.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
About This Book

0.1 General ......................................................................................................................21
0.2 Use of Warning, Caution, Information, and Tip Icons ..............................................22
0.3 Terminology...............................................................................................................24
0.4 Applicable Specifications ..........................................................................................25
0.5 Related Documentation .............................................................................................26
Section 1 - Introduction
1.1 Product Overview ......................................................................................................28
1.1.1 Module Termination Units and Terminal Units ..........................................28
1.1.1.1 TU805 Terminal Unit for 50 Volt Applications ......................33
1.1.1.2 TU810 Compact MTU for 50 Volt Applications ....................34
1.1.1.3 TU811 Compact MTU for 250 Volt Applications...................34
1.1.1.4 TU812 Compact MTU for 50 Volt Applications and
25 pin D-sub for Process Connections .........................34
1.1.1.5 TU813 Compact MTU for 250 V Applications ......................34
1.1.1.6 TU814 Compact MTU for 50 Volt Applications ....................34
1.1.1.7 TU830 Extended MTU for 50 Volt Applications....................34
1.1.1.8 TU831 Extended MTU for 250 Volt Applications..................35
1.1.1.9 TU833 Extended MTU for 50 Volt Applications....................35
1.1.1.10 TU835 Extended MTU, Individually Fused per Channel
for 50 Volt Applications ...............................................35
for 250 Volt Applications .............................................35
for 250 Volt Applications .............................................36
3BSE 020 924R4101 5

Table of Contents

for 50 Volt Applications ............................................... 36
1.1.1.14 TU842 Redundant Horizontal MTU for 50 V Applications. 36
1.1.1.15 TU843 Redundant Vertical MTU for 50 V Applications ..... 37
1.1.1.16 TU844 Redundant Horizontal MTU for 50 V Applications. 37
1.1.1.17 TU845 Redundant Vertical MTU for 50 V Applications ..... 37
1.1.1.18 TY801 Shunt Stick................................................................ 37
1.1.1.19 TY804 Shunt Stick................................................................ 37
1.1.2 S800 I/O Modules ....................................................................................... 38
1.1.2.1 AI810 Analog Input Module, 0...20 mA, 0...10 V.................. 38
1.1.2.2 AI820 Differential Analog Input Module, +/- 20 mA,
+/- 10 V, +/- 5 V ........................................................... 38
1.1.2.3 AI825 Galvanic Isolated Analog Input Module, -20...+20 mA,
0(4)...+20 mA, -10...+10 V, 0(2)...+10 V ..................... 39
1.1.2.4 AI830 RTD Input Module....................................................... 39
1.1.2.5 AI835 Thermocouple/mV Input Module ................................ 39
1.1.2.6 AI843 Thermocouple/mV Input Module, for Single or
Redundant Applications ............................................... 39
1.1.2.7 AI845 Analog Input Module, for Single or
Redundant Applications ............................................... 39
1.1.2.8 AI880/AI880A High Integrity Analog Input Module for
Single or Redundant Configuration ............................. 40
1.1.2.9 A0810 Analog Output Module, 0...20 mA ............................. 40
1.1.2.10 AO820 Bipolar Analog Output Module, -20 mA...+20 mA,
-10 V...+10 V ................................................................ 40
1.1.2.11 AO845 Analog Output Module, for Single or Redundant
Applications ................................................................. 40
1.1.2.12 DI810 Digital Input Module, 24 V, Current Sinking ............ 41
1.1.2.13 DI811 Digital Input Module, 48 V, Current Sinking ............ 41
1.1.2.14 DI814 Digital Input Module, 24 V, Current Sourcing .......... 41
1.1.2.15 DI820 Digital Input Module, 120 V a.c./d.c......................... 41
1.1.2.16 DI821 Digital Input Module, 230 V a.c./d.c......................... 42
1.1.2.17 DI825 Digital Input Module, 125 V d.c. with SOE .............. 42
6 3BSE 020 924R4101

Table of Contents
1.1.2.18 DI830 Digital Input Module, 24 V d.c. with SOE,

Current Sinking ............................................................42
1.1.2.19 DI831 Digital Input Module, 48 V d.c. with SOE,
Current Sinking ............................................................43
1.1.2.20 DI840 Digital Input Module, for Single or Redundant
Applications..................................................................43
1.1.2.21 DI880 High Integrity Digital Input Module, for Single or
Redundant Configuration .............................................43
1.1.2.22 DI885 Digital Input Module, 24 V/48 V d.c. with SOE,
Current Sinking ............................................................43
1.1.2.23 DO810 Digital Output Module, 24 V, 0.5 A,
Current Sourcing ..........................................................44
1.1.2.24 DO814 Digital Output Module, 24 V, 0.5 A .........................44
1.1.2.25 DO815 Digital Output Module, 24 V, 2 A,
Current Sourcing ..........................................................44
1.1.2.26 DO820 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Open ........45
1.1.2.27 DO821 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Closed......45
1.1.2.28 DO840 Digital Output Module, for Single or Redundant
Applications..................................................................45
1.1.2.29 DO880 High Integrity Digital Output Module, for Single or
Redundant Configuration .............................................45
1.1.2.30 DP820 Incremental Pulse Counter Module...........................46
1.1.2.31 DP840 Incremental Pulse Counter Module, for Single or
Redundant Applications ...............................................46
1.1.3 S800L I/O Modules.....................................................................................46
1.1.3.1 AI801 Analog Input Module, 0...20 mA .................................47
1.1.3.2 AO801 Analog Output Module, 0...20 mA.............................48
1.1.3.3 DI801 Digital Input Module, 24 V, Current Sinking...............48
1.1.3.4 DI802 Digital Input Module, 120 V a.c./d.c., Current Sinking48
1.1.3.5 DI803 Digital Input Module, 230 V a.c./d.c., Current Sinking48
1.1.3.6 DO801 Digital Output Module, 24 V, 0.5 V, Current Sinking 48
1.1.3.7 DO802 Digital Output Module, 24-250 V, Relay Normally
Open ............................................................................49
1.2 Prerequisites and Requirements ................................................................................49
3BSE 020 924R4101 7

Table of Contents
Section 2 - Configuration
2.1 Module Termination Units (MTU)............................................................................ 51
2.2 I/O Modules .............................................................................................................. 53
2.2.1 S800 I/O Modules ....................................................................................... 53
2.2.2 S800L I/O Modules .................................................................................... 53
Section 3 - Maintenance
3.1 Preventive Maintenance ............................................................................................ 55
3.2 Hardware Indicators .................................................................................................. 55
3.2.1 S800 I/O Module LEDs .............................................................................. 55
3.2.2 S800L I/O Module LED ............................................................................. 58
3.3 Error Messages.......................................................................................................... 61
3.4 Fault Finding and User Repair .................................................................................. 61
3.4.1 S800 I/O Module Replacement................................................................... 61
3.4.1.1 General.................................................................................... 61
3.4.1.2 Practical Execution ................................................................. 62
3.4.1.3 Additional Aspects on Individual S800 I/O Modules............. 63
3.4.2 S800L I/O Module Replacement ................................................................ 66
3.4.2.1 General.................................................................................... 66
3.4.2.2 Practical Execution ................................................................. 66
3.4.2.3 Additional Aspects on Individual S800L I/O Modules .......... 67
Appendix A - Specifications
A.1 AI801 Analog Input Module, 0(4)...20 mA ............................................................. 69
A.1.0.1 Features .................................................................................. 69
A.1.0.2 Description ............................................................................. 70
A.1.0.3 Technical Data........................................................................ 71
A.1.0.4 Block Diagram AI801............................................................ 73
A.1.0.5 Process Connections .............................................................. 74
A.2 AI810 Analog Input Module, 0(4)...20 mA, 0(2)...10 V.......................................... 76
A.2.0.1 Features .................................................................................. 76
A.2.0.2 Description ............................................................................. 76
A.2.0.3 Technical Data ....................................................................... 78
8 3BSE 020 924R4101

Table of Contents
A.2.0.4 Block Diagram AI810 ...........................................................80

A.2.0.5 Process Connections...............................................................81
A.3 AI820 Differential Analog Input Module,
+/- 20 mA, +/- 10 V, +/- 5 V (4...20 mA, 2...10 V, 1...5 V)..................................88
A.3.0.1 Features ..................................................................................88
A.3.0.2 Description .............................................................................88
A.3.0.3 Technical Data........................................................................90
A.3.0.4 Block Diagram AI820 ............................................................92
A.3.0.5 Process Connections...............................................................93
A.4 AI825 Galvanic Isolated Analog Input Module .......................................................98
A.4.0.1 Features ..................................................................................98
A.4.0.2 Description .............................................................................98
A.4.0.3 Technical Data......................................................................100
A.4.0.4 Block Diagram AI825 ..........................................................102
A.4.0.5 Process Connections.............................................................103
A.5 AI830 RTD Input Module ......................................................................................106
A.5.0.1 Features ................................................................................106
A.5.0.2 Description ...........................................................................106
A.5.0.3 Technical Data .....................................................................108
A.5.0.4 Block Diagram AI830 .......................................................... 111
A.6 AI835 Thermocouple/mV Input Module................................................................117
A.6.0.1 Features ................................................................................117
A.6.0.2 Description ...........................................................................117
A.6.0.3 Technical Data......................................................................119
A.7 AI843 Thermocouple/mV Input Module................................................................130
A.7.0.1 Features ................................................................................130
A.7.0.2 Description ...........................................................................130
A.7.0.3 Technical Data......................................................................132
3BSE 020 924R4101 9

Table of Contents
A.7.0.5 Process Connections ............................................................ 137

A.8 AI845 Analog Input Module, single or redundant ................................................. 142
A.8.0.1 Features ................................................................................ 142
A.8.0.2 Description ........................................................................... 142
A.8.0.3 Technical Data...................................................................... 144
A.8.0.4 Block Diagram AI845.......................................................... 147
A.9 AI880/AI880A High Integrity Analog Input Module ............................................ 156
A.9.0.1 Features ................................................................................ 156
A.9.0.2 Description ........................................................................... 156
A.9.0.3 Technical Data...................................................................... 158
A.9.0.4 Block Diagram AI880/AI880A............................................ 160
A.10 AO801 Analog Output Module, 0(4)...20 mA ..................................................... 164
A.10.0.1 Features .............................................................................. 164
A.10.0.2 Description ......................................................................... 164
A.10.0.3 Technical Data ................................................................... 166
A.10.0.4 Power Dissipation Calculation........................................... 168
A.10.0.5 Block Diagram AO801 ...................................................... 169
A.10.0.6 Process Connections .......................................................... 169
A.11 AO810 Analog Output Module, 0(4)...20 mA ..................................................... 172
A.11.0.1 Features .............................................................................. 172
A.11.0.2 Description ......................................................................... 172
A.11.0.3 Technical Data ................................................................... 174
A.11.0.5 Process Connections........................................................... 177
A.12 AO820 Galvanically Isolated Bipolar Analog Output Module............................ 182
A.12.0.1 Features .............................................................................. 182
A.12.0.2 Description ......................................................................... 182
A.12.0.3 Technical Data ................................................................... 184
10 3BSE 020 924R4101

Table of Contents
A.13 AO845 Analog Output Module, single or redundant ...........................................192

A.13.0.1 Features ..............................................................................192
A.13.0.2 Description .........................................................................192
A.13.0.3 Technical Data....................................................................195
A.13.0.4 Block Diagram AO845.......................................................197
A.13.0.5 Process Connections...........................................................198
A.14 DI801 Digital Input Module, 24 V, Current Sinking ............................................204
A.14.0.1 Features ..............................................................................204
A.14.0.2 Description .........................................................................204
A.14.0.3 Technical Data....................................................................206
A.14.0.4 Block Diagram DI801 ........................................................208
A.14.0.5 Process Connections ..........................................................209
A.15 DI802 Digital Input Module, 120 V a.c./d.c, Current Sinking .............................211
A.15.0.1 Features ..............................................................................211
A.15.0.2 Description .........................................................................211
A.15.0.3 Technical Data....................................................................213
A.16 DI803 Digital Input Module, 230 V a.c./d.c, Current Sinking .............................218
A.16.0.1 Features ..............................................................................218
A.16.0.2 Description .........................................................................218
A.16.0.3 Technical Data....................................................................220
A.17.0.1 Features ..............................................................................225
A.17.0.2 Description .........................................................................225
A.17.0.3 Technical Data....................................................................227
A.18.0.1 Features ..............................................................................236
3BSE 020 924R4101 11

Table of Contents
A.18.0.2 Description ......................................................................... 236

A.18.0.3 Technical Data ................................................................... 238
A.18.0.4 Block Diagram DI811 ........................................................ 240
A.19 DI814 Digital Input Module, 24 V, Current Sourcing.......................................... 247
A.19.0.1 Features .............................................................................. 247
A.19.0.2 Description ......................................................................... 247
A.19.0.3 Technical Data.................................................................... 249
A.19.0.4 Block Diagram DI814........................................................ 251
A.20 DI820 Digital Input Module, 120 V a.c./d.c ........................................................ 258
A.20.0.1 Features .............................................................................. 258
A.20.0.2 Description ......................................................................... 258
A.20.0.3 Technical Data.................................................................... 260
A.21 DI821 Digital Input Module, 230 V a.c./d.c. ....................................................... 266
A.21.0.1 Features .............................................................................. 266
A.21.0.2 Description ......................................................................... 266
A.21.0.3 Technical Data.................................................................... 268
A.22 DI825 Digital Input Module, 125 V d.c with SOE .............................................. 274
A.22.0.1 Features .............................................................................. 274
A.22.0.2 Description ......................................................................... 274
A.22.0.3 Event Recording................................................................. 275
A.22.0.4 Simple Digital Input........................................................... 275
A.22.0.5 Technical Data.................................................................... 276
A.23 DI830 Digital Input Module, 24 V d.c. with SOE,
Current Sinking.................................................................................................. 282
12 3BSE 020 924R4101

Table of Contents
A.23.0.1 Features ..............................................................................282

A.23.0.2 Description .........................................................................282
A.23.0.3 Event Recording .................................................................283
A.23.0.4 Simple Digital Input ...........................................................283
A.23.0.5 Technical Data....................................................................284
Current Sinking ..................................................................................................293
A.24.0.1 Features ..............................................................................293
A.24.0.2 Description .........................................................................293
A.24.0.4 Simple Digital Input ...........................................................294
A.24.0.5 Technical Data....................................................................295
A.25 DI840 Digital Input Module .................................................................................304
A.25.0.1 Features ..............................................................................304
A.25.0.2 Description .........................................................................304
A.25.0.3 Technical Data....................................................................306
A.26 DI880 High Integrity Digital Input Module .........................................................316
A.26.0.1 Features ..............................................................................316
A.26.0.2 Description .........................................................................316
A.26.0.3 Technical Data....................................................................319
A.27 DI885 Digital Input Module, 24 V /48 V d.c. with SOE,
Current Sinking ..................................................................................................329
A.27.0.1 Features ..............................................................................329
A.27.0.2 Description .........................................................................329
3BSE 020 924R4101 13

Table of Contents
A.27.0.4 Simple Digital Input........................................................... 330

A.27.0.5 Channel Supervision .......................................................... 331
A.27.0.6 Sensor Power Supply and Supervision .............................. 331
A.27.0.7 Supported Sensor Types..................................................... 331
A.27.0.8 Technical Data ................................................................... 333
A.27.0.10 Process Connections ........................................................ 336
A.28 DO801 Digital Output Module 24 V, 0.5 A, Current Sourcing............................ 340
A.28.0.1 Features .............................................................................. 340
A.28.0.2 Description ......................................................................... 340
A.28.0.3 Technical Data.................................................................... 342
A.28.0.4 Block Diagram DO801 ...................................................... 344
A.29 DO802 Digital Output Module, 24-250 V, Relay Normally Open ...................... 347
A.29.0.1 Features .............................................................................. 347
A.29.0.2 Description ......................................................................... 347
A.29.0.3 Technical Data.................................................................... 349
A.30 DO810 Digital Output Module 24 V, 0.5 A Current Sourcing............................. 354
A.30.0.1 Features .............................................................................. 354
A.30.0.2 Description ......................................................................... 354
A.30.0.3 Technical Data.................................................................... 356
A.31 DO814 Digital Output Module 24 V, 0.5 A, Current Sinking.............................. 364
A.31.0.1 Features .............................................................................. 364
A.31.0.2 Description ......................................................................... 364
A.31.0.3 Technical Data ................................................................... 366
A.32 DO815 Digital Output Module 24 V, 2 A, Current Sourcing............................... 375
14 3BSE 020 924R4101

Table of Contents
A.32.0.1 Features ..............................................................................375

A.32.0.2 Description .........................................................................375
A.32.0.3 Technical Data ...................................................................378
A.32.0.4 Block Diagram DO815.......................................................380
A.33 DO820 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Open .......................................386
A.33.0.1 Features ..............................................................................386
A.33.0.2 Description .........................................................................386
A.33.0.3 Technical Data....................................................................388
A.34 DO821 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Closed .....................................396
A.34.0.1 Features ..............................................................................396
A.34.0.2 Description .........................................................................396
A.34.0.3 Technical Data....................................................................398
A.35 DO840 Digital Output Module.............................................................................406
A.35.0.1 Features ..............................................................................406
A.35.0.2 Description .........................................................................406
A.35.0.3 Technical Data....................................................................409
A.36 DO880 High Integrity Digital Output Module .....................................................418
A.36.0.1 Features ..............................................................................418
A.36.0.2 Description .........................................................................419
A.36.0.3 Technical Data....................................................................421
A.37 DP820 Incremental Pulse Counter Module ..........................................................431
A.37.0.1 Features ..............................................................................431
A.37.0.2 Description .........................................................................431
3BSE 020 924R4101 15

Table of Contents
A.37.0.3 Transducer Connection ...................................................... 431

A.37.0.4 Pulse Encoding................................................................... 432
A.37.0.5 Pulse Count (Length/Position) Measurement .................... 434
A.37.0.6 Gated Count Mode ............................................................. 435
A.37.0.7 Frequency (speed) Measurement. ...................................... 436
A.37.0.8 Digital Output .................................................................... 437
A.37.0.9 OSP Function ..................................................................... 438
A.37.0.10 LED Indicators................................................................. 439
A.37.0.11 Technical Data.................................................................. 440
A.37.0.12 Block Diagram DP820 ..................................................... 444
A.37.0.13 Process Connections ........................................................ 445
A.38 DP840 Incremental Pulse Counter Module.......................................................... 452
A.38.0.1 Features .............................................................................. 452
A.38.0.2 Description ......................................................................... 452
A.38.0.3 Transducer Connection ...................................................... 453
A.38.0.4 Pulse Count Measurement ................................................. 454
A.38.0.5 Frequency (speed) Measurement. ...................................... 454
A.38.0.6 Redundant Applications..................................................... 455
A.38.0.7 Technical Data.................................................................... 456
A.38.0.8 Block Diagram DP840 ....................................................... 460
A.39 TU805 Terminal Unit ........................................................................................... 469
A.39.0.1 Features .............................................................................. 469
A.39.0.2 Description ......................................................................... 469
A.39.0.3 Technical Data.................................................................... 470
A.39.0.4 Block Diagram TU805....................................................... 471
A.40 TU810 Compact MTU ......................................................................................... 472
A.40.0.1 Features .............................................................................. 472
A.40.0.2 Description ......................................................................... 472
A.40.0.3 Technical Data.................................................................... 474
A.40.0.4 Connections........................................................................ 476
16 3BSE 020 924R4101

Table of Contents
A.41 TU811 Compact MTU..........................................................................................478

A.41.0.1 Features ..............................................................................478
A.41.0.2 Description .........................................................................478
A.41.0.3 Technical Data....................................................................480
A.41.0.4 Connections ........................................................................481
A.41.0.5 Block Diagram TU811 .......................................................482
A.42 TU812 Compact MTU..........................................................................................483
A.42.0.1 Features ..............................................................................483
A.42.0.2 Description .........................................................................483
A.42.0.3 Technical Data....................................................................485
A.42.0.4 Connections ........................................................................486
A.43 TU813 Compact MTU..........................................................................................489
A.43.0.1 Features ..............................................................................489
A.43.0.2 Description .........................................................................489
A.43.0.3 Technical Data....................................................................491
A.43.0.4 Connections ........................................................................493
A.44 TU814 Compact MTU..........................................................................................495
A.44.0.1 Features ..............................................................................495
A.44.0.2 Description .........................................................................495
A.44.0.3 Technical Data....................................................................497
A.44.0.4 Connections ........................................................................499
A.45 TU830 Extended MTU .........................................................................................501
A.45.0.1 Features ..............................................................................501
A.45.0.2 Description .........................................................................502
A.45.0.3 Technical Data....................................................................503
A.45.0.4 Connections ........................................................................505
A.46 TU831 Extended MTU .........................................................................................507
A.46.0.1 Features ..............................................................................507
3BSE 020 924R4101 17

Table of Contents
A.46.0.2 Description ......................................................................... 507

A.46.0.3 Technical Data.................................................................... 509
A.46.0.4 Connections........................................................................ 510
A.47 TU833 Extended MTU......................................................................................... 512
A.47.0.1 Features .............................................................................. 512
A.47.0.2 Description ......................................................................... 512
A.47.0.3 Technical Data.................................................................... 514
A.47.0.4 Connections........................................................................ 516
A.48 TU835 Extended MTU......................................................................................... 518
A.48.0.1 Features .............................................................................. 518
A.48.0.2 Description ......................................................................... 518
A.48.0.3 Technical Data.................................................................... 520
A.48.0.4 Connections........................................................................ 521
A.49 TU836 Extended MTU......................................................................................... 524
A.49.0.1 Features .............................................................................. 524
A.49.0.2 Description ......................................................................... 524
A.49.0.3 Technical Data.................................................................... 526
A.50 TU837 Extended MTU......................................................................................... 530
A.50.0.1 Features .............................................................................. 530
A.50.0.2 Description ......................................................................... 530
A.50.0.3 Technical Data.................................................................... 532
A.50.0.4 Connections ....................................................................... 534
A.51 TU838 Extended MTU......................................................................................... 537
A.51.0.1 Features .............................................................................. 537
A.51.0.2 Description ......................................................................... 538
A.51.0.3 Technical Data.................................................................... 539
A.51.0.4 Connections........................................................................ 541
18 3BSE 020 924R4101

Table of Contents

A.52 TU842 Redundant Horizontal MTU.....................................................................543
A.52.0.1 Features ..............................................................................543
A.52.0.2 Description .........................................................................543
A.52.0.3 Technical Data....................................................................545
A.52.0.4 Connections ........................................................................546
A.53 TU843 Redundant Vertical MTU .........................................................................549
A.53.0.1 Features ..............................................................................549
A.53.0.2 Description .........................................................................549
A.53.0.3 Technical Data....................................................................551
A.53.0.4 Connections ........................................................................552
A.54 TU844 Redundant Horizontal MTU.....................................................................555
A.54.0.1 Features ..............................................................................555
A.54.0.2 Description .........................................................................555
A.54.0.3 Technical Data....................................................................557
A.54.0.4 Connections ........................................................................558
A.55 TU845 Redundant Vertical MTU .........................................................................561
A.55.0.1 Features ..............................................................................561
A.55.0.2 Description .........................................................................561
A.55.0.3 Technical Data....................................................................563
A.55.0.4 Connections ........................................................................564
A.56 TY801 Shunt Stick ...............................................................................................567
A.56.0.1 Features ..............................................................................567
A.56.0.2 Description .........................................................................567
A.56.0.3 Technical Data....................................................................568
A.56.0.4 Block Diagram TY801 .......................................................569
A.57 TY804 Shunt Stick ...............................................................................................570
A.57.0.1 Features ..............................................................................570
3BSE 020 924R4101 19

Table of Contents
A.57.0.2 Description ......................................................................... 570

A.57.0.3 Technical Data.................................................................... 571
A.57.0.4 Block Diagram TY804....................................................... 572
INDEX ........................................................................................................................ 573
20 3BSE 020 924R4101

About This Book
0.1 General
This book provides a description of S800 I/O modules and termination units.
It provides instructions for site planning and installation, start-up and shutdown
procedures, and information regarding capacity and performance. This book is not
intended to be the sole source of instruction for the S800 I/O system.
This section provides introductory and background information including
guidelines how to find information in the manual related documentation.
Section 1, Introduction provides a product and functional overview.
Section 2, Configuration will give you the information needed to obtain the desired
function. The main information is structured as follow:
Design considerations and guidelines are given.
Capacity and performance.
Section 3, Maintenance focus is on fault finding supported by built in diagnostics
and use of system status displays in operator station and LEDs on I/O modules.
In Appendix A, Specifications you will find data sheets of all components of
S800 I/O. They are listed in alphabetical order.
3BSE 020 924R4101 21

Use of Warning, Caution, Information, and Tip Icons About This Book
In general, the data sheet contains the following information:

Features
Description
Front view
Technical data
Process connections.
Index will offer you an easy way of finding information.
Those people involved in system engineering should attend the applicable system
engineering or maintenance courses offered by ABB Automation University.
0.2 Use of Warning, Caution, Information, and Tip Icons

This publication includes Warning, Caution, and Information where appropriate
to point out safety related or other important information. It also includes Tip to
point out useful hints to the reader. The corresponding symbols should be
interpreted as follows:
Electrical warning icon indicates the presence of a hazard which could result in
electrical shock.
Warning icon indicates the presence of a hazard which could result in personal
injury.
Caution icon indicates important information or warning related to the concept

discussed in the text. It might indicate the presence of a hazard which could
result in corruption of software or damage to equipment/property.
Information icon alerts the reader to pertinent facts and conditions.
Tip icon indicates advice on, for example, how to design your project or how to
use a certain function
22 3BSE 020 924R4101

About This Book Use of Warning, Caution, Information, and Tip Icons
Although Warning hazards are related to personal injury, and Caution hazards are
associated with equipment or property damage, it should be understood that
operation of damaged equipment could, under certain operational conditions, result
in degraded process performance leading to personal injury or death. Therefore,
comply fully with all Warning and Caution notices.
3BSE 020 924R4101 23

Terminology About This Book
0.3 Terminology
The following is a list of terms associated with S800 I/O that you should be familiar
with. The list contains terms and abbreviations that are unique to ABB or have a
usage or definition that is different from standard industry usage.
Term Description
FCI The Fieldbus Communication Interface (FCI) device
contains the interface to the fieldbus (for example
PROFIBUS or AF100).
G3 compliant The module withstand more severe environmental
conditions according to ISA-S71.04.
I/O cluster An I/O cluster can have up to 12 I/O devices.
I/O device A complete I/O device consists of one MTU and one I/O
module.
I/O module Is an active, electronic and signal conditioning unit. Can
be a part of an I/O device or a S800L I/O module.
I/O station An I/O station consists of one or two FCI(s), 1-7 I/O
clusters and up to 24 I/O devices.
ModuleBus Is an incremental, electrical or optical, bus for
interconnection of I/O devices.
ModuleBus master ModuleBus master can be a controller (AC 800M) or a
FCI. A ModuleBus master contains a ModuleBus
interface and power regulators. The FCI module can
manage 24 I/O devices and the controller up to 96 I/O
modules (up to 12 directly and to the others in 1 to 7 I/O
clusters).
MTU The Module Termination Unit is a passive base unit
containing process terminals and a part of the
ModuleBus.
OSP Outputs Set as Predetermined. A user configurable
action on an output module when communications is lost
to the FCI or Controller
24 3BSE 020 924R4101

About This Book Applicable Specifications
RTD Resistance Temperature Detector

SOE Sequence of events. Time stamping of status changes
for digital inputs.
TC Thermocouple
0.4 Applicable Specifications

This product meets the requirements specified in EMC Directive 89/336/EEC and in
Low Voltage Directive 72/23/EEC.
3BSE 020 924R4101 25

Related Documentation About This Book
0.5 Related Documentation

The following is a listing of all documentation related to the S800 I/O system.
Title Description
S800 I/O General Information and Describes the general installation and
Installation configuration information for the S800
I/O system
S800 I/O Modules and Termination Units Describes I/O modules and termination
with Intrinsic Safety Interface units with I.S. interface in the S800 I/O
system
S800 I/O Fieldbus Communication Describes the AF100 FCI in the S800
Interface for AF100 I/O system
Users Guide
S800 I/O Fieldbus Communication Describes the PROFIBUS-DP FCI in the
Interface for PROFIBUS-DP/DPV1 S800 I/O system
S800 I/O PROFIBUS-DP Fieldbus Describes the memory mapping on
Communication Interface PROFIBUS for the S800 I/O system
Reference Manual
Interference-free Electronics Describes the rule for the installation of
equipment to ensure the correct
operation of equipment in environments
where disturbance are present
26 3BSE 020 924R4101

Section 1 Introduction
The S800 I/O is distributed modular I/O which communicates with numerous
controllers over a Advant Fieldbus 100 (AF100), PROFIBUS-DP or directly.
The S800 I/O provides easy installation of the I/O modules and process cabling.
It is highly modularized and flexible so that I/O modules can be combined to suit
many applications. The S800 I/O can be mounted in many configurations to fit most
requirements.
Figure 1-1 S800 I/O Fieldbus Communication Interface with an I/O Module on
Compact and Extended MTUs and an S800L Module
3BSE 020 924R4101 27

Product Overview Section 1 Introduction
1.1 Product Overview

The S800 I/O provides easy installation of the I/O modules and process cabling.
It is highly modularized and flexible so that the I/O modules can be combined to suit
many applications. The S800 I/O modules and a Fieldbus Communication Interface
(FCI) are combined to form an I/O Station. The S800 I/O can be used in both single
and redundant applications.
For more overview information please see S800 I/O General Information and
Installation.
Module Termination Units (MTU) and two types of I/O modules; S800 I/O and
S800L I/O modules.
S800 I/O modules are designed to be used together with a Module Termination
Unit.
S800L I/O modules are designed to be directly mounted on a standard DIN rail.
The module also contains terminals for connections.
1.1.1 Module Termination Units and Terminal Units

The Module Termination Units (MTU) are passive base units used to house the I/O
modules. They contain the process wiring terminals and a section of the
ModuleBus.
The Module Termination Units (MTU) distributes the ModuleBus to the I/O module
and to the next MTU. It also generates the correct address to the I/O module by
shifting the outgoing position signals to the next MTU.
Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for different types of I/O
modules. This is only a mechanical configuration and it does not affect the
functionality of the MTU or the I/O module. Each key has six positions, which gives
a total number of 36 different configurations. The configuration can be changed
with a screwdriver.
The MTU can be mounted on a standard DIN rail. It has a mechanical latch that
locks the MTU to the DIN rail. The latch can be released with a screwdriver.
28 3BSE 020 924R4101

Section 1 Introduction Module Termination Units and Terminal Units
The MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the module in its
position. This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that
keeps the module in its init state until it is locked in its position.
The top part of the MTU can be removed to replace the termination board even with
the system running. Such a need can be caused by a damaged terminal screw.
The MTUs are available in tree versions (Compact, Extended and Redundant).
The Compact MTU version typically provides for a compact installation of the I/O
modules using 1 wire connections.
The Extended MTU version provides for a more complete installation on the MTU,
including 3 wire connection, fuses and field circuit power distribution. See
Figure 1-3 and Figure 1-4 for an illustration of the MTUs together with the I/O
modules.
The Redundant MTUs are used in redundant I/O applications. There is space on the
MTU for two I/O modules on separate ModuleBuses. See Figure 1-5.
3BSE 020 924R4101 29

Module Termination Units and Terminal Units Section 1 Introduction
The Terminal Unit is a passive unit that enables 2- and 3-wire connections of
process signals. The Terminal Unit is mounted direct on an S800L I/O module. See
Figure 1-2, S800L I/O module with terminal unit TU805.
58.5
Figure 1-2 S800L Module with TU805
30 3BSE 020 924R4101

See Table 2-1 for information about the combination between MTU and I/O
modules and to specifications in Appendix A, Specifications for more information.
122 mm
7 mm (4.8)
(.27)
F
R
67.5 mm
W
(2.66)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
E
F
10
162 mm
(6.37)
11
D A
C
12
B
13
E
F
99.5 mm
14 D A
(3.92)
15
C
B
16
DI810
24V
7 mm
(.27)
5 mm 31.5 mm (1.24")
(0.2)
58.5 mm
(2.3)
40 mm
(1.57)
Figure 1-3 Typical Compact MTU with I/O Module
3BSE 020 924R4101 31

122 mm
7 mm (.27)
(4.8)
A
A
F B F B
E C E C
DI810
24V
67.5 mm
D
(2.66)
(1.77)
45 mm
109 mm
(4.3)
10
12
13
14
15
16
11
W
R
F
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
46.5 mm
5 mm (1.85)
31.5 mm (1.24")
(0.2)
7 mm
(.27) 120.5 mm
(4.74)
80 mm
(3.15)
Figure 1-4 Typical Extended MTU with I/O Module
32 3BSE 020 924R4101

Figure 1-5 Typical Redundant MTU with I/O Module
1.1.1.1 TU805 Terminal Unit for 50 Volt Applications

The TU805 is a 16 channel terminal unit. Used to enable 2- and 3-wire connections
on DI801 or DO801. The Terminal Unit is mounted direct on DI801 or DO801.
3BSE 020 924R4101 33

1.1.1.2 TU810 Compact MTU for 50 Volt Applications

The TU810 is a 16 channel compact module termination unit. The TU810 has three
rows of terminals for field signals and process power connections.
The module is also available in a version that withstand more severe environmental
conditions according to ISA-S71.04. This is indicated with a Z in the type
designation.

The TU811 is an 8 channel compact module termination unit. The TU811 has three
rows of terminals for field signals and process power connection.
designation.
1.1.1.4 TU812 Compact MTU for 50 Volt Applications and 25 pin D-sub for
Process Connections
The TU812 is a 16 channel compact module termination unit. The TU812 has a 25
pin D-Sub connector for signals and process power connections.
1.1.1.5 TU813 Compact MTU for 250 V Applications

rows of crimp snap-in connectors for field signals and process power connections.

rows of crimp snap-in connectors for field signals and process power connections.
1.1.1.7 TU830 Extended MTU for 50 Volt Applications

The TU830 is a 16 channel extended module termination unit. The TU830 has three
rows of terminals for field signals and process power connection.
34 3BSE 020 924R4101


The TU831 is an 8 channel extended module termination unit. TU831 has two rows
of terminals for field signals and process power connection.

The TU833 is a 16 channel extended module termination unit. The TU833 has three
rows of spring-case terminals for field signals and process power connection.
1.1.1.10 TU835 Extended MTU, Individually Fused per Channel for 50 Volt
Applications
The TU835 is an 8 channel extended module termination unit. The TU835 has two
rows of terminals for process power connection and a single row of process signal
connections. Each channel has one fused (3 A max.) transmitter power terminal and
one signal connection. Process voltage can be connected to 2 individually isolated
groups.
Applications
rows of terminals for field signals and process power connection. Each channel has
one fused (3 A max.) power outlet terminal and one signal return connection.
Process voltage can be connected to 2 individually isolated groups.
The standard fuse holder that comes with the TU836 can be changed to an
indicating fuse holder. This indicating fuse holder can be ordered from Phoenix
Contact:
15-30 VDC type, order 3118119
110-250 VAC type, order 3118106.
3BSE 020 924R4101 35

Standard Optional fuse holder with
fuse holder fuse status indication for

15-30 VDC or 110-250 VAC
Figure 1-6 Exchange of Standard Fuse Holder for Indication Type
Applications
rows of terminals for field signals and process power connection. Each channel has
one fused (3 A max.) power outlet terminal and one process power connection.
Process voltage return can be connected to 2 individually isolated groups.
Applications
rows of terminals for process power connection. Each channel has one fused (3 A
max.) transmitter power terminal and one signal connection. Process voltage can be
connected to 2 individually isolated groups.
1.1.1.14 TU842 Redundant Horizontal MTU for 50 V Applications

The TU842 is a 16 channel, 50 V, redundant module termination unit. It is a passive
unit used for connection of the field wiring to the I/O modules and intended for
mounting on a horizontal DIN rail. The Redundant MTUs are used in redundant I/O
applications. There is space on the MTU for two I/O modules on separate
ModuleBuses.
36 3BSE 020 924R4101

1.1.1.15 TU843 Redundant Vertical MTU for 50 V Applications

mounting on a vertical DIN rail. The Redundant MTUs are used in redundant I/O
applications. There is space on the MTU for two I/O modules on separate
ModuleBuses.
1.1.1.16 TU844 Redundant Horizontal MTU for 50 V Applications

mounting on a horizontal DIN rail. 8 shunt sticks are needed for configuration of
signal type. The Redundant MTUs are used in redundant I/O applications. There is
space on the MTU for two I/O modules on separate ModuleBuses.
1.1.1.17 TU845 Redundant Vertical MTU for 50 V Applications

mounting on a vertical DIN rail. 8 shunt sticks are needed for configuration of
signal type. The Redundant MTUs are used in redundant I/O applications. There is
space on the MTU for two I/O modules on separate ModuleBuses.
1.1.1.18 TY801 Shunt Stick

The TY801 is a shunt stick for current or voltage signals together with AI845 or
AI880 and TU844 or TU845.
1.1.1.19 TY804 Shunt Stick

The TY804 is a shunt stick for NAMUR signals together with DP840 and TU844 or
TU845.
3BSE 020 924R4101 37

S800 I/O Modules Section 1 Introduction
1.1.2 S800 I/O Modules

The I/O modules have open ventilated plastic enclosures. On the front of all I/O
modules there are at least three LEDs (FAULT, RUN and WARNING) indicating
the module status. Additionally some modules have LEDs indicating OSP or
PRIMARY, see Table 3-1 and Table 3-2.
I/O modules may be replaced in a fully operational I/O station. Mechanical keying
on modules and MTUs protect I/O modules from being inserted in positions where
they could be damaged by excessive voltage or current. An electronic type
designation ID in each module keeps the I/O module from being taken into
operation by the ModuleBus master, if a modules ID doesnt match the configured
module type definition. There are modules for both single and redundant
applications.
Please refer to specifications in Appendix A, Specifications for more information.
1.1.2.1 AI810 Analog Input Module, 0...20 mA, 0...10 V

The AI810 Analog Input Module has 8 current and voltage inputs. The inputs are
independent for each channel, in that either voltage or current can be measured.
The current input is able to handle a short circuit to the transmitter supply without
damage. The input withstand HART communication.
Nominal input ranges are: 0(4)... +20 mA, 0(2)... +10 V.
1.1.2.2 AI820 Differential Analog Input Module, +/- 20 mA, +/- 10 V, +/- 5 V
The AI820 Differential Analog Input Module has 4 differential, bipolar
current/voltage inputs. This module is suitable for applications requiring high
common mode rejection ratings, and/or bipolar voltage or current inputs. Nominal
input ranges are: -20...+20 mA, 0(4)...+20 mA, -10...+10 V, 0(2)...+10 V,
-5...+5 V and 0(1)...+5 V.
38 3BSE 020 924R4101

Section 1 Introduction S800 I/O Modules
1.1.2.3 AI825 Galvanic Isolated Analog Input Module, -20...+20 mA, 0(4)...+20
mA, -10...+10 V, 0(2)...+10 V
The AI825 Galvanic Isolated Analog Input Module has 4 individually galvanic
isolated channels. This module is suitable for applications requiring galvanic
isolated channels, and/or bipolar voltage or current inputs. Nominal input ranges
are: -20...+20 mA, 0(4)...+20 mA, -10...+10 V, 0(2)...+10 V.
1.1.2.4 AI830 RTD Input Module

The AI830 Analog Input, RTD Module has 8 RTD (Pt100, Cu10, Ni100 and Ni120
and resistor) inputs. The inputs allow 3-wire connection to RTDs. Inputs are
monitored for open-circuit, short-circuit. Reference channel and internal supply are
also monitored.
1.1.2.5 AI835 Thermocouple/mV Input Module

The AI835 Analog Input, Thermocouple/mV Module has 8 differential inputs for
TC/mV measurements. One channel (channel 8) can be configured for Cold
Junction (ambient) temperature measurement, thus serving as the CJ-channel for
the other channels on the module. All 8 channels can be used if no CJ-temperature
measurement is needed. The inputs can be connected to a variety of thermocouples
with the following characteristics: B, C, E, J, K, N, R, S and T.
1.1.2.6 AI843 Thermocouple/mV Input Module, for Single or Redundant

Applications
The AI843 Analog Input, Thermocouple/mV Module has 8 differential inputs for
TC/mV measurements. A separate channel is used for Cold Junction (ambient)
temperature measurement. The input can be connected to a variety of
thermocouples with the following characteristics: B, C, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T and U.
1.1.2.7 AI845 Analog Input Module, for Single or Redundant Applications

The AI845 Analog Input Module has 8 analog inputs. Each channel can be either a
voltage or current input. Nominal input range is 0...20 mA, 4...20 mA, 0...5 V,
3BSE 020 924R4101 39

1...5 V. The module has advanced on-board diagnostics and HART pass-through
functionality. It can be used in both single and redundant application.
1.1.2.8 AI880/AI880A High Integrity Analog Input Module for Single or

Redundant Configuration
The AI880/AI880A High Integrity Analog Input Module is TV certified for
EN 61508-SIL3, DIN V 19250/DIN V VDE 0801- AK6 and EN954-1 Category 4.
The AI880/AI880A has 8 analog inputs. The channels are for current input.
Nominal input range is 0...20 mA, 4...20 mA. The module has advanced on-board
diagnostics. It can be used in both single and redundant configuration.
The AI880/AI880A complies with the NAMUR recommendation NE43, and
supports configurable over- and under range limits.
AI880A has support for HART pass-through communication.
1.1.2.9 A0810 Analog Output Module, 0...20 mA

The AO810 Analog Output Module has 8 current outputs. State of outputs can be
set to a predetermined (OSP) value if a communication error is detected. Nominal
output range is: 0(4)... 20 mA.
1.1.2.10 AO820 Bipolar Analog Output Module, -20 mA...+20 mA, -10 V...+10 V
The AO820 Bipolar Analog Output Module has 4 bipolar current or voltage outputs.
The choice of either current or voltage output is configurable per channel. Outputs
are individually galvanically isolated. State of outputs can be set to a predetermined
(OSP) value if a communication error is detected. Nominal output range are:
-20... +20 mA, 0(4)... +20 mA, -10... +10 V, 0(2)... +10 V.
1.1.2.11 AO845 Analog Output Module, for Single or Redundant Applications

The AO845 Analog Output Module has 8 analog outputs. Nominal output range is
4...20 mA. State of outputs can be set to a predetermined (OSP) value if a
communication error is detected. The module has advanced on-board diagnostics
and HART pass-through functionality. It can be used in both single and redundant
applications.
40 3BSE 020 924R4101

1.1.2.12 DI810 Digital Input Module, 24 V, Current Sinking

The DI810 Digital Input Module has 16 channels for 24 volt d.c. digital inputs.
The inputs are divided into two isolated groups of eight channels with a voltage
supervision input for each group. Each input channel provides current limiting,
EMC protection, input state LED indicator and optical isolation from the
ModuleBus.
designation.

The inputs are divided into two isolated groups of eight channels with a voltage
supervision input for each group. Each input channel provides current limiting,
EMC protection, input state LED indicator and optical isolation from the
ModuleBus.
1.1.2.14 DI814 Digital Input Module, 24 V, Current Sourcing

The DI814 Digital Input Module has 16 channels for 24 volt d.c. current source
digital inputs. The inputs are divided into two isolated groups of eight channels with
a voltage supervision input for each group. Each input channel provides current
limiting, EMC protection, input state LED indicator and optical isolation from the
ModuleBus.
1.1.2.15 DI820 Digital Input Module, 120 V a.c./d.c.

The DI820 Digital Input Module has 8 channels for 120 volt a.c./d.c. digital inputs.
The inputs are individually isolated. Channel 1 can be used as voltage supervisor for
channels 2 - 4, and channel 8 can be used for channels 5 - 7. If voltage supervision is
disabled, channels 1 and 8 can be used as normal inputs. Each input channel
provides current limiting, EMC protection, input state LED indicator, noise filter
and optical isolation from the ModuleBus.
3BSE 020 924R4101 41

designation.
1.1.2.16 DI821 Digital Input Module, 230 V a.c./d.c.

The inputs are individually isolated. Channel 1 can be used as voltage supervisor for
channels 2 - 4, and channel 8 can be used for channels 5 - 7. If voltage supervision is
disabled, channels 1 and 8 can be used as normal inputs. Each input channel
provides current limiting, EMC protection, input state LED indicator, noise filter
and optical isolation from the ModuleBus.
designation.
1.1.2.17 DI825 Digital Input Module, 125 V d.c. with SOE

The DI825 Digital Input Module had 8 channels for 125 V d.c. digital inputs and
sequence of events (SOE) handling capabilities. The sequence of events time stamp
has a resolution of 0.4 ms for each input channel. The inputs are individually
isolated. Channel 1 can be used as voltage supervisor for channels 2 - 4, and channel
8 can be used for channels 5 - 7. If voltage supervision is disabled, channels 1 and 8
can be used as normal inputs. Each input channel provides current limiting, EMC
protection, input state LED indicator, noise filter and optical isolation from the
ModuleBus.
1.1.2.18 DI830 Digital Input Module, 24 V d.c. with SOE, Current Sinking
The DI830 Digital Input Module has 16 channels for 24 volt d.c. digital inputs and
has a resolution of 0.4 ms for each input channel. The inputs are divided into two
isolated groups of eight channels with a voltage supervision input for each group.
Each input channel provides current limiting, EMC protection, input state LED
indicator and optical isolation from the ModuleBus.
42 3BSE 020 924R4101

1.1.2.19 DI831 Digital Input Module, 48 V d.c. with SOE, Current Sinking
The DI831 Digital Input Module has 16 channels for 48 volt d.c. digital inputs and
has a resolution of 0.4 ms for each input channel. The inputs are divided into two
isolated groups of eight channels with a voltage supervision input for each group.
indicator and optical isolation from the ModuleBus.
1.1.2.20 DI840 Digital Input Module, for Single or Redundant Applications

The DI840 Digital Input Module has 16 channels for 24 V d.c. digital inputs and
has a resolution of 1 ms for each input channel. Each input channel provides current
limiting, EMC protection, input state LED indicator and optical isolation from the
ModuleBus. The module has advanced on-board diagnostics. It can be used in both
single and redundant applications.
1.1.2.21 DI880 High Integrity Digital Input Module, for Single or Redundant
Configuration
The DI880 High Integrity Digital Input Module is TV certified for
EN 61508-SIL3, DIN V 19250/DIN V VDE 0801-AK6 and EN954-1 Category 4
for normally closed signal loops.
The DI880 has 16 channels for 24 V d.c. digital inputs and sequence of events
(SOE) handling capabilities. The sequence of events time stamp has a resolution of
1 ms for each input channel. Each input channel provides current limiting, EMC
protection, input state LED indicator and optical isolation from the ModuleBus.The
input voltage range is 18 to 30 V d.c. and the input current is 7 mA at 24 V d.c. The
module has advanced on-board diagnostics. It can be used in both single and
redundant configuration.
1.1.2.22 DI885 Digital Input Module, 24 V/48 V d.c. with SOE, Current Sinking
The DI885 Digital Input Module has 8 channels for 48 volt d.c. digital inputs with
or without open-circuit monitoring (wire break supervision), or 24 volt d.c.
electronic inputs without open-circuit monitoring; and sequence of events (SOE)
3BSE 020 924R4101 43

handling capabilities. The sequence of events time stamp has a resolution of 1 ms

for each input channel. The inputs are arranged in one group of 8 channels.
indicator and optical isolation from the ModuleBus. The DI885 also has the
capability to monitor an internal or external sensor power supply (60 V d.c. max.).
1.1.2.23 DO810 Digital Output Module, 24 V, 0.5 A, Current Sourcing

The DO810 Digital Output Module has 16 channels for 24 volt d.c., 0.5 A, digital
outputs. The outputs are divided into two isolated groups of eight channels with a
voltage supervision input for each group. Each output channel provides protection
against short circuits to ground, over-voltage, over-temperature, EMC protection,
output state LED indicator and optical isolation from the ModuleBus. State of
outputs can be set to a predetermined (OSP) value if a communications lost error is
detected.
designation.
1.1.2.24 DO814 Digital Output Module, 24 V, 0.5 A

The DO814 Digital Output Module has 16 channels for 24 volt d.c., 0.5 A, current
sinking digital outputs. The outputs are divided into two isolated groups of eight
channels with a voltage supervision input for each group. Each output channel
provides protection against short circuits to power supply, over-temperature, EMC
protection, output state LED indicator and optical isolation from the ModuleBus.
State of outputs can be set to a predetermined (OSP) value if a communications lost
error is detected.
1.1.2.25 DO815 Digital Output Module, 24 V, 2 A, Current Sourcing

The DO815 Digital Output Module has 8 channels, 24 volt d.c., 2 A, digital outputs.
The outputs are divided into two isolated groups of four channels with a voltage
supervision input for each group. Each output channel provides protection against
short circuits to ground, over-temperature, EMC protection, output state LED
indicator and optical isolation from the ModuleBus. State of outputs can be set to a
predetermined (OSP) value if a communications lost error is detected.
44 3BSE 020 924R4101

designation.
1.1.2.26 DO820 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Open

The DO820 Digital Output Module has 8 channels for 230 volt a.c./d.c. relay
outputs. The outputs are individually isolated. Each output channel provides a relay
contact (NO - Normal Open), EMC protection, output state LED indicator and
optical isolation from the ModuleBus. State of outputs can be set to a predetermined
(OSP) value if a communications lost error is detected. Internal voltage is
supervised.
designation.
1.1.2.27 DO821 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Closed

The DO821 Digital Output Module has 8 channels for 230 volt a.c./d.c. relay
outputs. The outputs are individually isolated. Each output channel provides a relay
contact (NC - Normal Closed), EMC protection, output state LED indicator and
(OSP) value if a communications lost error is detected. Internal voltage is
supervised.
1.1.2.28 DO840 Digital Output Module, for Single or Redundant Applications

The DO840 Digital Output Module has 16 channels for 24 V d.c. The maximum
continuos output current is 0.5 mA. The module has advanced on-board diagnostics.
It can be used in both single and redundant applications.
1.1.2.29 DO880 High Integrity Digital Output Module, for Single or Redundant
Configuration
The DO880 High Integrity Digital Output Module is TV certified for
EN 61508-SIL3, DIN V 19250/DIN V VDE 0801-AK6 and EN954-1 Category 4.
3BSE 020 924R4101 45

S800L I/O Modules Section 1 Introduction
The DO880 has 16 channels for 24 V d.c. The maximum continuous output current
is 0.5 A. The module has advanced on-board diagnostics. It can be used in both
single and redundant configuration.
The DO880 is suitable for both NE (Normally Energized) and ND (Normally
De-energized) outputs, in both high demand, low demand and Continuos Control
(CC) applications.
1.1.2.30 DP820 Incremental Pulse Counter Module

DP820 is an two-channel pulse counting module for incremental pulse transmitters
up to 1.5 MHz. Each channel contains counters and registers for position/length and
speed/frequency measurement. Each channel provides three balanced inputs for
connection of a pulse transmitter, one digital input and one digital output.
Pulse transmitters with RS422, +5 V, +12 V, +24 V and 13 mA interfaces can be
connected to DP820.
1.1.2.31 DP840 Incremental Pulse Counter Module, for Single or Redundant

Applications
DP840 has 8 channels and each channel can be configured for pulse count or
frequency measurement. The maximum frequency of input signals is 20 kHz. The
inputs can also be read as digital input signals.
Input signal range NAMUR, 12 V and 24 V.
designation.
1.1.3 S800L I/O Modules

The I/O modules have open ventilated plastic enclosures and a bottom of sheet
metal. On the front of each I/O module there is one LED (STATUS) indicating the
module status and digital I/O modules have one status LED for each channel. Refer
to Hardware Indicators on page 55 for the status indication of the LEDs.
An electronic type designation ID in each module keeps the I/O module from being
taken into operation by the ModuleBus master, if a modules ID doesnt match the
configured module type definition.
46 3BSE 020 924R4101

Section 1 Introduction S800L I/O Modules
Please refer to specifications in s for more information.

The module can be mounted on a standard DIN rail. The module is locked to the
DIN rail by using the locking screw.
The process connection is done via detachable connectors.
The I/O module distributes the ModuleBus to the next module. It also generate the
correct address to the next module by shifting the outgoing position signals.
86.1 mm (3.4) 58.45 mm (2.3)

110 mm (4.3)
67.5 mm
(2.66) 136 mm
(5.35)
Center of
DIN rail DO801
46.5 mm
(1.83)
5 mm
(0.2)
57.2 mm
(2.25)
Figure 1-7 Dimensions for S800L Modules
1.1.3.1 AI801 Analog Input Module, 0...20 mA

The AI801 Analog Input Module has 8 current inputs.
Nominal input ranges are: 0(4)... +20 mA.
3BSE 020 924R4101 47

S800L I/O Modules Section 1 Introduction
1.1.3.2 AO801 Analog Output Module, 0...20 mA

The AO801 Analog Output Module has 8 current outputs. State of outputs can be
set to a predetermined (OSP) value if a communications error is detected. Nominal
output range is: 0(4)... 20 mA.

One input channel can be used for sensor voltage supervision. Each input channel
provides current limiting, EMC protection, input state LED indicator and optical
isolation from the ModuleBus.
1.1.3.4 DI802 Digital Input Module, 120 V a.c./d.c., Current Sinking

Channel 8 can be used for sensor voltage supervision. Each input channel provides
current limiting, EMC protection, input state LED indicator and optical isolation
from the ModuleBus.
1.1.3.5 DI803 Digital Input Module, 230 V a.c./d.c., Current Sinking

Channel 8 can be used for sensor voltage supervision. Each input channel provides
current limiting, EMC protection, input state LED indicator and optical isolation
from the ModuleBus.
1.1.3.6 DO801 Digital Output Module, 24 V, 0.5 V, Current Sinking

The DO801 Digital Output Module has 16 channels for 24 volt d.c., 0.5 A, digital
outputs. Each output channel provides protection against short circuits to ground,
over-voltage, over-temperature, EMC protection, output state LED indicator and
(OSP) value if a communications lost error is detected.
48 3BSE 020 924R4101

Section 1 Introduction Prerequisites and Requirements
1.1.3.7 DO802 Digital Output Module, 24-250 V, Relay Normally Open

The DO802 Digital Output Module has 8 channels for 24-250 volt d.c., digital
outputs. Each output channel provides protection against short circuits to ground,
over-voltage, over-temperature, EMC protection, output state LED indicator and
(OSP) value if a communications lost error is detected.
1.2 Prerequisites and Requirements

When the S800 I/O is used with controllers as part of their I/O system, the
controllers need to have an interface to the fieldbus network. The fieldbus network
will connect to a Fieldbus Communications Interface (FCI) with S800 I/O installed.
3BSE 020 924R4101 49

Prerequisites and Requirements Section 1 Introduction
50 3BSE 020 924R4101

Section 2 Configuration
2.1 Module Termination Units (MTU)

Each MTU is used with certain types of I/O Modules. Refer to Table 2-1 for a cross-
reference between MTU and I/O Modules. Each MTU has two mechanical keys that
have to be set for the type of I/O module that will be installed on it.
Table 2-1 MTU Usage and Key Settings
TU810 Mech. Key

TU811 TU830 TU836 TU842 TU844 Setting
Module TU812 TU831 TU835 TU838
TU813 TU833 TU837 TU843 TU845
Type TU814 Extended Extended Extended
Compact Extended Extended Redundant Redundant Key 1 Key 2
Compact
AI810 X - X - X - X - - A E
AI820 X - X - - - - - - B B
AI825 - X - X - - - - - D A
AI830 X - X - - - - - - A F
AI835 X - X - - - - - - B A
AI843 - - X - - - - X - B A
AI845 X - X - X - X - X C C
AI880 - - - - - - - - X F F
AO810 X - X - - - - - - A E
AO820 X - X - - - - - - B C
AO845 X - X - - - - X - C C
DI810 X - X - - - X - - A A
3BSE 020 924R4101 51

Module Termination Units (MTU) Section 2 Configuration
Table 2-1 MTU Usage and Key Settings (Continued)
TU810 Mech. Key

TU811 TU830 TU836 TU842 TU844 Setting
Module TU812 TU831 TU835 TU838
TU813 TU833 TU837 TU843 TU845
Type TU814 Extended Extended Extended
Compact Extended Extended Redundant Redundant Key 1 Key 2
Compact
DI811 X - X - - - X - - B D
DI814 X - X - - - X - - B E
DI820 - X - X - - - - - A B
DI821 - X - X - - - - - A C
DI825 - X - X - - - - - A B
DI830 X - X - - - X - - A A
DI831 X - X - - - X - - B D
DI840 X - X - - - X X - C D
DI880 X - X - - - X X - F F
DI885 X - X - - - - - - B F
DO810 X - X - - - - - - A A
DO814 X - X - - - - - - B E
DO815 X (1) - X - - - - - - A A
DO820 - X - X - X - - - A D
DO821 - X - X - X - - - C A
DO840 X - X - - - - X - C E
DO880 X - X - - - - X - F E
DP820 X - X - - - - - - C B
DP840 X - X - - - - X X C F
(1) TU812 not recommended due to the maximum rated current.
52 3BSE 020 924R4101

Section 2 Configuration I/O Modules
Connecting an MTU to the ModuleBus master, cluster modem or to another MTU

automatically sets-up the address selection of that MTU. There are no jumpers or
switches that need to be set before installing an I/O module.
MTUs are placed on the DIN rails and then connected to the preceding MTU,
ModuleBus master or cluster modem. Once connected, the MTU is locked in place
by the bottom latch which also bonds it to the chassis ground.
2.2 I/O Modules

2.2.1 S800 I/O Modules
Each I/O module is installed onto an MTU. See Table 2-1 for which MTU to use
with each I/O module type. I/O modules do not have any jumpers or switches that
need to be set before installing on an MTU. Refer to Appendix A, Specifications for
more information.
I/O modules are installed by aligning the connectors of the MTU and I/O module
and then pushing the units together. After connected to the MTU, the I/O module is
then locked in place by the I/O Module Lock/Switch which also activates a switch
to enable power to the I/O module.
2.2.2 S800L I/O Modules

The I/O modules are installed directly on the DIN rail and locked with the locking
screw. The process signal are connected to a pluggable connector on the module.
There are no jumpers or switches that need to be set.
The I/O module automatically set up the address for the next I/O module.
To enable 2- and 3-wire connection to 16 channels DI and DO modules, TU805 is
used. TU805 is mounted direct on the module.
3BSE 020 924R4101 53

S800L I/O Modules Section 2 Configuration
54 3BSE 020 924R4101

Section 3 Maintenance
3.1 Preventive Maintenance

Please see the S800 I/O General Information and Installation manual.
3.2 Hardware Indicators

3.2.1 S800 I/O Module LEDs
Figure 3-1 shows examples of front panels for different types of I/O modules.
On the front of all I/O modules there are at least three LEDs (FAULT, RUN and
WARNING) indicating the module status. Additionally some modules have LEDs
indicating OSP or PRIMARY, see description below and Table 3-1 and Table 3-2.
The FAULT LED shall indicate when the I/O module detect a fatal error or before
first access after power up. The RUN LED shall indicate when the I/O module is
operational. The WARNING LED shall indicate when a non-fatal error is detected
and the module continues to run. The OSP LED shall indicate when the I/O module
is in OSP state, that is, when the module is commanded to OSP or when
automatically set to OSP state due to communication error.
The PRIMARY LED shall indicate when the I/O module is primary (in a redundant
pair). In a redundant configuration, the primary module is scanned at the specified
cycle time to supply input values to the application, while the backup module is
scanned at a low cycle for diagnostic purpose. The input values from the backup
module is not used by the application.
3BSE 020 924R4101 55

S800 I/O Module LEDs Section 3 Maintenance
Each digital channel has one LED indicating current state (on/off).
Table 3-1 Standard LEDs on I/O Modules
Marking Color Description

F (Fault) Red Internal fault in the module affecting all
channels (1)
R (Run) Green Operational state
W (Warning) Yellow External fault or internal channel error
O (OSP) Yellow OSP state (Outputs Set as Predetermined)
P (Primary) Yellow LED indicating that the module is operating
as primary in a redundant pair.
Channel status Yellow (+red) This LED shows both value (Yellow
ON/OFF) and error (red)
(1) Modules without self test function: The F-LED will switch on at power up or restart of the module
and switch off after the first successful access to the module.
Modules with self test function: The F-LED will switch on at power up, restart of the module or
when the module goes to Error state. If the module has not gone to Error state it will switch off
the F-LED after the first successful access to the module.
Table 3-2 I/O Module LED Indications in Different States
Module
Run Fault Warning OSP Primary Channel status
state
Init Off On Off Off Off DI On/Off (1),
DO Off
Not Flashing/ On/Off On/Off Off Off DI On/Off (1),
Configured Off (2) DO Off
Ready Flashing/ Off On/Off Off Off DI On/Off,
Off DO Off
Operational On Off On/Off Off On/Off On/Off
56 3BSE 020 924R4101

Section 3 Maintenance S800 I/O Module LEDs
Table 3-2 I/O Module LED Indications in Different States (Continued)
Module
Run Fault Warning OSP Primary Channel status
state
OSP On Off On/Off On On/Off On/Off
Error Off On On/Off Off Off DI On/Off,
DO Off
(1) The DI signal status for module DI830, DI831, DI880, DI885, DP820 is only OFF.
(2) Will be switched off after the first successful access to the module.
Normally when an I/O module has been removed from the configuration, the
ModuleBus master will do a restart of the module. The module will end up in the
NOT CONFIGURED state.
F F F F F
R R R R R
W W W W W
O O O
1 1 PX1
2 2 UP1
3 3 ST1
4 4 DI1
5 5 SY1
6 6 DO1
7 7 TP1
8 8 UL1
9 9 PX2
10 10 UP2
11 11 ST2
12 12 DI2
13 13 SY2
14 14 DO2
15 15 TP2
16 16
UL2
DO810 DI810 AO810 AI810 DP820
Figure 3-1 Examples of S800 I/O Module LED Locations
3BSE 020 924R4101 57

S800L I/O Module LED Section 3 Maintenance
3.2.2 S800L I/O Module LED

Figure 3-2 shows examples of front panels for different types of I/O modules.
On the front of each I/O module there is one LED indicating the module status.
See Table 3-3 and Table 3-4 for information on the meaning and indications for
these modules. For modules with special LED indications see respectively module
in Appendix A, Specifications.
The LED shall indicate red when the I/O module detect a fatal error or before first
access after power up. The LED shall indicate green when the I/O module is
operational.
Each digital channel has one LED indicating current state (on/off).
Table 3-3 Standard LED on I/O Modules
Marking Color Description

S (Status) Red Fault in the module (1)
Green Operational state
(1) Modules without self test function, for example, DI/DO modules: The S-LED will switch on to
red at power up or restart of the module and switch off after the first successful access to the
module.
Modules with self test function for example, AI/AO modules: The S-LED will switch on to red at
power up, restart of the module or when the module goes to Error state. If the module has not
gone to Error state it will switch off the S-LED after the first successful access to the module.
Table 3-4 I/O Module LED Indications in Different States
Module state Status Channel status

Init Red Off
(1)
Not Configured Red/off Off
Ready Off DI On/Off, DO Off
Operational Green On/Off
58 3BSE 020 924R4101

Section 3 Maintenance S800L I/O Module LED
Table 3-4 I/O Module LED Indications in Different States (Continued)
Module state Status Channel status

OSP Green On/Off
Error Red DI On/Off, DO Off
(1) Will be switched off after the first successful access to the
module.
Normally when an I/O module has been removed from the configuration, the
ModuleBus master will do a restart of the module. The module will end up in the
NOT CONFIGURED state.
3BSE 020 924R4101 59

S800L I/O Module LED Section 3 Maintenance
S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16
S
STATUS
STATUS
AI801 DO801
0(4)...20 mA 24 V 0.5 A
L+ L- 24 V
L+ L- 24 V
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
+ I + I + I + I + I + I + I + I
Figure 3-2 Examples of S800L I/O Module LED Locations
60 3BSE 020 924R4101

Section 3 Maintenance Error Messages
3.3 Error Messages

Please see the relevant controller manuals.
3.4 Fault Finding and User Repair

3.4.1 S800 I/O Module Replacement
3.4.1.1 General
All I/O modules can be exchanged on-line and with the process power supply
connected, except for relay outputs with normally closed contacts. This is possible
because the module deactivates when the I/O module lock switch is turned to
unlock.
It is important to understand the consequences of a module exchange on-line and
how it affects the process. Replacement of an S800 I/O module affects all channels
on the module. It also sometimes indirectly affects the outputs via some application
function, on another module.
The system software in the ModuleBus master checks automatically that all I/O
modules function correctly. In the event of module fault, and module exchange, the
module and associated signals are marked as faulty.
The system software checks that the module is inserted and correct. If this is the
case, the Fault-indicator (LED) extinguishes and RUN LED is activated and the
module resumes its normal function.
The following headings include general instructions for replacement of modules and
aspects on the handling of individual modules are presented in Table 3-5.
3BSE 020 924R4101 61

S800 I/O Module Replacement Section 3 Maintenance
3.4.1.2 Practical Execution

Replace faulty or suspect I/O modules in the following way:
1. Read S800 I/O General Information and Installation.
2. Special restrictions apply to each module type. See descriptions in Table 3-5
for useful information on individual module types.
3. Check that the new module can replace the old.
4. Provide access to the module by loosening the module locking.
5. Grip the module firmly and extract the module.
6. Insert the new module carefully.
7. Store extracted modules in envelopes.
8. Ensure that the module contacts mate properly with the contacts in the MTU
and activate the locking mechanism in place.
9. Modules initialized automatically by the system and the fault indicating LED
extinguishes and RUN LED is activated.
10. Perform a function test on the new module.
62 3BSE 020 924R4101

Section 3 Maintenance S800 I/O Module Replacement
3.4.1.3 Additional Aspects on Individual S800 I/O Modules

Table 3-5 lists S800 I/O modules. Descriptions of these types are referred
individually in the table below.
Table 3-5 Replacement Aspects of S800 I/O Modules
Module Type - Settings Comments

AI810, AI820, No settings Replacement with power applied is
AI825, AI830, possible.
AI835, AI843, Turning locking mechanism deactivates the
AI845, AI880, module.
AI890, AI895
Analog Input
AO810, AO820, No settings Replacement with power applied is
AO845, AO890, possible.
AO895 It may be necessary to set the process
Analog Output device manually to a safe state before the
module is extracted.
Turning locking mechanism deactivates the
module.
DI810, DI811, No settings Replacement with power applied is
DI814, DI820, possible.
DI821, DI890 Turning locking mechanism deactivates the
Digital Input module.
DI825, DI830, No settings Replacement with power applied is
DI831, DI840, possible.
DI880, DI885 Turning locking mechanism deactivates the
Digital Input with module.
SOE
3BSE 020 924R4101 63

S800 I/O Module Replacement Section 3 Maintenance
Table 3-5 Replacement Aspects of S800 I/O Modules (Continued)

DO810, DO814 No settings Replacement with power applied is
DO815, DO840, possible.
DO880, DO890 It may be necessary to set the process
Digital Output device manually to a safe state before the
module.
If DO880 is removed from the MTU, the
connected outputs is automatically turned
to safe state (de-energized).
DO820 No settings Replacement with power applied is
Digital Output possible.
It may be necessary to set the process
device manually to a safe state before the
module.
DO821 No settings Replacement with system power applied is
Digital Output possible.
Caution!
Since the module has normally closed relay

contacts the field power must be removed
before replacement.
module, that is, relay contacts will close.
64 3BSE 020 924R4101

Section 3 Maintenance S800 I/O Module Replacement
Table 3-5 Replacement Aspects of S800 I/O Modules (Continued)

DP820, DP840 No settings Replacement with power applied is
Pulse Counter possible.
module.
TU810, TU811, No settings Cannot be replaced or repaired with power
TU812, TU813, applied.
TU814, TU830, Disconnecting an MTU breaks the
TU831, TU833, ModuleBus communications bus and
TU835, TU836, removes power to the MTUs that follow.
TU837, TU838,
MTUs mounted in the middle (between the
TU842, TU843,
ModuleBus master, cluster modem and the
TU844, TU845
number 12 MTU) need to have the
MTUs
preceding or following MTUs moved in
order to disconnect the ModuleBus
connector.
3BSE 020 924R4101 65

S800L I/O Module Replacement Section 3 Maintenance
3.4.2 S800L I/O Module Replacement
3.4.2.1 General
I/O modules can not be exchanged on-line. The power must be switched off to the
I/O station and the module before exchanging the I/O module.
It is important to understand the consequences of a power switch off to an I/O
station and how it affects the process. A power switch off to an I/O station affects all
modules and channels in the station. It also sometimes indirectly affects outputs in
other I/O stations via some application functions.
The system software checks that the module is inserted and correct. If this is the
case, the Fault indication extinguishes and after configuration and enter operation
mode the Run indication is activated and the module resumes its normal function.
The following headings include general instructions for replacement of modules and
aspects on the handling of individual modules are presented in Table 3-6.
3.4.2.2 Practical Execution

Replace faulty or suspect I/O modules in the following way:
1. Read S800 I/O General Information and Installation.
2. Special restrictions apply to each module type. See descriptions in Table 3-6
for useful information on individual module types.
3. Check that the new module can replace the old.
4. Switch off the power to the I/O station.
5. Remove the power supply connector from the I/O module.
6. Remove the process connector from the I/O module.
7. Provide access to the module by loosening the module locking.
8. Slide the module to the right and extract the module.
9. Insert the new module.
10. Store extracted modules in envelopes.
66 3BSE 020 924R4101

Section 3 Maintenance S800L I/O Module Replacement
11. Ensure that the module contacts properly mate with the module to the left and
lock the module with the locking screw.
12. Switch on the power to the I/O station.
13. Connect the power supply to the I/O module.
14. Connect the process connector to the I/O module.
15. Modules are automatically initialized by the system and the status indicating
LED extinguishes from red to off and to green when the module is in normal
operation.
16. Perform a function test on the new module.
3.4.2.3 Additional Aspects on Individual S800L I/O Modules

Table 3-6 lists S800L I/O modules. Descriptions of these types are referred
individually in the table below.
Table 3-6 Replacement Aspects of S800L I/O Modules

AI801, DI801, No settings Switch the power off before replacement.
DI802, DI803
AO801, DO801, No settings Switch the power off before replacement.
DO802 It may be necessary to set the process
the power switch off.
TU805 No settings Can be replaced with power applied. It may
be necessary to set the process device
manually to a safe state before replacing
the TU805.
3BSE 020 924R4101 67

S800L I/O Module Replacement Section 3 Maintenance
68 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications
A.1 AI801 Analog Input Module, 0(4)...20 mA
A.1.0.1 Features
8 channels for 0...20 mA,
4...20 mA d.c., single ended
unipolar inputs
S
1 group of 8 channels isolated
from ground
STATUS
12 Bit resolution
Input shunt resistors protected
to 30 V by PTC resistor
Analog inputs are short circuit
secured to ZP or +24 V
AI801
EMC protection 0(4)...20mA
DIN rail mounting

The input withstand HART
communication.
Process and power L+ L- 24V
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
connections via detachable + I + I + I + I + I + I + I + I
connectors
3BSE 020 924R4101 69

AI801 Analog Input Module, 0(4)...20 mA Appendix A Specifications
A.1.0.2 Description
The AI801 Analog Input Module has 8 channels for current input.
The current input is able to handle a short circuit to the transmitter supply at least 30
V d.c without damage. Current limiting is performed with a PTC resistor. The input
resistance of the current input is 250 ohm, PTC included.
The EMC protection is placed on the module.
The module distributes the external transmitter supply to each channel. This adds a
simple connection to distribute the supply to 2-wire transmitters. There are no
current limiting on the transmitter power terminals. All eight channels are isolated
from the ModuleBus in one group. Power to the input stages is converted from the
external 24 V.
One STATUS LED indicates module status. The STATUS LED can be Green, off or
Red. The STATUS LED Green indicates normal operation. The STATUS LED Red
indicates that the module is in Init state or Not configured state. In Not configured
state the STATUS LED is turned off after the first valid access to the module.
The reset circuitry gives a reset signal when the POWOK signal is active. The
POWOK comes from the ModuleBus master after power is applied.
70 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications AI801 Analog Input Module, 0(4)...20 mA
A.1.0.3 Technical Data
Table A-1 AI801 Analog Input Module Specifications at 25C
AI801
Feature
Analog Input Module
Number of channels 8
Type of input Unipolar single ended
Measurement range 0...20 mA, 4... 20 mA(1)
Under/over range -0% / +15%
Input impedance (at current input) 230 , 270
(including PTC)
Maximum field cable length 600 meters, (656 yd.)
Voltage input, maximum non-destructive 30 V d.c.
NMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz >40 dB
Error Max. 0.1%
Resolution 12 bit
Temperature drift Typ. 50 ppm/C
Max. 80 ppm/C
Update cycle time 1 ms
Current consumption 24 V external 30 mA
Current consumption 5 V 70 mA
Power dissipation 1.1 W
Maximum ambient temperature 55/40C
(131/104F)(2)
Input filter cut off frequency 3.5Hz
Second order filter
Input filter (rise time 0-90%) 140 ms
3BSE 020 924R4101 71

Table A-1 AI801 Analog Input Module Specifications at 25C (Continued)
AI801
Feature
Analog Input Module
Isolation Groupwise isolated from ground
(RIV=50 V)
Equipment class Class I according to IEC 61140; (earth
protected)
Protection rating IP20 according to IEC 60529
Rated insulation voltage 50 V
Dielectric test voltage 500 V a.c.
Acceptable wire sizes Solid: 0.05-2.5mm2, 30-12 AWG
Stranded: 0.05-1.5mm2, 30-12 AWG
Recommended torque: 0.8 Nm
Stripping length: 6-7.5 mm, 0.24-0.30 in
Width 86.1 mm (3.4)
Depth 58.5 mm (2.3)
Height 110 mm (4.33)
Weight 0.24 kg (0.53 lbs.)
(1) 4...20 mA handled by the FCI or controller
(2) 40 C (104 F) applies to compact MTUs with I/O modules or S800L modules mounted on
vertical DIN rail.
72 3BSE 020 924R4101

A.1.0.4 Block Diagram AI801
STATUS
Pos
1+
1I LP
2+ Block
2I
LP
Mux MBI
#
5VS
5V
0V
7I Power_ok
LP
8+
8I LP
L+
L-
EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 73

A.1.0.5 Process Connections
Table A-2 AI801 Process Connections
Process
Process Connection
Terminal
Ch1, L1+ 1+
Ch1, Current Input 1I
Ch 2, L1+ 2+
Ch 2, Current Input 2I
Ch 3, L1+ 3+
Ch 4, L1+ 4+
Ch 5, L2+ 5+
Ch 6, L2+ 6+
Ch 7, L2+ 7+
Ch 8, L2+ 8+
74 3BSE 020 924R4101

Figure A-1 shows the process connections for the AI801.
Process AI801
L1+ 1+
0 - 20mA Ch1 1I
L1+ 2+
0 - 20mA Ch2 2I
L1+ 3+ Mux.
0 - 20mA Ch3 3I
L1+ 4+
0 - 20mA Ch4 4I
L2+ 5+
0 - 20mA Ch5 5I
L2+ 6+
0 - 20mA Ch6 6I
L2+ 7+
0 - 20mA Ch7 7I
8+
0 - 20mA Ch8 8I
+24v L+
0v L-
Chx I = Current Input EM
Figure A-1 AI801 Process Connections
3BSE 020 924R4101 75

AI810 Analog Input Module, 0(4)...20 mA, 0(2)...10 V Appendix A Specifications
A.2 AI810 Analog Input Module, 0(4)...20 mA, 0(2)...10 V
A.2.0.1 Features
8 channels for 0...20 mA, 4...20 mA, 0...10 V
or 2...10 V d.c., single ended unipolar inputs F
R
1 group of 8 channels isolated from ground W
12 Bit resolution
1
Input shunt resistors protected to 30 V by PTC
resistor 2
Analog inputs are short circuit secured to ZP or 3

+24 V
4
EMC protection
DIN rail mounting 5
The input withstand HART communication. 6
7
A.2.0.2 Description
The AI810 Analog Input Module has 8 channels. Each 8
channel can be either a voltage or current input.

AI810
0..20 mA, 0..10 V
The current input is able to handle a short circuit to the
transmitter supply at least 30 V d.c without damage.
Current limiting is performed with a PTC resistor. The
input resistance of the current input is 250 ohm, PTC
included.
The voltage input is able to withstand an over or undervoltage of at least 30 V d.c.
Input resistance is 290 kohm. The EMC protection is placed on the module.
Transmitter supply can be connected to L1+, L1- and/or L2+, L2-.
simple connection to distribute the supply to 2- or 3-wire transmitters. There are no
current limiting on the transmitter power terminals. Fused MTUs TU830, TU835
and TU838 provides groupwise and channelwise fusing.
76 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications AI810 Analog Input Module, 0(4)...20 mA, 0(2)...10 V
All eight channels are isolated from the ModuleBus in one group. Power to the input
stages is converted from the 24 V on the ModuleBus.
Three LEDs indicate module status Fault (Red), Run (Green) and Warning
(Yellow). The RUN LED indicates normal operation and the WARNING LED
indicates if any error input is active. The FAULT LED indicates that the module is
in Init state or Not configured state. In Not configured state the FAULT LED is
turned off after the first valid access to the module.
The reset circuitry gives a reset signal when the module is inserted until the BLOCK
signal is inactive and the POWOK signal is active. The BLOCK signal is
deactivated when the module lock mechanism is in the locked position. The
Five different types of MTUs can be used. The TU830 Extended MTU enables three
wire connection to the devices without additional terminals. The TU810 (or TU814)
Compact MTU has terminals for 24 V process voltage inputs, but requires external
terminals for distribution of 24 V power supply to the field devices. The extended
MTU, TU835, and TU838 provides a fuse (3 A max.) per channel for process power
out. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for connection
to the process.
3BSE 020 924R4101 77

AI810
Feature
Analog Input Module
Measurement range 0...20 mA, 0...10 V,
4... 20 mA(1), 2... 10 V (1)
Under/over range -5% / +15%
Input impedance (at voltage input) 290K
Input impedance (at current input) 230 , 275
(including PTC)
Error Max. 0.1%
Resolution 12 bit
Temperature drift Current Typ. 50 ppm/C
Max. 80 ppm/C
Temperature drift Voltage Typ. 70 ppm/C
Max. 100 ppm/C
(131/104F)(2)
78 3BSE 020 924R4101

AI810
Feature
Analog Input Module
Voltage supervision Internal power supply
Fusing of transmitter supply on MTU (TU830 max 1 AT per group)
Sensor power distribution Max 1 A per connection
(RIV=50 V)
Module termination units TU810, TU812, TU814, TU830, TU835
or TU838
MTU keying code AE
protected)
Width 45 mm (1.77)
Depth 97 mm (3.8), 106 mm (4.2) including
connector
Height 119 mm (4.7)
(1) Handled by the FCI or controller.
(2) 40C (104F) applies to compact MTUs with I/O-modules or S800L-modules mounted on
vertical DIN rail.
3BSE 020 924R4101 79

FAULT
RUN
WARNING
L1+
ZP
L1+ Pos
I1U
I1I LP
ZP Block
L1+
I4U Mux FCI
I4I LP
ZP #
5 VS
5V
0V
L2+ Power_ok
I5U
I5I LP
ZP
+UPInt +24 V
ZP
L2+ -UPInt 0 V 24 V
I8U
I8I LP
ZP
L2+
ZP
EM
80 3BSE 020 924R4101

TU810 TU812 TU830/

TU835 TU838
Process Connection (or TU814) D-Sub 25 male TU833
Terminal Terminal
Terminal Connector (1) Terminal
+24 V d.c. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2) L1+ (2) L1+ (2)
0 V d.c. (ZP) L1- 2, 15 L1- (2) L1- (2) L1- (2)
Ch1, L1+ - - B1, B2 11 (F1) A1 (F1)
Ch1, Voltage Input C1 3 C1 - B1
Ch1, Current Input B1 16 C2 12 B2
Ch1, Return (ZP) A1 - A1, A2 - A2
Ch 2, L1+ - - B3, B4 21 (F2) A3 (F2)
Ch 2, Voltage Input C2 4 C3 - B3
Ch 2, Current Input B2 17 C4 22 B4
Ch 2, Return (ZP) A2 - A3, A4 - A4
Ch 3, L1+ - - B5, B6 31 (F3) A5 (F3)
Ch 4, L1+ - - B7, B8 41 (F4) A7 (F4)
Ch 5, L2+ - - B9, B10 51 (F5) A9 (F5)
3BSE 020 924R4101 81

Table A-4 AI810 Process Connections (Continued)
TU810 TU812 TU830/

TU835 TU838
Process Connection (or TU814) D-Sub 25 male TU833
Terminal Terminal
Terminal Connector (1) Terminal
Ch 5, Return (ZP) A5 - A9, A10 - A10
Ch 6, L2+ - - B11, B12 61 (F6) A11 (F6)
Ch 6, Return (ZP) A6 - A11, A12 - A12
Ch 7, L2+ - - B13, B14 71 (F7) A13 (F7)
Ch 7, Return (ZP) A7 - A13, A14 - A14
Ch 8, L2+ - - B15, B16 81 (F8) A15 (F8)
Ch 8, Return (ZP) A8 - A15, A16 - A16
+24 V d.c. L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2) L2+ (2) L2+ (2)
0 V d.c. (ZP) L2- 12, 25 L2- (2) L2- (2) L2- (2)
(1) Pin 13 connected to connector body for EM.
82 3BSE 020 924R4101

Figure A-2 shows the process connections for the Analog Input Module AI810
when installed on a TU830 Extended MTU.
Process TU830/TU833 AI810

6.3A *
+24v L1+ L1+
Pwr. L1+
0v L1- Fuse L-
Source
L1-
L1+ B1,B2 L1+
C1 I1U
4 - 20mA Ch1 I C2 I1I
A1,A2 ZP
2 - Wire
L1+ B3,B4 L1+
XMTRs C3 I2U
4 - 20mA Ch2 I C4 I2I
A3,A4 ZP
B5,B6 L1+ Mux.
0 - 10V Ch3 V C5 I3U
C6 I3I
ZP A5,A6 ZP
4 - Wire
B7,B8 L1+
XMTRs 0 - 20mA Ch4 I C7 I4U
C8 I4I
ZP A7,A8 ZP
L2+ B9,B10 L2+
C9 I5U
0 - 20mA Ch5 I C10 I5I
ZP A9,A10 ZP
L2+ B11,B12 L2+
C11 I6U
4 - 20mA Ch6 I C12 I6I
ZP A11,A12 ZP
3 - Wire
XMTRs L2+ B13,B14 L2+
0 - 10V Ch7 V C13 I7U
C14 I7I
ZP A13,A14 ZP
L2+ B15,B16 L2+
0 - 10V Ch8 V C15 I8U
C16 I8I
ZP A15,A16 ZP
6.3A *
+24v L2+ L2+
L2+ Fuse
Chx V = Voltage Input 0v L2- L-
Chx I = Current Input L2- EM
* Max 1 AT in combination with AI810
Figure A-2 AI810 with TU830 Extended MTU Process Connections
3BSE 020 924R4101 83

Figure A-3 shows the process connections for the AI810 when installed on a TU810
or TU814 Compact MTU.
Process TU810 AI810

(or TU814)
+24V L1+ L1+

Pwr. L1+
Sup. 0V L1- ZP
L1+
C1 I1U
4 - 20mA Ch1 I B1 I1I
A1 ZP
L1+
C2 I2U
4 - 20mA Ch2 I B2 I2I
A2 ZP
L1+ Mux.
0 - 10V Ch3 V C3 I3U
B3 I3I
ZP A3 ZP
L1+
0 - 10mA Ch4 V C4 I4U
B4 I4I
ZP A4 ZP
L2+
C5 I5U
0 - 20mA Ch5 I B5 I5I
ZP A5 ZP
L2+
C6 I6U
4 - 20mA Ch6 I B6 I6I
ZP A6 ZP
L2+
0 - 10V Ch7 V C7 I7U
B7 I7I
ZP A7 ZP
L2+
0 - 10V Ch8 V C8 I8U
B8 I8I
ZP A8 ZP
L2+ L2+
Pwr. 24V L2+
Sup. 0V L2- ZP
Chx V = Voltage Input EM
Chx I = Current Input
Figure A-3 AI810 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections
84 3BSE 020 924R4101

Extended MTU.
Process TU835 AI810

X11
Fn=100mA
+24v L1+ L1+
L1+
0v L1- L-
L1-
X12 F1
L1+ 11 L1+
I1U
4 - 20mA Ch1 I 12 I1I
ZP
F2
L1+ 21 L1+
I2U
4 - 20mA Ch2 I 22 I2I
ZP
F3
L1+ 31 L1+ Mux.
I3U
4 - 20mA Ch3 I 32 I3I
ZP
F4
L1+ 41 L1+
I4U
4 - 20mA Ch4 I 42 I4I
ZP
F5
L2+ 51 L2+
I5U
4 - 20mA Ch5 I 52 I5I
ZP
F6
L2+ 61 L2+
I6U
4 - 20mA Ch6 I 62 I6I
ZP
F7
L2+ 71 L2+
I7U
4 - 20mA Ch7 I 72 I7I
F8 ZP
L2+ 81 L2+
I8U
4 - 20mA Ch8 I 82 I8I
ZP
X13
+24v L2+ L2+
L2+
0v L2- L-
3BSE 020 924R4101 85

Extended MTU.
Process TU838 AI810
+24v L1+ L1+

Pwr. L1+
Source 0v L1- L-
L1-
F1
L1+ A1 L1+
B1 I1U
4 - 20mA Ch1 I B2 I1I
A2 ZP
2 - Wire F2
L1+ A3 L1+
XMTRs B3 I2U
4 - 20mA Ch2 I B4 I2I
A4 ZP
F3
A5 L1+ Mux.
0 - 10V Ch3 V B5 I3U
B6 I3I
ZP A6 ZP
4 - Wire F4
A7 L1+
XMTRs
B7 I4U
0 - 20mA Ch4 I B8 I4I
ZP A8 ZP
A9 F5
L2+ L2+
B9 I5U
0 - 20mA Ch5 I B10 I5I
ZP A10 ZP
A11 F6
L2+ L2+
B11 I6U
4 - 20mA Ch6 I B12 I6I
ZP A12 ZP
3 - Wire
F7
XMTRs L2+ A13 L2+
0 - 10V Ch7 V B13 I7U
B14 I7I
ZP A14 ZP
A15 F8
L2+ L2+
0 - 10V Ch8 V B15 I8U
B16 I8I
ZP A16 ZP
+24v L2+ L2+

L2+
86 3BSE 020 924R4101

Compact MTU.
TU812 AI810
1 1 UP1 +24V
L1+
14 14 UP1
L-
2 2 ZP1 0V
L1+
15 15 ZP1 I1U
I1I
3 3 S1 Ch1 V ZP
16 16 S2 Ch1 I L1+
I2U
4 4 S3 Ch2 V I2I
ZP
17 17 S4 Ch2 I
L1+ Mux.
5 5 S5 Ch3 V I3U
I3I
18 18 S6 Ch3 I ZP
Process 6 6 S7 Ch4 V L1+
Connection I4U
19 19 S8 Ch4 I I4I
ZP
7 7 S9 Ch5 V L2+
20 20 S10 Ch5 I I5U
I5I
8 8 S11 Ch6 V ZP
21 21 S12 Ch6 I L2+

I6U
9 9 S13 Ch7 V I6I
ZP
22 22 S14 Ch7 I
L2+
10 10 S15 Ch8 V I7U
I7I
23 23 S16 Ch8 I ZP
L2+
11 11 UP2 +24V I8U
24 UP2 I8I
24 ZP
12 12 ZP2 0V L2+
25 25 ZP2
L-
13 13 EM EM EM
Chx V = Voltage Input

Figure A-6 AI810 with TU812 Compact MTU Process Connections
3BSE 020 924R4101 87

AI820 Differential Analog Input Module, +/- 20 mA, +/- 10 V, +/- 5 V (4...20 mA, 2...10 V, 1...5 V)
A.3 AI820 Differential Analog Input Module,

+/- 20 mA, +/- 10 V, +/- 5 V (4...20 mA, 2...10 V, 1...5 V)
A.3.0.1 Features
4 channels for -20...+20 mA, 0...20 mA, 4...20
mA, -10...+10 V, 0...10 V, 2...10 V, -5...+5 V, F
R
0...5 V, 1...5 V d.c. bipolar differential inputs W
One group of 4 channels isolated from ground
1
Configurable on a per channel basis
14 Bit resolution plus sign
Input shunt resistors protected to 30 V d.c. 2
EMC protection
DIN rail mounting
3
The input withstand HART communication.
A.3.0.2 Description 4
The AI820 Analog Input Module has 4 differential,

bipolar current/voltage inputs. Each channel can be
either a voltage or current input.
AI820
The current inputs can withstand an accidental 20 mA, 10 V Diff
maximum normal mode 30 V d.c. connection. To

protect the current input circuit against dangerous
input levels, that is, by accidentally connecting a 24 V source, the resistor rating of
the 250 current sense resistors is about 5 Watts. This is intended only to
temporarily protect one channel at a time.
simple connection (with extended MTUs) to distribute the supply to external 2 wire
transmitters. There is no current limiting on the transmitter power terminals.
All 4 channels are isolated from the ModuleBus in one group. Power to the input
88 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications AI820 Differential Analog Input Module, +/- 20 mA, +/- 10 V, +/- 5 V
indicates if any diagnostic condition is active. The FAULT LED indicates that the
module is in Init state or Not configured state. In Not Configured state the FAULT
LED is turned off after the first valid access to the module.
Four different types of MTUs can be used. The TU830 Extended MTU enables
three wire connection to the devices without additional terminals. The TU810 (or
TU814) Compact MTU has terminals for 24 V process voltage inputs, but requires
external terminals for distribution of 24 V power supply to the field devices. The
TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to the
process.
3BSE 020 924R4101 89

Table A-5 AI820 Differential Analog Input Module Specifications at 25C
AI820
Feature
Analog Input Module
Type of input Bipolar differential
Measurement ranges (nominal) -20...+20 mA, 0...20 mA,
4...20 mA (1), -10...+10 V, 0...10 V, 2...10
V (1), -5...+5 V, 0...5 V, 1...5 V (1) d.c.
Over/under range 15%
Input impedance (at voltage input) 200k +/ 25% Common mode
800k +/ 25% Normal mode
Input impedance (at current input) 250
Max. Differential d.c. input (Fault) 30 V
Common mode voltage input 50 V d.c.
CMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz 80 dB (>60 dB d.c.)
NMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz 33 dB
Error Max. 0,1%
Resolution 14 bit plus sign
Temperature drift, Current Max.50 ppm/C
Temperature drift, Voltage Max.70 ppm/C
Update cycle time (all four channels) <26 ms
Power dissipation 1.7W
90 3BSE 020 924R4101

Table A-5 AI820 Differential Analog Input Module Specifications at 25C

(Continued)
AI820
Feature
Analog Input Module
(131/104F)(2)
Voltage supervision Internal process supply
Input filter (rise time) 40 ms
Fusing of transmitter supply on Extended MTU
(RIV=50 V)
Module termination units TU810, TU812, TU814 or TU830
MTU keying code BB
protected)
Width 45 mm (1.77)
connector
Height 119 mm (4.7)
vertical DIN rail.
3BSE 020 924R4101 91

FAULT
RUN
WARNING
L1+
L1-
L1+
L1- Pos
I1U+
I1IB AMP
+ Block
I1I+
LPF
I1-
ModuleBus
PGA CLK +/-
Mux
G=1/2 MBI-2
Data +/-
L1+ #
L1-
5 VS
I2U+ CPU 5V
I2IB AMP
+ 0V
I2I+
LPF
I2- Power_ok
I3U+ +24 V
+UPInt
I3IB AMP
ZP
+ +0 V 24
I3I+ -UPInt
LPF
I3-
L2+
L2-
I4U+
I4IB AMP
I4I+ +
LPF
I4-
L2+
L2-
L2+
L2-
ZP
EM
92 3BSE 020 924R4101

TU810 TU812
TU830/TU833
Process Connection (or TU814) D-Sub 25 male
Terminal
Terminal Connector(1)
+24 V d.c. L1+ 1, 14 L1+
0 V d.c. (ZP) L1- 2, 15 L1-
Ch1, L1+ - - B1, B2
Ch1V, Voltage Input + C1 3 C1
(2)
Ch1IB B1 16 C2
Ch1, L1- A1 - A1, A2
Ch 1, L1+ - - B3, B4
Ch 1I, Current Input + C2 4 C3
(2)
Ch 1-, Return - B2 17 C4
Ch 1, L1- A2 - A3, A4
Ch 2, L1+ - - B5, B6
Ch 2V, Voltage Input + C3 5 C5
(2)
Ch 2IB B3 18 C6
Ch 2, L1- A3 - A5, A6
Ch 2, L1+ - - B7, B8
(2)
Ch 2-, Return - B4 19 C8
Ch 2, L1- A4 - A7, A8
Ch 3, L2+ - - B9, B10
3BSE 020 924R4101 93

TU810 TU812
TU830/TU833
Terminal
Terminal Connector(1)
Ch 3IB (2) B5 20 C10
Ch 3, L2- A5 - A9, A10
Ch 3, L2+ - - B11, B12
Ch 3-, Return - (2) B6 21 C12
Ch 3, L2- A6 - A11, A12
Ch 4, L2+ - - B13, B14
Ch 4IB (2) B7 22 C14
Ch 4, L2- A7 - A13, A14
Ch 4, L2+ - - B15, B16
Ch 4-, Return - (2) B8 23 C16
Ch 4, L2- A8 - A15, A16
+24 V d.c. L2+ 11, 24 L2+
0 V d.c. (ZP) L2- 12, 25 L2-
(2) When connect current signal current bridge must be connected to the voltage Input. If 2-wire
transmitter also connect Return- to L1- or L2-.
94 3BSE 020 924R4101

Figure A-7 shows the process connections for the Differential Analog Input Module
AI820 when installed on a TU830 Extended MTU.
Pwr.
Source 6.3A
+24v L1+ L1+
L1+ Fuse
0v L1- L1-
L1-
0 - 10V
B1,B2 L1+
Ch1 V C1 I1U+
C2 I1IB 250W
A1,A2 Diff.
4 Wire L1- Compensation Amp
250W
XTMR B3,B4 L1+ +
C3 I1I+
Ch1 - C4 I1- LPF
4 - 20mA A3,A4 L1-
L1+ B5,B6 L1+
2 Wire
Ch2V C5 I2U+
XTMR C6 I2IB
Ch2IB A5,A6
250W Diff.
L1- Compensation Amp
250W
B7,B8 L1+ +
Ch2 I C7 I2I+
C8 I2- LPF
Ch2-
A7,A8 L1-
Pwr. L1-
Source B9,B10 L2+
Ch3V C9 I3U+
C10 I3IB 250W Diff.
Ch3IB A9,A10 L2-
0 - 20mA Compensation Amp
250W
B11,B12 L2+ +
Ch3 I C11 I3I+
C12 LPF
Ch3 - I3-
4 Wire A11,A12 L2-
XTMR B13,B14 L2+
CH4 V C13 I4U+
C14 I4IB
0 - 10V A13,A14 250W Diff.
L2- Compensation Amp
250W
L2+ B15,B16 L2+ +

3 Wire C15 I4I+
XTMR C16 I4- LPF
L2- A15,A16 L2-
6.3A
+24v L2+ L2+ LPF = Low Pass Filter
L2+
Chx V = Voltage Input L2- Fuse L2-
0v
3BSE 020 924R4101 95

or TU814 Compact MTU.
Process +24V 0V TU810 AI820

(or TU814)
Pwr.
Source L1+ L1+
L1+
Local L1- L1-
0 - 10V Gnd.
L1+
Ch1 V C1 I1U+
B1 I1IB 250W Diff.
A1 L1- Compensation
4 Wire Amp
250W
XTMR L1+ +
C2 I1I+ LPF
Ch1 - B2 I1-
A2 L1-
4 - 20mA
L1+
2 Wire Ch2V C3 I2U+
Ch2IB B3 I2IB 250W Diff.
XTMR A3 L1- Compensation Amp
250W
L1+ +
Ch2 I C4 I2I+ LPF
Ch2 - B4 I2-
Pwr. L1- A4 L1-
Source L2+
Ch3V C5 I3U+
Ch3IB B5 I3IB 250W Diff.
A5 L2- Compensation
0 - 20mA Amp
250W
L2+ +
Ch3 I C6 I3I+
B6 LPF
Ch3 - I3-
A6 L2-
4 Wire
XTMR L2+
CH4 V C7 I4U+
B7 I4IB 250W Diff.
0 - 10V A7 L2- Compensation Amp
250W
L2+ +
3 Wire C8 I4I+
Ch4 - LPF
XTMR B8 I4-
A8 L2-
L2+ L2+ LPF = Low Pass Filter

+24v L2+
Chx V = Voltage Input 0v L2- L2-
EM
96 3BSE 020 924R4101

Figure A-9 shows the process connections for the AI820 when installed on a
TU812.
AI820
TU812
1 1 UP1 +24V
14 14 UP1 L1+
2 2 ZP1 0V L1-
15 15 ZP1
L1+
3 3 S1 I1U+
Ch1 V I1IB 250W Diff.
16 16 S2 L1- Compensation
Ch1 IB Amp
250W
L1+ +
4 4 S3 Ch1 I I1I+
I1- LPF
17 17 S4 Ch1 R L1-
5 5 S5 Ch2 V L1+
I2U+
18 18 S6 Ch2 IB I2IB 250W Diff.
Process L1- Compensation
6 6 S7 Ch2 I Amp
250W
Connection L1+ +
19 19 S8 Ch2 R I2I+
I2- LPF
7 7 S9 Ch3 V L1-
20 20 S10 Ch3 IB L2+
I3U+
8 8 S11 Ch3 I I3IB 250W Diff.
L2- Compensation
21 21 S12 Ch3 R Amp
250W
L2+ +
9 9 S13 Ch4 V I3I+ LPF
I3-
22 22 S14 Ch4 IB L2-
L2+
10 10 S15 Ch4 I I4U+
23 23 S16 Ch4 R I4IB 250W Diff.
L2- Compensation
11 11 UP2 Amp
250W
+24V L2+ +
24 24 UP2 I4I+
I4- LPF
12 12 ZP2 L2-
0V
25 25 ZP2 L2+ LPF = Low Pass Filter
13 13 EM L2-
EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 97

AI825 Galvanic Isolated Analog Input Module Appendix A Specifications
A.4 AI825 Galvanic Isolated Analog Input Module
A.4.0.1 Features
4 channels individually galvanic isolated inputs
for +20 mA, 0...20 mA, 4...20 mA, +10 V,
0...10 V, 2...10 V
14 Bit resolution plus sign
Input shunt resistors protected to 30 V d.c.
EMC protection
DIN rail mounting
The input withstand HART communication.
A.4.0.2 Description
The AI825 Analog Input Module has 4 individually
galvanic isolated, bipolar current/voltage inputs. Each
channel can be either a voltage or current input.
The module has a direct current input that withstand
up to 6.3 V and a over voltage protected current input
that withstand up to +30 V d.c. The current is limited
by a PTC resistor.
Power to the input stages is converted from the 24 V
on the ModuleBus.
indicates if any diagnostic condition is active. The FAULT LED indicates that the
module is in Init state or Not configured state. In Not Configured state the FAULT
LED is turned off after the first valid access to the module.
98 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications AI825 Galvanic Isolated Analog Input Module
Three different types of MTUs can be used; TU831 Extended MTU, TU811 or
TU813 Compact MTU. The TU813 Compact MTU has crimped snap-in connectors
for connection to the process.
3BSE 020 924R4101 99

Table A-7 AI825 Galvanic Isolated Input Module Specifications at 25C
AI825
Feature
Analog Input Module
Type of input Galvanic isolated
channel to channel
channel to ground
Measurement ranges (nominal) -20...+20 mA, 0...20 mA,
4...20 mA, -10...+10 V, 0...10 V,
2...10 V d.c.
Over/under range 15%
Input impedance at voltage input (I x U) 10 M
Input impedance at current input (I x I) 50
Over voltage protected current input (I x IP) 50 + 125
Max. Differential d.c. input (Fault)
Voltage input 30 V
Over voltage protected current input 30 V
Current input 6.3 V
CMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz 120 dB
NMRR >40 dB at 50 Hz, >55 dB at 60 Hz
Error Max. 0,1%
Resolution 14 bit plus sign
Temperature drift Max 57 ppm/C ( 20 mA)
Max 34 ppm/C ( 10 V)
Max 78 ppm/C (0...20 mA)
Max 47 ppm/C (0...10 V)
Update cycle time (all four channels) <10 ms
100 3BSE 020 924R4101

Table A-7 AI825 Galvanic Isolated Input Module Specifications at 25C

(Continued)
AI825
Feature
Analog Input Module
Current consumption 24 V Typ 90 mA, max 110 mA
Current consumption 5 V Typ 70 mA, max 100 mA
Power dissipation Typ 2.5 W, max 3.2 W
(131/104F)(1)
Voltage supervision Internal supplies
Input filter (0 to 90%) 130 ms at current input
115 ms at voltage input
Module termination units TU811, TU813 or TU831
MTU keying code DA
protected)
Dielectric test voltage
between channels 1900 V d.c.
channel to ground and MB24V 3250 V d.c.
MB24V to ground 720 V d.c.
Width 45 mm (1.77)
connector
Height 119 mm (4.7)
(1) 40C (104F) applies to compact MTUs with I/O-modules mounted on vertical DIN rail.
3BSE 020 924R4101 101

FAULT
RUN
WARNING
Pos
I1U
I1IP AMP
+ Block
I1I
ZP1 LPF
#
ModuleBus
CLK +/-
MBI-2
Data +/-
5 VS
I2U
CPU
I2IP 5V
AMP
I2I + 0V
ZP2 LPF
# Power_ok
I3U
I3IP AMP
I3I +
ZP3 LPF
#
Ch1
+24 V
Ch2
I4U +0 V 24
I4IP AMP
I4I + Ch3
ZP4 LPF
#
Ch4
EM
102 3BSE 020 924R4101

TU811
TU831
Process Connection or TU813
Terminal
Terminal
Ch1V, Voltage Input + B1 B1
Ch1 IP, Current input+ protected C2 B2
Ch 1I, Current Input + A2 A2
Ch 1-, Return - (ZP1) A1 A1
Ch 2V, Voltage Input + B3 B3
3BSE 020 924R4101 103

Figure A-7 shows the process connections for the Galvanic Isolated Analog Input
Module AI825 when installed on a TU811 or TU813 Compact MTU.
+10 V Ch1 V B1 I1U

C2 I1IP
A2 I1I
Ch1 ZP A1 ZP1
B3 I2U
+20 mA Ch2 IP C4 I2IP
A4 I2I
Ch2 ZP A3 ZP2
B5 I3U
C6 I13IP
+20 mA Ch3 I A6 I3I
Ch3 ZP A5 ZP3
- + B7 I4U
C8 I4IP
4-20 mA Ch4 I A8 I4I
Ch4 ZP A7 ZP4
EM
104 3BSE 020 924R4101

Extended MTU.
Process TU831 AI825
+10 V Ch1 V B1 I1U

B2 I1IP
A2 I1I
Ch1 ZP A1 ZP1
B3 I2U
+20 mA Ch2 IP B4 I2IP
A4 I2I
Ch2 ZP A3 ZP2
B5 I3U
B6 I13IP
+20 mA Ch3 I A6 I3I
Ch3 ZP A5 ZP3
- + B7 I4U
B8 I4IP
4-20 mA Ch4 I A8 I4I
Ch4 ZP A7 ZP4
EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 105

AI830 RTD Input Module Appendix A Specifications
A.5 AI830 RTD Input Module
A.5.0.1 Features
8 channels for RTD (Pt100, Cu10, Ni100 and
Ni120 and resistor) inputs F
R
3-wire connection to RTDs W
14 Bit resolution
1
Inputs are monitored for open-circuit, short-
circuit and has a input grounded sensor 2
EMC protection 3
DIN rail mounting.

4
The AI830 RTD Input Module has 8 channels for 6

measurement of temperature with resistive elements
(RTDs). With 3-wire connections. All the RTDs must 7
be isolated from ground.

8
The AI830 can be used with Pt100, Cu10, Ni100,
Ni120 or resistive sensors. Linearization and AI830
RTD
conversion of the temperature to Centigrade or
Fahrenheit is performed on the module. Every channel
can be individually configured.
The MainsFreq parameter is used to set mains frequency filter cycle time. This will
give a notch filter at the frequency specified (50 Hz or 60 Hz).
in Init state, Error state or Not configured state.
In Not configured state the FAULT LED is turned off after the first valid access to
the module.
106 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications AI830 RTD Input Module
Four different types of MTUs can be used. The TU830 Extended MTU and the
TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU enables three wire connection to the devices
without additional terminals. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male)
connector for connection to the process.
3BSE 020 924R4101 107

Table A-9 AI830 RTD Input Module Specifications at 25C
AI830
Feature
RTD Input Module
Type of input 3-wire RTD:
Pt100, Cu10, Ni100, Ni120 and resistive
potentiometer
Measurement range See Table A-10
Maximum field cable resistance 55
Error dependent of the field cable Rerr = R x (0.005 + R/100)
resistance TerrC = Rerr / (R0 x TCR)
Rerr =Error in ohm TerrF = TerrC x 1.8
R =Wire resistance
R =Difference in % between resistance
in field cables, see Figure A-12.
CMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz >120 dB(1)
Error (IEC 51-1)(2) See Table A-10
Resolution See Table A-10
Temperature drift See Table A-10
Update cycle time 150 ms + n x 95 ms (3)
(131/104F)(4)
Supervision Open-circuit, short-circuit(5),
reference channel, internal power supply
108 3BSE 020 924R4101

Table A-9 AI830 RTD Input Module Specifications at 25C (Continued)
AI830
Feature
RTD Input Module
Isolation Groupwise isolated from ground (RIV=50
V)
Mounting termination units TU810, TU812, TU814 or TU830
MTU keying code AF
protected)
Width 45 mm (1.77)
connector
Height 119 mm (4.7)
(1) At 10 load, e.g. Cu 10. CMMR is >80 dB at <400 load and >110 dB at 100 .
(2) Without error dependent of the field cable resistance
(3) n=Number of active channels
vertical DIN rail.
(5) For Cu10, not short circuit.
R1 AI830 R=Difference between

R1 and R2
Pt100 R2
R1, R2, Rzp=Field cable
resistance
Rzp
Figure A-12 Error dependency of the field cable resistance
3BSE 020 924R4101 109

Table A-10 AI830 Signal Range
Temperature Sensor Max Error Resolution MaxTemp

Range Type 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz Drift
(1)
-80...80C Pt100 0.095C 0.11C 0.025C 0.030C 0.0017C/C
-112...176F Pt100(1) 0.17F 0.19F 0.046F 0.055F 0.003F/F
-200...250C Pt100(1) 0.14C 0.15C 0.026C 0.031C 0.0025C/C
-328...482F Pt100(1) 0.25F 0.27F 0.046F 0.055F 0.0045F/F
(1)
-200...850C Pt100 0.22C 0.24C 0.056C 0.067C 0.005C/C
-328...1562F Pt100(1) 0.39F 0.43F 0.10F 0.12F 0.009F/F
-60...180C Ni100(2) 0.10C 0.12C 0.031C 0.037C 0.0021C/C
-76...356F Ni100(2) 0.19F 0.21F 0.056F 0.067F 0.0038F/F
(3)
-80...260C Ni120 0.27C 0.29C 0.022C 0.026C 0.0029C/C
-112...500F Ni120(3) 0.49F 0.51F 0.039F 0.046F 0.0053F/F
-100...260C Cu10(4) 0.60C 0.69C 0.26C 0.31C 0.024C/C
-148...500F Cu10(4) 1.1F 1.3F 0.46F 0.56F 0.0043F/F
0...400 Resistor 0.083 0.091 0.020 0.024 0.0020 /C
0...400 Resistor 0.083 0.091 0.020 0.024 0.0036 /F
(1) According to IEC 751, TCR = 0.003850
(2) According to DIN 43760, TCR = 0.00617
(3) According to MIL-T-24388C, TCR = 0. 00672
Ro = 120 (MINCO)
(4) According to TCR = 0.00427, R25 = 10 (MINCO)
110 3BSE 020 924R4101

FAULT
RUN
WARNING
ZP
Pos
I1+
I1- LP
ZP Block
Mux CPU MBI

I4+ #
I4- LP 5VS
ZP
ModuleBus
5V
I5+ 0V
I5- LP Power_ok
ZP
+12V +24 V
I8+ ZP
I8- LP -12V 0 V 24 V
ZP
Ref:s
ZP
EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 111

TU810 TU812
Process TU830/TU833
(or TU814) D-Sub 25 male
Connection Terminal
Terminal Connector (1)
- L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2)
0 V d.c. (ZP) L1- 2, 15 L1- (2)
- - - B1, B2
Ch1, + Input C1 3 C1
Ch1, - Input B1 16 C2
Ch1, Return (ZP) A1 - A1, A2
- - - B3, B4
Ch 2, + Input C2 4 C3
Ch 2, - Input B2 17 C4
Ch 2, Return (ZP) A2 - A3, A4
- - - B5, B6
- - - B7, B8
- - - B9, B10
112 3BSE 020 924R4101

TU810 TU812
Process TU830/TU833
Connection Terminal
Ch 5, - Input B5 20 C10
- - - B11, B12
Ch 6, - Input B6 21 C12
- - - B13, B14
Ch 7, - Input B7 22 C14
- - - B15, B16
Ch 8, + Input C8 10 C15
Ch 8, - Input B8 23 C16
- L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2)
0 V dc (ZP) L2- 12, 25 L2- (2)
3BSE 020 924R4101 113

Figure A-13 shows the process connections for the RTD Input Module AI830 when
installed on a TU830 Extended MTU.
6.3A
L1+
L1+
L1- Fuse ZP
0V L1-
T B1,B2
Ch1+ C1 I1+
Ch1- C2 I1-
ZP A1,A2 ZP
T B3,B4
Ch2+ C3 I2+
Ch2- C4 I2-
ZP A3,A4 ZP
T B5,B6
Ch3+ C5 I3+
Ch3- C6 I3-
ZP A5,A6 ZP
T B7,B8
Ch4+ C7 I4+
Ch4- C8 I4-
ZP A7,A8 ZP
T B9,B10
Ch5+ C9 I5+
Ch5- C10 I5-
ZP A9,A10 ZP
T B11,B12
Ch6+ C11 I6+
Ch6- C12 I6-
ZP A11,A12 ZP
T B13,B14
Ch7+ C13 I7+
Ch7- C14 I7-
ZP A13,A14 ZP
T B15,B16
Ch8+ C15 I8+
Ch8- C16 I8+
ZP A15,A16 ZP
6.3A
L2+
L2+
L2- Fuse ZP
0V L2- EM
Note: No external power supply should be connected
114 3BSE 020 924R4101

TU810 of TU814 Compact MTU.
Process TU810 AI830

(or TU814)
L1+
L1+
0V L1- ZP
T
Ch1+ C1 I1+
Ch1- B1 I1-
ZP A1 ZP
T
Ch2+ C2 I2+
Ch2- B2 I2-
ZP A2 ZP
T
Ch3+ C3 I3+
Ch3- B3 I3-
ZP A3 ZP
T
Ch4+ C4 I4+
Ch4- B4 I4-
ZP A4 ZP
T
Ch5+ C5 I5+
Ch5- B5 I5-
ZP A5 ZP
T
Ch6+ C6 I6+
Ch6- B6 I6-
ZP A6 ZP
T
Ch7+ C7 I7+
Ch7- B7 I7-
ZP A7 ZP
T
Ch8+ C8 I8+
Ch8- B8 I8+
ZP A8 ZP
L2+
L2+
0V L2- ZP
EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 115

Figure A-15 shows the connections for the AI830 when installed on a TU812.
TU812 AI830
1 1 UP1 +24V
14 14 UP1
2 2 ZP1 0V
ZP
15 15 ZP1
3 3 S1 Ch1 +
I1+
16 16 S2 Ch1 - I1-
ZP
4 4 S3 Ch2 +
17 17 S4 Ch2 - I2+
I2-
5 5 S5 Ch3 + ZP
18 18 S6 Ch3 - I3+
Process 6 6 S7 I3-
Ch4 +
Connection ZP
19 19 S8 Ch4 -
I4+
7 7 S9 Ch5 + I4-
20 S10 ZP
20 Ch5 -
8 8 S11 Ch6 + I5+
I5-
21 21 S12 Ch6 - ZP
9 9 S13 Ch7 +
I6+
22 22 S14 Ch7 - I6-
ZP
10 10 S15 Ch8 +
23 23 S16 Ch8 - I7+
I7-
11 11 UP2 +24V ZP
24 24 UP2
I8+
12 12 ZP2 0V I8-
ZP
25 25 ZP2
13 13 EM
ZP
EM
116 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications AI835 Thermocouple/mV Input Module
A.6 AI835 Thermocouple/mV Input Module
A.6.0.1 Features
8 differential input channels for
thermocouple/mV F
R
Channel 8 can be designated as the CJ-channel W
(4-wire Pt100 RTD)
1
Variety of thermocouples with the following
characteristics: 2
B, C, E, J, K, N, R, S and T
3
15 Bit resolution (A/D)
Inputs are monitored for wire-break open-circuit 4
EMC protection 5
DIN rail mounting.

6
The AI835 Thermocouple/mV Input Module is part of 8

the S800 I/O. It provides 8 differential input channels
for Thermocouple/mV measurements. Measurement AI835
ranges configurable per channel are: TC/mV
-30 mV to +75 mV linear, or TC Types B, C, E, J, K,

N, R, S and T.
One of the channels (Channel 8) may be configured for Cold Junction (ambient)
temperature measurements, thus serving as CJ-channel for Ch. 1...7. The junction
temperature may be measured locally on the MTUs screw terminals, or on a
connection unit distant form the device. Alternatively, a fix junction temperature for
the module may be set by the user (as parameter). Channel 8 may be used in the
same manner as Ch. 1...7 when no CJ-temperature measurement is needed.
Each input-channel can measure a mV type of signal source (Thermocouple or
linear), and may be grounded or ungrounded.
3BSE 020 924R4101 117

AI835 Thermocouple/mV Input Module Appendix A Specifications
Full self-calibration is obtained by means of 0V, 50 mV and 100 ohm references,

which are regularly updated.
the module.
Four different types of MTUs can be used. The TU830 Extended MTU or the
TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU enables three wire connection to the devices
without additional terminals. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male)
118 3BSE 020 924R4101

Table A-12 AI835 Thermocouple/mV Input Module Specifications at 25C
AI835
Feature
Thermocouple/mV Input Module
Number of channels 8 (Differential)
Type of input -30 mV to 75 mV linear, or TC types B,
C, E, J, K, N, R, S and T
Input impedance > 1 M
CJ-temperature measurement reference 4-wire connected IEC-751/Pt100 RTD
Maximum field cable length 600 meters (656 yd.)
CMV between channels, max. 12 V d.c.
NMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz >60 dB(1)
Resolution (A/D) 15 bits
Error 0.1%
Max. 35 ppm/C
Filter, analog (1st order Low-pass) 10 Hz
Filter (integration) 50 Hz or 60 Hz
Update cycle time, max. 280 ms + n x 80 ms at 50 Hz
250 ms + n x 70 ms at 60 Hz
(n = active channels)
3BSE 020 924R4101 119


(Continued)
AI835
Feature
Supervision Module: reference channels, power
supply low
Channel TC: open-circuit
Linear: none
Pt100 (CH8): <-40C (-40F) and
>100C (212F)
(131/104F)(2)
(RIV=50 V)
MTU keying code BA
protected)
Width 45 mm (1.77)
connector
120 3BSE 020 924R4101


(Continued)
AI835
Feature
Height 119 mm (4.7)
(1) >40 dB at 50 Hz and 60 Hz 1%
vertical DIN rail.
3BSE 020 924R4101 121

Table A-13 AI835 Range/Linearization
Input Type Temperature Range

TC type B (1) 44...1820oC, 111...3308oF
TC type C 0...2300oC, 32...4172oF
TC type E (1) -270...1000oC, -454...1832oF
TC type J (1) -210...1200oC, -346...2192oF
TC type K (1) -270...1372oC, -454...2501oF
TC type N (1) -270...1300oC, -454...2372oF
TC type R (1) -50...1768oC, -58...3214oF
TC type S (1) -50...1768oC, -58...3214oF
TC type T (1) -270...400oC, -454...752oF
Linear range -30...75 mV
(2) -40...100oC, -40...212oF
Pt100 RTD (for CJC)
(1) Linearization per IEC 584-1 1995, and following ITS 90 requirements.
(2) Sensor Type applies to Channel 8 only, for the measuring of the Cold
Junction Compensation temperature.
From the 11 Sensor Types above, one choice is to be selected by the user per
channel.
122 3BSE 020 924R4101


Fault
Run REFs MB = Modulebus

FIC = Full protocol module Interface Circuity
Warning MTI = Main Timer Interface
SPI = Serial Peripheral Interface
+CH1
EMC/
-CH1 LP
+CH2
EMC/
-CH2 LP
Data
Differential A/D
ANA-
CLK
LOG
MB
FIC
MUX #
Amplifier CTRL
+CH7
EMC/ (MTI) Pos(6:0)
-CH7 LP
ADR(SPI) pow_ok
+PCJC +5V
(low)
+CH8 EMC/ 0V
Pt100 LP
-CH8
+UPint +24V
-PCJC GNDA
0V_24V
ZP -UPint
EM

3BSE 020 924R4101 123

TU810 TU812
Process TU830/TU833
Connection Terminal
Pt100, PCJC- L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2)
- L1- 2, 15 L1- (2)
- - - B1, B2
Ch1, + Input C1 3 C1
Ch1, - Input B1 16 C2
Ch1, Return (ZP) A1 - A1, A2
- - - B3, B4
- - - B5, B6
- - - B7, B8
- - - B9, B10
124 3BSE 020 924R4101

TU810 TU812
Process TU830/TU833
Connection Terminal
Ch 5, - Input B5 20 C10
- - - B11, B12
Ch 6, - Input B6 21 C12
- - - B13, B14
Ch 7, - Input B7 22 C14
- - - B15, B16
Ch 8, + Input C8 10 C15
Ch 8, - Input B8 23 C16
Pt100, PCJC+ L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2)
- L2- 12, 25 L2- (2)
3BSE 020 924R4101 125

Figure A-16 shows the process connections for the TC/mV Input Module AI835
6.3A
L1+ PCJC-
L1+
L1- Fuse
L1-
B1,B2
Ch1+ C1 I1+
Ch1- C2 I1-
A1,A2 ZP
Thermocouple isolated
from ground B3,B4
Ch2+ C3 I2+
Ch2- C4 I2-
A3,A4 ZP
B5,B6
Ch3+ C5 I3+
Ch3- C6 I3-
A5,A6 ZP
B7,B8
Ch4+ C7 I4+
Ch4- C8 I4-
A7,A8 ZP
B9,B10
Ch5+ C9 I5+
Ch5- C10 I5-
A9,A10 ZP
B11,B12
Thermocouple connected
to ground Ch6+ C11 I6+
Ch6- C12 I6-
A11,A12 ZP
B13,B14
Ch7+ C13 I7+
Ch7- C14 I7-
A13,A14 ZP
B15,B16
Pt100 C15 I8+
Ch8+
Ch8- C16 I8+
A15,A16 ZP
6.3A
L2+ PCJC+
L2+
L2- Fuse
L2- EM
126 3BSE 020 924R4101

TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU.
Process TU810 AI835

(or TU814)
L1+ PCJC-
L1+
L1-
Ch1+ C1 I1+
Ch1- B1 I1-
A1 ZP
Thermocouple isolated
from ground
Ch2+ C2 I2+
Ch2- B2 I2-
A2 ZP
Ch3+ C3 I3+
Ch3- B3 I3-
A3 ZP
Ch4+ C4 I4+
Ch4- B4 I4-
A4 ZP
Ch5+ C5 I5+
Ch5- B5 I5-
A5 ZP
Thermocouple connected
to ground Ch6+ C6 I6+
Ch6- B6 I6-
A6 ZP
Ch7+ C7 I7+
Ch7- B7 I7-
A7 ZP
Pt100 C8 I8+
Ch8+
Ch8- B8 I8+
A8 ZP
L2+ PCJC+
L2+
L2-
EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 127

Figure A-18 shows the AI835 connections through a remote junction box.
Process TU810 AI835

(or TU814)
Multi-conductor (Cu)
shielded cables L1+ PCJC-
L1+
Junction L1-
Thermocouple Box
connected to
ground I1+
Ch1+ C1
2 Ch1- B1 I1-
A1 ZP
Ch2+ C2 I2+
2 Ch2- B2 I2-
A2 ZP
Ch3+ C3 I3+
2 Ch3- B3 I3-
A3 ZP
Ch4+ C4 I4+
2 Ch4- B4 I4-
A4 ZP
Ch5+ C5 I5+
2 Ch5- B5 I5-
A5 ZP
Ch6+ C6 I6+
Ch6- B6 I6-
2 A6 ZP
Ch7+ C7 I7+
2 Ch7- B7 I7-
A7 ZP
Thermocouple
isolated from
ground Ch8+ C8 I8+
2 Ch8- B8 I8+
A8 ZP
L2+ PCJC+
2 L2+
L2-
EM
Figure A-18 AI835 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process

Connections to Remote Junction Box
128 3BSE 020 924R4101

Figure A-19 shows the connections for the AI835 when installed on a TU812.
TU812 AI835
1 1 PCJC-
14 14
PCJC-
2 2 ZP1 0V
15 15 ZP1
3 3 S1 Ch1 + I1+
I1-
16 16 S2 Ch1 - ZP
4 4 S3 Ch2 +
I2+
17 17 S4 Ch2 - I2-
ZP
5 5 S5 Ch3 +
18 18 S6 Ch3 - I3+
I3-
Process 6 6 S7 Ch4 + ZP
Connection
19 19 S8 Ch4 -
I4+
7 7 S9 Ch5 + I4-
ZP
20 20 S10 Ch5 -
8 8 S11 Ch6 + I5+

I5-
21 21 S12 Ch6 - ZP
9 9 S13 Ch7 + I6+

I6-
22 22 S14 Ch7 -
ZP
10 10 S15 Ch8 +
23 23 S16 Ch8 - I7+

I7-
11 11 PCJC+ ZP
24 24 I8+
I8-
12 12 ZP2 0V ZP
25 25 ZP2 PCJC+
13 13 EM EM
EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 129

A.7 AI843 Thermocouple/mV Input Module
A.7.0.1 Features
8 differential input channels for
thermocouple/mV.
The module can be used in both single and
redundant applications.
A separate channel is used as CJ-channel
(4-wire Pt100 RTD)
Variety of thermocouples with the following
characteristics: B, C, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T and U
16 Bit resolution (A/D converter)
Inputs are monitored for wire-break open-circuit
EMC protection
DIN rail mounting.
A.7.0.2 Description
The AI843 Thermocouple/mV Input Module is part of
the S800 I/O. It provides 8 differential input channels
for Thermocouple/mV measurements. Measurement
ranges configurable per channel are:
-30 mV to +75 mV linear, or TC Types B, C, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T and U.
A separate channel is used for Cold Junction (ambient) temperature
measurements, thus serving as CJ-channel for Ch. 1...8. The junction temperature
may be measured locally on the MTUs screw terminals, or on a connection unit
distant form the device. Alternatively, a fix junction temperature for the module
may be set by the user (as parameter) or a junction temperature set by the
application.
Each input-channel can measure a mV type of signal source (Thermocouple or
linear), and may be grounded or ungrounded.
130 3BSE 020 924R4101

Full self-calibration is obtained by means of 0V and 30 mV references, which are

regularly updated.
the module.
On each channel there is a Fault (Red) LED that indicate channel error.
POWOK comes from the ModuleBus master or controller after power is applied.
Three different types of MTUs can be used. In single applications TU830 Extended
MTU enables three wire connection to the devices without additional terminals.
In redundant applications TU842 for horizontal mounting and TU843 for vertical
mounting.
3BSE 020 924R4101 131

AI843
Feature
Number of channels 8 (Differential)
Type of input -30 mV to 75 mV linear, or TC types B,
C, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T and U
Input impedance > 1 M
CJ-temperature measurement reference 4-wire connected IEC-751/Pt100 RTD
Maximum field cable length 600 meters (656 yd.) or max. 500
CMV between channels, max. 5 V d.c.
Resolution (A/D converter) 16 bits
Error <0.1%
Max. 25 ppm/C
Filter, analog (1st order Low-pass) 1.1 kHz
Filter (integration) 50 Hz or 60 Hz
Update cycle time, max. 320 ms + n x 80 ms at 50 Hz
267 ms + n x 67 ms at 60 Hz
(n = active channels)
132 3BSE 020 924R4101


(Continued)
AI843
Feature
Supervision Module error if: reference channels
outside limits, power supply low
Channel error if: open-circuit, out of
range <-40C (-40F) and >100C
(212F) (only Cold Junction channel)
Linear: none
(131/104F)(1)
(RIV=50 V)
Module termination units, single TU830
applications
Module termination unit, redundant TU842 and TU843
application
MTU keying code B, A
protected)
Width 45 mm (1.77)
connector
3BSE 020 924R4101 133


(Continued)
AI843
Feature
Height 119 mm (4.7)
vertical DIN rail.
134 3BSE 020 924R4101

Table A-16 AI843 Range/Linearization
Input Type Temperature Range

TC type B (1) 44...1820oC, 111...3308oF
TC type C 0...2300oC, 32...4172oF
TC type D 0...2300oC, 32...4172oF
TC type E (1) -270...1000oC, -454...1832oF
TC type J (1) -210...1200oC, -346...2192oF
TC type K (1) -270...1372oC, -454...2501oF
TC type L -200...900oC, -328...1652oF
TC type N (1) -270...1300oC, -454...2372oF
TC type R (1) -50...1768oC, -58...3214oF
TC type S (1) -50...1768oC, -58...3214oF
TC type T (1) -270...400oC, -454...752oF
TC type U -200...600oC, -328...1112oF
Linear range -30...75 mV
Pt100 RTD (for CJC) (2) -40...100oC, -40...212oF
(1) Linearization per IEC 584-1 1995, and following ITS 90 requirements.
(2) Sensor Type applies to Cold Junction channel only, for the measuring
of the Cold Junction Compensation temperature.
From the 11 Sensor Types above, one choice is to be selected by the user per
channel.
3BSE 020 924R4101 135


Fault (F)
Ch 1 Fault (F1)
Run (R)
Ch 2 Fault (F2)
Warning (W)
Ch 8 Fault (F8)
+CH1
-CH1 EMC/LP
MUX
+CH2
-CH2 EMC/LP #
Data
CLK
MCU
ModuleBus
ASIC
Pos (0...6)
+5V
0V
MUX
#
24V
+CH8
0V-24V
-CH8 EMC/LP
S+
+ CJC
- EMC/LP
S-
136 3BSE 020 924R4101

TU830, TU833,
Process
TU842, TU843
Connection
Terminal
- L1+ (2)
- L1- (2)
PCJC+ B1
Ch1, + Input C1
Ch1, - Input C2
Ch1, Return (ZP) A1, A2
ICJC+ B2
ICJC- B3
Pref B4
Ch 2, + Input C3
Ch 2, - Input C4
Ch 2, Return (ZP) A3, A4
PCJC- B5
- B6
Ch 3, + Input C5
Ch 3, - Input C6
- B7, B8
Ch 4, + Input C7
Ch 4, - Input C8
3BSE 020 924R4101 137

TU830, TU833,
Process
TU842, TU843
Connection
Terminal
- B9, B10
Ch 5, + Input C9
Ch 5, - Input C10
- B11
PCJC+ B12
Ch 6, + Input C11
Ch 6, - Input C12
ICJC+ B13
ICJC- B14
Ch 7, + Input C13
Ch 7, - Input C14
Pref B15
PCJC- B16
Ch 8, + Input C15
Ch 8, - Input C16
- L2+ (2)
- L2- (2)
138 3BSE 020 924R4101

Process TU830/TU833
L1+ 6.3A AI843
L1+
L1- Fuse
L1-
B1 PCJC+
B2 ICJC+
Ch1+ C1 I1+
Ch1- C2 I1-
A1,A2 ZP
Thermocouple isolated B3 ICJC-
from ground B4 Pref
Ch2+ C3 I2+
Ch2- C4 I2-
A3,A4 ZP
B5 PCJC-
B6
Ch3+ C5 I3+
Ch3- C6 I3-
A5,A6 ZP
B7
B8
Ch4+ C7 I4+
Ch4- C8 I4-
A7,A8 ZP
B9
B10
Ch5+ C9 I5+
Ch5- C10 I5-
A9,A10 ZP
Thermocouple connected B11

to ground B12 PCJC+
Ch6+ C11 I6+
Ch6- C12 I6-
A11,A12 ZP
B13 ICJC+
Pt100 B14 ICJC-
Ch7+ C13 I7+
Ch7- C14 I7-
A13,A14 ZP
B15 Pref
Ref100 B16 PCJC-
Ch8+ C15 I8+
Ch8- C16 I8+
A15,A16 ZP
6.3A
L2+
L2+
Fuse
Note: No external power supply L2-
EM
should be connected L2-
3BSE 020 924R4101 139


6.3A
Multi-conductor (Cu) L1+
shielded cables L1+
L1- Fuse
L1-
Junction
Box B1 PCJC+
Thermocouple ICJC+
connected to B2
ground Ch1+ C1 I1+
2 Ch1- C2 I1-
A1,A2 ZP
B3 ICJC+
B4 Pref
Ch2+ C3 I2+
2 Ch2- C4 I2-
A3,A4 ZP
B5 PCJC-
B6
Ch3+ C5 I3+
2 Ch3- C6 I3-
A5,A6 ZP
B7
B8
Ch4+ C7 I4+
2 Ch4- C8 I4-
A7,A8 ZP
B9
B10
Ch5+ C9 I5+
2 Ch5- C10 I5-
A9,A10 ZP
B11
B12 PCJC+
Ch6+ C11 I6+
2 Ch6- C12 I6-
A11,A12 ZP
B13 ICJC+
Pt100 B14 ICJC-
Ch7+ C13 I7+
2 Ch7- C14 I7-
A13,A14 ZP
B15 Pref
Ref100 B16 PCJC-
Ch8+ C15 I8+
2 Ch8- C16 I8+
A15,A16 ZP
Thermocouple 6.3A
isolated from L2+
ground
L2+
L2- Fuse
Note: No external power supply L2-
EM
should be connected
Figure A-21 AI843 with TU830 Extended MTU Process Connections to Remote
Junction Box
140 3BSE 020 924R4101

Figure A-22 shows the process connections for the Thermocouple/mV Input
Module AI843 when installed on a TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU.
Process L1+ TU842/TU843

L1+ AI843
L1-
L1-
B1 PCJC+
B2 ICJC+
Ch1+ C1 I1+
Ch1- C2 I1-
A1,A2 ZP
Thermocouple isolated B3 ICJC-
from ground B4 Pref
Ch2+ C3 I2+
Ch2- C4 I2-
A3,A4 ZP
B5 PCJC-
B6
Ch3+ C5 I3+
Ch3- C6 I3-
A5,A6 ZP
B7
B8
Ch4+ C7 I4+
Ch4- C8 I4-
A7,A8 ZP
B9
B10
Ch5+ C9 I5+
Ch5- C10 I5-
A9,A10 ZP
B11
Thermocouple connected B12 PCJC+
to ground
Ch6+ C11 I6+
Ch6- C12 I6-
A11,A12 ZP
B13 ICJC+
Pt100 B14 ICJC-
Ch7+ C13 I7+
Ch7- C14 I7-
A13,A14 ZP
B15 Pref
Ref100 B16 PCJC-
Ch8+ C15 I8+
Ch8- C16 I8+
A15,A16 ZP
L2+
L2+
L2-
L2- EM
AI843
PCJC+
ICJC+
I1+
I1-
ZP
Pref
PCJC-
I8+
I8+
ZP
Note: No external power supply EM

should be connected
Figure A-22 AI843 with TU842 or TU843 Extended MTU Process Connections
3BSE 020 924R4101 141

AI845 Analog Input Module, single or redundant Appendix A Specifications
A.8 AI845 Analog Input Module, single or redundant
A.8.0.1 Features
8 channels for 0...20 mA, 4...20 mA, 0...5 V F
or 1...5 V d.c., single ended unipolar inputs R

W
Single or redundant operation
1 group of 8 channels isolated from ground
12 Bit resolution
Field power distribution
Advanced on-board diagnostics
EMC protection
DIN rail mounting
HART pass-through communication
A.8.0.2 Description
The AI845 Analog Input Module for single or
redundant applications. The module has 8 channels.
Each channel can be either a voltage or current input.
AI845
The voltage and current input is able to withstand an 0...20mA,
0/4....20mA 0...5V
HART
over or undervoltage of at least 11 V d.c. Input
resistances are, for voltage > 10 M ohm and for current
250 ohm. The EMC protection is placed on the
module.
simple connection to distribute the supply to 2- or 3-wire transmitters. The
transmitter power is supervised and current limited.
The module perform self-diagnostic cyclically. Module diagnostics include:
External power supply, Transmitter power and External shunt error. Error in
these will be reported as External channel error.
142 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications AI845 Analog Input Module, single or redundant
Low Pass Filter, Multiplexer and Test channels. Error in these will be reported
as Internal channel error.
Analog Read Back, Reference Voltage, Internal Power Supply, Checksum,
Watchdog and Memory. Error in these will be reported as Module Error.
All eight channels are isolated from the ModuleBus in one group. Power to the input
in Init state or Not configured state. In Not configured state the FAULT LED is
The module has HART pass-through functionality. Only point to point
communication is supported.
Five different types of MTUs can be used for single applications. The TU830
Extended MTU enables three wire connection to the devices without additional
terminals. The TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU has terminals for 24 V process
voltage inputs, but requires external terminals for distribution of 24 V power supply
to the field devices. The extended MTU, TU835, and TU838 provides a fuse (3 A
max.) per channel for process power out. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub
25 pin (male) connector for connection to the process.
Two types of MTUs can be used for redundant applications, one for mounting on a
horizontal DIN rail and one for mounting on a vertical DIN rail.
3BSE 020 924R4101 143

AI845
Feature
Analog Input Module
Measurement range 0...20 mA, 0...5 V,
4... 20 mA, 1... 5V
Over range +15%
Input impedance (at voltage input) 10 M
(including PTC)
Error Max. 0.1%
Resolution 12 bit
Temperature drift Max. 50 ppm/C
Current consumption 24 V (ModuleBus) 50 mA
Current consumption 5 V (ModuleBus) 100 mA
Current consumption 24 V (external) 150 mA
144 3BSE 020 924R4101

AI845
Feature
Analog Input Module
(131/104F)(1)
Transmitter power:
voltage 24 V @ 23 mA
current limit 30 mA
Supervision Module error if: analog read back,
reference voltage, internal power supply,
checksum, watchdog and memory error
Internal channel error if: low pass filter,
multiplexer and test channels error
External channel error if: external power
supply low, transmitter power and
external shunt error
Isolation Groupwise isolated from ground (RIV=50
V)
Module termination units TU810, TU812, TU814, TU830, TU835,
TU838, TU844 or TU845
MTU keying code CC
protected)
3BSE 020 924R4101 145

AI845
Feature
Analog Input Module
Width 45 mm (1.77)
connector
Height 119 mm (4.7)
146 3BSE 020 924R4101

24 V
R
UP W
F
ZP
UP1 T 24 V
U1 LP
I1 2 x 47ms
CPU
MBI
ZP
U1 C
UP8 T 24 V
Mux
U8 LP #
I8 2 x 47ms
ZP Mux
HART
Modem
LP Mux
2 x 47ms
U8 C LP
2 x 47ms
3BSE 020 924R4101 147

TU810 TU812 TU830/ TU844

Process TU835 TU838
(or TU814) D-Sub 25 male TU833 TU845
Connection Terminal Terminal
Terminal Connector (1) Terminal Terminal
+24 V d.c. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2) L1+ (2) L1+ (2) L1+
0 V d.c. (ZP) L1- 2, 15 L1- (2) L1- (2) L1- (2) L1-
U1 - - B1 11 (F1) A1 (F1) B1
Ch1, Voltage Input C1 3 C1 - B1 B2(2)
Ch1, Current Input B1 16 C2 12 B2 B2(2)
Ch1, Return (ZP) A1 - A1, A2 - A2 A1,A2
U2 - - B3 21 (F2) A3 (F2) B3
Ch 2, Voltage Input C2 4 C3 - B3 B4(2)
Ch 2, Current Input B2 17 C4 22 B4 B4(2)
Ch 2, Return (ZP) A2 - A3, A4 - A4 A3, A4
U3 - - B5 31 (F3) A5 (F3) B5
U4 - - B7 41 (F4) A7 (F4) B7
U5 - - B9 51 (F5) A9 (F5) B9
148 3BSE 020 924R4101

TU810 TU812 TU830/ TU844

Process TU835 TU838
(or TU814) D-Sub 25 male TU833 TU845
U6 - - B11 61 (F6) A11 (F6) B11
U7 - - B13 71 (F7) A13 (F7) B13
U8 - - B15 81 (F8) A15 (F8) B15
+24 V d.c. L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2) L2+ (2) L2+ (2) L2+
0 V d.c. (ZP) L2- 12, 25 L2- (2) L2- (2) L2- (2) L2-
(2) Voltage or current input chosen by the shunt stick on TU844/TU845.
3BSE 020 924R4101 149

6.3A
+24v L1+ L1+
Pwr. L1+
0v L1- Fuse L-
Source
L1-
U1 B1 U1
C1 I1U
4 - 20mA Ch1 I C2 I1I
A1,A2 ZP
2 - Wire U2 B3 U2
XMTRs C3 I2U
4 - 20mA Ch2 I C4 I2I
A3,A4 ZP
B5 U3 Mux.
0 - 5V Ch3 V C5 I3U
C6 I3I
ZP A5,A6 ZP
4 - Wire
B7 U4
XMTRs 0 - 20mA Ch4 I C7 I4U
C8 I4I
ZP A7,A8 ZP
U5 B9 U5
C9 I5U
0 - 20mA Ch5 I C10 I5I
ZP A9,A10 ZP
U6 B11 U6
C11 I6U
4 - 20mA Ch6 I C12 I6I
ZP A11,A12 ZP
3 - Wire
XMTRs U7 B13 U7
0 - 5V Ch7 V C13 I7U
C14 I7I
ZP A13,A14 ZP
U8 B15 U8
0 - 5V Ch8 V C15 I8U
C16 I8I
ZP A15,A16 ZP
6.3A
+24v L2+ L2+
L2+ Fuse
150 3BSE 020 924R4101

Process TU835 AI845

X11
Fn=100mA
+24V * L1+ L1+
L1+
0V L1- L-
L1-
X12 F1
L1+ 11 U1
I1U
4 - 20mA Ch1 I 12 I1I
ZP
F2
L1+ 21 U2
I2U
4 - 20mA Ch2 I 22 I2I
ZP
F3
L1+ 31 U3 Mux.
I3U
4 - 20mA Ch3 I 32 I3I
ZP
F4
L1+ 41 U4
I4U
4 - 20mA Ch4 I 42 I4I
ZP
F5
L2+ 51 U5
I5U
4 - 20mA Ch5 I 52 I5I
ZP
F6
L2+ 61 U6
I6U
4 - 20mA Ch6 I 62 I6I
ZP
F7
L2+ 71 U7
I7U
4 - 20mA Ch7 I 72 I7I
F8 ZP
L2+ 81 U8
I8U
4 - 20mA Ch8 I 82 I8I
ZP
X13
+24V * L2+ L2+
L2+
Chx I = Current Input 0V L2- L-
L2- EM
* Should be connected if use of
external power supply supervision.
Must meet the HART requirements
if HART communication is used.
3BSE 020 924R4101 151

Process TU838 AI845
+24V * L1+ L1+

Pwr. L1+
Source 0V L1- L-
L1-
F1
L1+ A1 U1
B1 I1U
4 - 20mA Ch1 I B2 I1I
A2 ZP
2 - Wire F2
L1+ A3 U2
XMTRs B3 I2U
4 - 20mA Ch2 I B4 I2I
A4 ZP
F3
A5 U3 Mux.
0 - 5V Ch3 V B5 I3U
B6 I3I
ZP A6 ZP
4 - Wire F4
A7 U4
XMTRs
B7 I4U
0 - 20mA Ch4 I B8 I4I
ZP A8 ZP
A9 F5
L2+ U5
B9 I5U
0 - 20mA Ch5 I B10 I5I
ZP A10 ZP
A11 F6
L2+ U6
B11 I6U
4 - 20mA Ch6 I B12 I6I
ZP A12 ZP
3 - Wire
F7
XMTRs L2+ A13 U7
0 - 5V Ch7 V B13 I7U
B14 I7I
ZP A14 ZP
A15 F8
L2+ U8
0 - 5V Ch8 V B15 I8U
B16 I8I
ZP A16 ZP
+24V * L2+ L2+

Chx V = Voltage Input L2+
Chx I = Current Input 0V L2- L-
L2- EM
* Should be connected if use of
152 3BSE 020 924R4101

when installed on a TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU.
Process TU810 AI845

(or TU814)
+24V L1+ L1+

* L1+
Pwr.
Sup. 0V L1- ZP
U1
C1 I1U
4 - 20mA Ch1 I B1 I1I
A1 ZP
U2
C2 I2U
4 - 20mA Ch2 I B2 I2I
A2 ZP
U3 Mux.
0 - 5V Ch3 V C3 I3U
B3 I3I
ZP A3 ZP
U4
0 - 5V Ch4 V C4 I4U
B4 I4I
ZP A4 ZP
U5
C5 I5U
0 - 20mA Ch5 I B5 I5I
ZP A5 ZP
U6
C6 I6U
4 - 20mA Ch6 I B6 I6I
ZP A6 ZP
U7
0 - 5V Ch7 V C7 I7U
B7 I7I
ZP A7 ZP
U8
0 - 5V Ch8 V C8 I8U
B8 I8I
ZP A8 ZP
* Should be connected L2+ L2+

if use of external power L2+
supply supervision. L2- ZP
Chx V = Voltage Input Must meet the HART EM
Chx I = Current Input requirements if HART
communication is used.
3BSE 020 924R4101 153

when installed on a TU812 Compact MTU.
TU812 AI845
1 1 UP1 +24V *
L1+
14 14 UP1
L-
2 2 ZP1 0V
U1
15 15 ZP1 I1U
I1I
3 3 S1 Ch1 V ZP
16 16 S2 Ch1 I U2
I2U
4 4 S3 Ch2 V I2I
ZP
17 17 S4 Ch2 I
U3 Mux.
5 5 S5 Ch3 V I3U
I3I
18 18 S6 Ch3 I ZP
Process 6 6 S7 Ch4 V U4
Connection I4U
19 19 S8 Ch4 I I4I
ZP
7 7 S9 Ch5 V U5
20 20 S10 Ch5 I I5U
I5I
8 8 S11 Ch6 V ZP
21 21 S12 Ch6 I U6
I6U
9 9 S13 Ch7 V I6I
ZP
22 22 S14 Ch7 I
U7
10 10 S15 Ch8 V I7U
I7I
23 23 S16 Ch8 I ZP
U8
11 11 UP2 +24V * I8U
24 UP2 I8I
24 ZP
12 12 ZP2 0V L2+
25 25 ZP2
L-
13 13 EM EM EM
Chx V = Voltage Input

Chx I = Current Input * Should be connected if use of
154 3BSE 020 924R4101

when installed on a TU844 or TU845 Redundant MTU.

+24V L1+ L+
Pwr. L1+
Source 0V L1- L-
L1- Shunt
sticks U1
U1 B1
B2 I1U
4 - 20mA Ch1 I1I
A1,A2 ZP
2 - Wire U2 B3 U2
XMTRs B4 I2U
4 - 20mA Ch2 I2I
A3,A4 ZP
B5 U3 Mux.
0 - 5V Ch3 B6 I3U
I3I
ZP A5,A6 ZP
4 - Wire
B7 U4
XMTRs 0 - 20mA Ch4 B8 I4U
I4I
ZP A7,A8 ZP
U5 B9 U5
B10 I5U
0 - 20mA Ch5 I5I
ZP A9,A10 ZP
U6 B11 U6
B12 I6U
4 - 20mA Ch6 I6I
ZP A11,A12 ZP
3 - Wire
XMTRs U7 B13 U7
0 - 5V Ch7 B14 I7U
I7I
ZP A13,A14 ZP
U8 B15 U8
0 - 5V Ch8 B16 I8U
I8I
ZP A15,A16 ZP
+24V L2+ L+
L2+
0V L2- L-
L2- EM
AI845
L+
L-
U1
I1U
I1I
ZP
---
Mux.
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
L+
L-
EM
Figure A-28 AI845 with TU844 or TU845 Redundant MTU Process Connections
3BSE 020 924R4101 155

AI880/AI880A High Integrity Analog Input Module Appendix A Specifications
A.9 AI880/AI880A High Integrity Analog Input Module
A.9.0.1 Features
8 channels for 0...20 mA, 4...20 mA, single ended
unipolar inputs.
HART pass-through communication (AI880A)
Single or redundant configuration.
1 group of 8 channels isolated from ground.
12 bit resolution.
Configurable filter time per channel.
Configurable alarm limit for field power outputs.
Configurable over/under range for current inputs.
Configurable safety accuracy 0,5 - 4%.
Field power distribution, actively verified also in
a redundant pair.
Advanced on-board diagnostics.
EMC protection.
DIN rail mounting.
Certified for SIL3 according to EN 61508 (high
and low demand applications).
Certified for AK6 according to DIN V 19250/DIN V VDE 0801-AK6.
Certified for Category 4 according to EN 954-1.
Complies with the NAMUR recommendation NE43, and supports configurable
over- and under range limits.
A.9.0.2 Description
The AI880/AI880A High Integrity Analog Input Module is designed for single and
redundant configuration. The module has 8 current input channels.
156 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications AI880/AI880A High Integrity Analog Input Module
Input resistances is 250 ohm. The EMC protection is placed on the shunt-sticks.
simple connection to distribute the supply to 2- or 3-wire transmitters. The
transmitter power is supervised and current limited.
All eight channels are isolated from the ModuleBus in one group. Power to the
Module is generated from the 24 V on the ModuleBus.
The AI880/AI880A complies with the NAMUR recommendation NE43, and
supports configurable over- and under range limits.
As AI880/AI880A needs external shunt sticks, the MTUs TU844 or TU845 is
required.
AI880A has HART pass-through functionality. Only point-to-point communication
is supported.
Self-diagnostic functions
Errors in External power supply and External shunt error will be reported as
External channel error.
Errors in Low Pass Filter, Multiplexer and Test channels will be reported as
Internal channel error.
Errors in Analog to Digital converters, Analog references, Internal power
supplies, Errors in micro controller, FPGA and Memory will be reported as
Module Error.
Four LEDs indicate module status Fault (Red), Run (Green), Warning (Yellow) and
Primary (Yellow):
The RUN LED starts flashing when the module is ready to be configured and is
steady lit when the module has reached operational state.
The WARNING LED indicates external or internal channel errors.
The FAULT LED indicates that there is Module errors present or that the
module is in Init state.
The PRIMARY LED indicates that the module is primary (in a redundant pair).
3BSE 020 924R4101 157

Table A-20 AI880/AI880A High Integrity Analog Input Module Specifications

at 25C
AI880
Feature
High Integrity Analog Input Module
Measurement range 0...20 mA
4... 20 mA
Over range +15%
Error <0.1%
Safety accuracy 1.5% (configurable 0.5-4%)
Resolution 12 bit
Current consumption 24 V (ModuleBus) 50 mA (max)
Maximum ambient temperature 55/40C (131/104F)
Transmitter power:
voltage Field supply - max 4.5 V
current 30 mA
158 3BSE 020 924R4101

Table A-20 AI880/AI880A High Integrity Analog Input Module Specifications

at 25C (Continued)
AI880
Feature
High Integrity Analog Input Module
Voltage supervision Internal voltage, field power input, field
power output per channel
Input filter rise time (0-90%) 190 ms (HW filter)
Isolation 8 inputs isolated from ground in one
group
(RIV=50 V)
Module termination units TU844, TU845
MTU keying code FF (AI880), FD (AI880A)
protected)
Width 45 mm (1.77)
connector
Height 119 mm (4.7)
3BSE 020 924R4101 159

A.9.0.4 Block Diagram AI880/AI880A
FPGA R
24 V
UP W
F
P
ZP
UP1 T 24 V
Mux
U1 LP
2 x 47ms
U1 C
UP8 T 24 V MCU
Mux
U8 LP #
2 x 47ms
LP Mux
2 x 47ms
3.3V 24V
U8 C LP
2 x 47ms
160 3BSE 020 924R4101

Table A-21 AI880/AI880A Process Connections
TU844
Process
TU845
Connection
Terminal
+24 V d.c. L1+
0 V d.c. (ZP) L1-
U1 B1
Ch1, Voltage Input B2
Ch1, Current Input -
Ch1, Return (ZP) A1,A2
U2 B3
Ch 2, Voltage Input B4
Ch 2, Current Input -
U3 B5
U4 B7
U5 B9
3BSE 020 924R4101 161

Table A-21 AI880/AI880A Process Connections (Continued)
TU844
Process
TU845
Connection
Terminal
U6 B11
U7 B13
U8 B15
+24 V d.c. L2+
0 V d.c. (ZP) L2-
162 3BSE 020 924R4101

Figure A-29 shows the process connections for the High Integrity Analog Input
Module AI880/AI880A when installed on a TU844 or TU845 Redundant MTU.
Process TU844/TU845
AI880/AI880A
+24V L1+ L+
Pwr. L1+
Source 0V L1- L-
L1- Shunt
sticks U1
U1 B1
B2 I1U
4 - 20mA Ch1 I1I
A1,A2 ZP
2 - Wire U2 B3 U2
XMTRs B4 I2U
4 - 20mA Ch2 I2I
A3,A4 ZP
B5 U3 Mux.
0 - 5V Ch3 B6 I3U
I3I
ZP A5,A6 ZP
4 - Wire
B7 U4
XMTRs 0 - 20mA Ch4 B8 I4U
I4I
ZP A7,A8 ZP
U5 B9 U5
B10 I5U
0 - 20mA Ch5 I5I
ZP A9,A10 ZP
U6 B11 U6
B12 I6U
4 - 20mA Ch6 I6I
ZP A11,A12 ZP
3 - Wire
XMTRs U7 B13 U7
0 - 5V Ch7 B14 I7U
I7I
ZP A13,A14 ZP
U8 B15 U8
0 - 5V Ch8 B16 I8U
I8I
ZP A15,A16 ZP
+24V L2+ L+
L2+
0V L2- L-
L2- EM
AI880
L+
L-
U1
I1U
I1I
ZP
---
Mux.
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
L+
L-
EM
Figure A-29 AI880/AI880A with TU844 or TU845 Redundant MTU Process Connections
3BSE 020 924R4101 163

AO801 Analog Output Module, 0(4)...20 mA Appendix A Specifications
A.10 AO801 Analog Output Module, 0(4)...20 mA
A.10.0.1 Features
8 channels of 0...20 mA, 4...20
mA outputs
OSP sets outputs to S
predetermined state upon error
detection
STATUS
Analog Output is to be short
circuit secured to ZP or +24 V
EMC protection
DIN rail mounting.
Process and power connection AO801
via detachable connectors 0(4)...20mA
A.10.0.2 Description
The AO801 Analog Output Module
has 8 unipolar analog output L+ L- 24V
channels. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
O - O - O - O - O - O - O - O -
One LED are used to indicate the
state of the module.The STATUS
LED green indicates that the device
is in operational state.
The STATUS LED red indicates
that the device is in error state.
In Not configured state the
STATUS LED is turned off after the first valid access to the module.
The module performs self-diagnostic cyclically. Module diagnostics include:
Low internal power supply will set module in INIT state (no answer from the
module).
164 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications AO801 Analog Output Module, 0(4)...20 mA
The outputs of the module will be set to a predetermined value if the OSP-watchdog
timer expires or if the SetOSPState command is received. The watchdog timer is set
by the controller (OSP timer) and is used for ModuleBus supervision. The watchdog
timer is re-triggered every time the correct module address has been decoded (or
broadcast). If the watchdog timer expires or if the SetOSPState command is
received, the module enters the OSP state and the active outputs (if any) are set to
their OSP values which can be configured as a predefined value or to use the last
good value sent.The output values will be kept as long as the module stays in the
OSP state. To change the outputs the module first has to leave this state. When
reentering Operational State, the outputs are still kept with their OSP value until
new valid values are written.
3BSE 020 924R4101 165

Table A-22 AO801 Analog Output Module Specifications at 25C
AO801
Feature
Analog Output Module
Output rang 0... 20mA, 4...20mA(1)
Over range 15%
Output load Max 850 ohms (external 24 V > 24 V) (2)
(24 V external - 7) /0.02 (external 24 V <
24 V)
Rise time 10s
Cycle time 1 ms
Error Max. 0.1%
Resolution 12 bit
Output Set as Predetermined (OSP) timer 256, 512, 1024 ms
Max. 60 ppm/C
(external supply), maximum
Current consumption 5 V, maximum 70 mA
(131/104F)(3)
Isolation Groupwise isolated from ground (RIV=50 V)
protected)
166 3BSE 020 924R4101

Table A-22 AO801 Analog Output Module Specifications at 25C (Continued)
AO801
Feature
Width 86.1 mm (3.4)
Depth 58.5 mm (2.3)
(1) 4...20 mA handled by the FCI or controller
(2) See Power Dissipation Calculation below.
(3) 40C (104F) applies to compact MTUs with I/O-modules or S800L-modules mounted on vertical DIN
rail.
3BSE 020 924R4101 167

A.10.0.4 Power Dissipation Calculation

If output load <250 ohms and high power supply can max. power dissipation be
exceeded.
The total power dissipated in the output stages should be <1.2 W. Can be calculated
according to:
UP <24 V
UP >24 V
UP = Power supply to the output stages

ICHi = Average output current per channel
RLi = Output load per channel
Temporary overload or short circuit does not cause any damage but long term
overload will decrease module MTBF.
168 3BSE 020 924R4101

A.10.0.5 Block Diagram AO801
L+
L-
STATUS
# EMC 1O
prot
1-
Pos
CPU
MBI
# EMC 8O
5VS prot 8-
5V
ZD
Power_ok
EM
Table A-23 A0801 Process Connections
Process Process
Connection Terminal
Ch1, + Output 1O
Ch1 Return (ZP) 1-
- -
Ch 2, + Output 2O
Ch2 Return (ZP) 2-
3BSE 020 924R4101 169

Table A-23 A0801 Process Connections (Continued)
Process Process
Connection Terminal
- -
Ch 3, + Output 3O
Ch3 Return (ZP) 3-
- -
Ch 4, + Output 4O
Ch4 Return (ZP) 4-
- -
Ch 5, + Output 5O
Ch5 Return (ZP) 5-
- -
Ch 6, + Output 6O
Ch6 Return (ZP) 6-
- -
Ch 7, + Output 7O
Ch7 Return (ZP) 7-
- -
Ch 8, + Output 8O
Ch8 Return (ZP) 8-
170 3BSE 020 924R4101

Figure A-30 shows the process connections for the AO801.
Process
AO801 Device
1O 0 - 20mA
D/A 1-
2O 0 - 20mA
D/A 2-
3O 0 - 20mA
D/A 3-
4O 0 - 20mA
D/A 4-
5O 0 - 20mA
D/A 5-
6O 0 - 20mA
D/A 6-
7O 0 - 20mA
D/A 7-
8O 0 - 20mA
D/A 8-
L+ +24V
L- 0V
EM
Figure A-30 AO801 Process Connections
3BSE 020 924R4101 171

A.11 AO810 Analog Output Module, 0(4)...20 mA
A.11.0.1 Features
8 channels of 0...20 mA, 4...20 mA outputs
F
OSP sets outputs to predetermined state upon R
W
error detection
O
Analog Output is to be short circuit secured to ZP 1
or +24 V
2
EMC protection
3
DIN rail mounting.
4
5
The AO810 Analog Output Module has 8 unipolar
analog output channels. 6
To supervise the communication to the D/A-converters 7

the serial data is read back and verified. The open-
8
circuit diagnostic is received during the readback.
Four LEDs are used to indicate the state of the device.
The RUN (green) LED indicates that the device is in AO810
0..20 mA
operational state. The FAULT (red) LED indicates that
the device is in error state.
In Not configured state the FAULT LED is turned off
after the first valid access to the module. The WARNING (yellow) LED indicates
that there is some kind of process error such as an open circuit, or power supply
fault. OSP (yellow) LED indicates that the output value is set to the OSP value.
Process power supply supervision which is reported when supply voltage to
output circuitry is to low. The error is reported as a channel error.
172 3BSE 020 924R4101

Channel diagnostic include:

Fault detection of the channel. (Only reported on active channels). The error is
reported if the output current is less than the output set value and the output set
value > 1 mA.
timer is re-triggered every time the correct node address has been decoded (or
good value sent.
The output values will be kept as long as the module stays in the OSP state. To
change the outputs the module first has to leave this state. When reentering
Operational State, the outputs are still kept with their OSP value until new valid
values are written.
TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU enables wire connection to the devices without
additional terminals. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male)
3BSE 020 924R4101 173

AO810
Feature
Output range 0... 20 mA, 4...20 mA (1)
Over range 15%
Output load 500 ohms(2),
250 - 850 ohms(3)
Rise time 4 ms
Cycle time 2 ms
Propagation delay 6 ms
Error Max. 0.1% at 0 - 500 ohms
Resolution 14 bit
Max. 60 ppm/C
Supervision Module: Output power low
Channel: Open-circuit
(for current > 1 mA)
(4)
Power dissipation 3W
(131/104F)(5)
174 3BSE 020 924R4101

AO810
Feature
(RIV=50 V)
Mounting termination units TU810, TU812, TU814 and
TU830
MTU keying code AE
Equipment class Class I according to IEC 61140;
(earth protected)
Width 45 mm (1.77)
Depth 97 mm (3.8), 106 mm (4.2)
including connector
Height 119 mm (4.7)
(2) With supply connected to L1+ only
(3) With supply connected to L2+ only.
Note: RL = 250...850 ohms (with power supply connected to L2+)
Power supply min.= U drop + I max. x RL = 7.7 V + 0.023 x RL(>19.2 V)
Power Supply max. = 30 V
(4) 250 ohm load, 70% of nominal current, all channels activated. Supply L+ connected.
vertical DIN rail.
3BSE 020 924R4101 175

L2+
FAULT L1+
RUN
WARNING ZP
OSP
# EMC O1
prot
ZP
Pos
CPU
MBI-2
# EMC O8
5VS prot
5V ZP
ZD
Power_ok
EM
176 3BSE 020 924R4101

TU810 TU812
Process TU830/TU833
(or TU814) DSub 25 male
Connection Terminal
Terminal connector (1)
+24 V d.c. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2)
0 V d.c. (ZP) L1- 2, 15 L1- (2)
- - - B1, B2
Ch1, + Output C1 3 C1
Ch1 Return (ZP) A1 - A1, A2
- - - B3, B4
Ch 2, + Output C2 4 C3
- - - B5, B6
- - - B7, B8
- - - B9, B10
- - - B11, B12
3BSE 020 924R4101 177

TU810 TU812
Process TU830/TU833
(or TU814) DSub 25 male
Connection Terminal
Terminal connector (1)
- - - B13, B14
- - - B15, B16
+24 V dc L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2)
0 V dc (ZP) L2- 12, 25 L2- (2)
178 3BSE 020 924R4101

Figure A-31 shows the process connections for the Analog Output Module AO810
AO810 TU830/TU833 Process

Device
6.3A
L1+ +24V
Fuse L1+
L1- 0V
L1-
B1
O1 Ch1 + 0 - 20mA RL < 500 ohms
C1 (with power supply
D/A ZP A1 Ch1 - connected to L1+,
See Note below)
B3
O2 C3 Ch2 + 0 - 20mA
D/A ZP A3 Ch2 -
B5
O3 C5 Ch3 + 0 - 20mA
D/A ZP A5 Ch3 -
B7
O4 C7 Ch4 + 0 - 20mA
D/A ZP A7 Ch4 -
B9
O5 C9 Ch5 + 0 - 20mA
D/A ZP A9 Ch5 -
B11
O6 C11 Ch6 + 0 - 20mA
D/A ZP A11 Ch6 -
B13
O7 C13 Ch7 + 0 - 20mA

D/A ZP A13 Ch7 -
B15
O8 C15 Ch8 + 0 - 20mA
D/A ZP A15 Ch8 -
6.3A
L2+ +24V
L2+ Note: RL = 250...850 ohms (with power supply
Fuse 0V
L2- connected to L2+)
EM L2- Power supply min. = 7.7V+0.023 x RL
Power Supply = 19.2 to 30V
RL min = 250 ohms (including all outputs)
Figure A-31 AO810 with TU830 Extended MTU Process Connections
3BSE 020 924R4101 179

Figure A-32 shows the process connections for the AO810 when installed on a
AO810 TU810 Process

(or TU814) Device
L1+ +24V
L1+
L1- 0V
O1 C1 Ch1 + 0 - 20mA RL < 500 ohms

D/A ZP A1 Ch1 - (with power supply
connected to L1+,
See Note below)
O2 C2 Ch2 + 0 - 20mA
D/A ZP A2 Ch2 -
O3 C3 Ch3 + 0 - 20mA
D/A ZP A3 Ch3 -
O4 C4 Ch4 + 0 - 20mA
D/A ZP A4 Ch4 -
O5 C5 Ch5 + 0 - 20mA
D/A ZP A5 Ch5 -
O6 C6 Ch6 + 0 - 20mA
D/A ZP A6 Ch6 -
O7 C7 Ch7 + 0 - 20mA
D/A ZP A7 Ch7 -
O8 C8 Ch8 + 0 - 20mA
D/A ZP A8 Ch8 -
L2+ +24V
L2+ Note: RL = 250...850 ohms (with power supply
0V connected to L2+)
L2- Power supply min. = 7.7V+0.023 x RL
EM Power Supply = 19.2 to 30V
Figure A-32 AO810 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections
180 3BSE 020 924R4101

Figure A-33 shows the process connections for the Analog Output Module AO810
AO810 TU812
+24V UP1 1 1
UP1 14 14
0V ZP1 2 2
ZP1 15 15
RL < 500 ohms
(with power supply
Ch1 + S1 3 3 connected to L1+,
O1 See Note below)
D/A S2 16 16
ZP
Ch2 + S3 4 4
O2 S4 17 17
D/A ZP Ch3 + S5 5 5
S6 18 18
O3 Process
D/A ZP Ch4 + S7 6 6
Connection
S8 19 19
O4 Ch5 + S9 7 7
D/A ZP
S10 20 20
Ch6 + S11 8 8
O5
D/A ZP S12 21 21
Ch7 + S13 9 9
O6 S14 22 22
D/A ZP
Ch8 + S15 10 10
S16 23 23
O7
D/A ZP +24VUP2 11 11
UP2 24 24
O8 0V ZP2 12 12
D/A ZP
ZP2 25 25
EM 13 13
EM
Note: RL = 250...850 ohms (with power supply
connected to L2+)
Power supply min. = 7.7V+0.023 x RL
Power Supply = 19.2 to 30V
Figure A-33 AO810 with TU812 Compact MTU Process Connections
3BSE 020 924R4101 181

AO820 Galvanically Isolated Bipolar Analog Output Module Appendix A Specifications
A.12 AO820 Galvanically Isolated Bipolar Analog Output

Module
A.12.0.1 Features
4 channels of -20 mA...+20 mA, 0...20 mA, 4...20
mA or F
R
-10 V...+10 V, 0...10 V, 2...10 V outputs W
Individually galvanically isolated channels O
1
OSP sets outputs to predetermined state upon
error detection
EMC protection 2
DIN rail mounting.
The AO820 Analog Output Module has 4 bipolar

analog output channels. The choice of current or
voltage output is configurable for each channel. There 4
are separate sets of terminals for voltage and current
outputs, and it is up to the user to wire outputs
properly. The only differences between current or
voltage channel configuration is in software settings. AO820
20 mA, 10V Isolated
To supervise the communication to the A/D-
converters the output data is read back and verified.
The open-circuit diagnostics are read continuously as well.
Four LEDs are used to indicate the state of the device. The RUN (green) LED
indicates that the device is in operational state. The FAULT (red) LED indicates
that the device is in an error state, or a power fault has been detected. In Not
configured state the FAULT LED is turned off after the first valid access to the
module. The WARNING (yellow) LED indicates that there is some kind of process
error such as an open circuit. OSP (yellow) LED indicates that the output values are
set to the OSP value.
182 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications AO820 Galvanically Isolated Bipolar Analog Output Module
The process voltage supervision input give channel error signals if the voltage
disappears.The error signal can be read via the ModuleBus. Channel diagnostics
include:
Fault detection of the channel. (Only reported on active channels). The error is
reported if the output current differ from the output set value (that is, open wire
condition).
by the controller and is used for ModuleBus supervision. The watchdog timer is re-
triggered every time the correct node address has been decoded (or broadcast). If the
watchdog timer expires or if the SetOSPState command is received, the module
enters the OSP state and the active outputs (if any) are set to their OSP values which
can be configured as a predefined value or as the last good value sent.
values are written.
TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU enables wire connection to the devices without
additional terminals. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male)
3BSE 020 924R4101 183

AO820
Feature
Output ranges (nominal) -20 mA...+20 mA, 0...20 mA, 4...20 mA
(1)
or -10 V...+10 V, 0...10 V, 2...10 V(1)
Over range 15%
Output load, current outputs 550 ohms - Nominal ranges
Including wire resistance 510 ohms - Over-range
Output load, voltage outputs 5k ohms
Rise time <0.7 ms
Cycle time for all channels 1.5 ms
Error, Voltage Max. 0.1%
Error, Current at 250 ohms Max. 0.1%
Resolution 12 bits plus sign
Output Set as Predetermined (OSP) 256, 512, 1024 ms
timer
Power dissipation (2) 6W
(131/104F)(3)
184 3BSE 020 924R4101

AO820
Feature
Supervision Module: Output power low
Channel: Open circuit (for current >
1mA)
Isolation Individually isolated,
channel-to-channel and to circuit
common (RIV=50 V)
MTU keying code BC
protected)
Width 45 mm (1.77)
connector
Height 119 mm (4.7)
(1) Handled by the controller or FCI.
(2) Power dissipation is calculated with 250 ohms load, 70 percent of nominal output current, all
channels activated.
vertical DIN rail.
3BSE 020 924R4101 185

FAULT
RUN Iso Power U,I Amp
WARNING and Amp
OSP O1U+
EMC
S/H protect O1I+
O1U-
Current sense
O1I-
ZP1
Pos CPU
DAT+ EM
DAT-
CLK+
CLK-
ModuleBus
#
5VS
Iso Power
MBI-2
U,I Amp
5V and Amp
0V O4U+
EMC
Amp protect O4I-
+24V
+0V24 O4U-
Current sense
Block O4I-
Power_ok ZP4
EM
186 3BSE 020 924R4101

TU810 TU812
TU830/TU833
Terminal
Not used L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2)
Not used L1- 2, 15 L1- (2)
- - - B1, B2
Ch1, Current Output + C1 3 C1
Ch1, Current Output - B1 16 C2
- A1 - A1, A2
- - - B3, B4
Ch1, Voltage Output + C2 4 C3
Ch1, Voltage Output - B2 17 C4
- A2 - A3, A4
- - - B5, B6
- A3 - A5, A6
- - - B7, B8
- A4 - A7, A8
- - - B9, B10
3BSE 020 924R4101 187

TU810 TU812
TU830/TU833
Terminal
- A5 - A9, A10
- - - B11, B12
- A6 - A11, A12
- - - B13, B14
- A7 - A13, A14
- - - B15, B16
- A8 - A15, A16
Not used L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2)
Not used L2- 12, 25 L2- (2)
188 3BSE 020 924R4101

Figure A-34 shows the process connections for the Bipolar Analog Output Module
AO820 when installed on a TU830 Extended MTU.

Device
6.3A
L1+
L1+ RL = <550W for
Fuse L1- current outputs
L1-
O1I C1 Ch1 I+ 20mA

ZP1 C2 Ch1 -
D/A
O1U C3 Ch1 V+
ZP1 C4 Ch1 -
O2I C5 Ch2 I+ 0 - 20mA

ZP2 C6 Ch2 -
D/A
O2U C7 Ch2 V+
ZP2 C8 Ch2 -
Use either the current or
voltage output terminals,
O3I C9 Ch3 I+ but not both per channel.
ZP3 C10 Ch3 -
D/A
O3U C11 Ch3 V+ 10V
ZP3 C12 Ch3 -
O4I C13 Ch4 I+

ZP4 C14 Ch4 -
D/A O4U Ch4 V+ 0 - 10V

C15
ZP4 C16 Ch4 -
6.3A
L2+
Fuse L2+ RL = >2KW for
L2- voltage outputs
EM L2-
3BSE 020 924R4101 189

AO820 TU810 Process

(or TU814) Device
L1+
L1+
L1-
RL = <550W for
current outputs
O1I C1 Ch1 I+ 20mA

ZP1 B1 Ch1 -
D/A
O1U C2 Ch1 V+
ZP1 B2 Ch1 -
O2I C3 Ch2 I+ 0 - 20mA

ZP2 B3 Ch2 -
D/A
O2U C4 Ch2 V+
ZP2 B4 Ch2 -
Use either the current or
voltage output terminals,
O3I C5 Ch3 I+ but not both per channel.
ZP3 B5 Ch3 -
D/A
O3U C6 Ch3 V+ 10V
ZP3 B6 Ch3 -
O4I C7 Ch4 I+
ZP4 B7 Ch4 -
D/A
O4U C8 Ch4 V+ 0 - 10V
ZP4 B8 Ch4 -
L2+
L2+
RL = >2KW for
L2-
EM voltage outputs
190 3BSE 020 924R4101

TU812 Compact MTU
TU812
AO820
L1+ +24V UP1 1 1
L1- UP1 14 14
ZP1 2 2
0V
ZP1 15 15
O1I C1 Ch1 I+
ZP1 B1 Ch1 - S1 3 3
D/A S2 16 16
O1U C2 Ch1 V+
B2 Ch1 - S3 4 4
ZP1
S4 17 17
O2I C3 Ch2 I+ S5 5 5
ZP2 B3 Ch2 -
S6 18 18
Process
D/A S7 6 6 Connection
O2U C4 Ch2 V+
ZP2 B4 Ch2 - S8 19 19
S9 7 7
O3I C5 Ch3 I+ S10 20 20

ZP3 B5 Ch3 -
S11 8 8
D/A S12 21 21
O3U C6 Ch3 V+
ZP3 B6 Ch3 - S13 9 9
S14 22 22
O4I C7 Ch4 I+ S15 10 10

ZP4 B7 Ch4 -
S16 23 23
D/A +24V UP2 11 11
O4U C8 Ch4 V+
ZP4 B8 Ch4 - UP2 24 24
L2+ ZP2 12 12
0V ZP2 25 25
L2+
L2- EM 13 13
EM
Figure A-36 AO820 with TU812
3BSE 020 924R4101 191

AO845 Analog Output Module, single or redundant Appendix A Specifications
A.13 AO845 Analog Output Module, single or redundant
A.13.0.1 Features
F
8 channels of 4...20 mA outputs R
W
For single or redundant applications
O
error detection
1 group of 8 channels isolated from ground
Analog Output is to be short circuit secured to ZP
or +24 V
EMC protection
12 bit resolution
DIN rail mounting
HART pass-through communication
AO845
The AO845 Analog Output Module for single or 4....20mA HART
redundant applications has 8 unipolar analog output
channels.
Four LEDs are used to indicate the state of the device. The RUN (green) LED
indicates that the device is in operational state. The FAULT (red) LED indicates
that the device is in error state.
the module. The WARNING (yellow) LED indicates that there is some kind of
process error such as an open circuit, or power supply fault. OSP (yellow) LED
indicates that the output value is set to the OSP value.
192 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications AO845 Analog Output Module, single or redundant

External Channel Error is reported (only reported on active channels) if the
process power supply that supply voltage to output circuitry is too low, or the
output current is less than the output set value and the output set value > 1 mA
(open circuit).
Internal Channel Error is reported if the output circuit can not give the right
current value. In a redundant pair the module will be commanded to error state
by the ModuleBus master.
Module Error is reported in case of Output Transistor Error, Short Circuit,
Checksum Error, Internal Power Supply Error, Status Link Error, Watchdog or
Wrong OSP behavior.
timer is re-triggered every time the correct Read or Write access of dynamic data
has been decoded. If the watchdog timer expires or if the SetOSPState command is
good value sent.
values are written.
In redundant applications both modules must have the OSP-conditions fulfilled to
go to OSP.
The module has HART pass-through functionality. Only point to point
communication is supported. The output filter must be enabled on channels used for
HART communication.
3BSE 020 924R4101 193

Four different types of MTUs can be used for single applications. The TU830
Extended MTU and the TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU enables wire connection
to the devices without additional terminals. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub
25 pin (male) connector for connection to the process.
For redundant applications there are two types of MTUs, TU842 for mounting on a
horizontal DIN rail and TU843 for mounting on a vertical DIN rail.
194 3BSE 020 924R4101

AO845
Feature
Output range 4...20 mA
Over range 15%
Output load Max 750 ohms
Rise time output filter
- disable 23 ms (0-90%)
- enable max 4 mA / 12.5 ms
Cycle time 10 ms
Error Max. 0.1%
Resolution 12 bit
Power dissipation (1) 3.5 W
(131/104F)(2)
(RIV=50 V)
Mounting termination units TU810, TU812, TU814, TU830,
TU842 and TU843
3BSE 020 924R4101 195

AO845
Feature
MTU keying code CC
(earth protected)
Width 45 mm (1.77)
Depth 97 mm (3.8), 106 mm (4.2)
including connector
Height 119 mm (4.7)
(1) 250 ohm load, 70% of nominal current, all channels activated.
vertical DIN rail.
196 3BSE 020 924R4101

UP21
R
O1
W
# F
O
ZP Open
Wire
Cntr.
Reg.
8-bit
UP21
CPU
O8 # MBI
Mux
ZP
HART HART
Modem
UP UP21
ZP
E
Main switch
MS RCL_out
3BSE 020 924R4101 197

TU812
TU810
Process DSub 25 TU830/TU833 TU842/TU843
(or TU814)
Connection male Terminal Terminal
Terminal
connector(1)
+24 V d.c. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2) L1+
0 V d.c. (ZP) L1- 2, 15 L1- (2) L1-
- - - B1, B2 -
Ch1, + Output C1 3 C1 C1, C2
Ch1 Return (ZP) A1 - A1, A2 A1, A2
- - - B3, B4 -
Ch 2, + Output C2 4 C3 C3, C4
- - - B5, B6 -
- - - B7, B8 -
Ch4 Return (ZP) A4 - A7, A8 A7,A8
- - - B9, B10 -
- - - B11, B12 -
Ch 6, + Output C6 8 C11 C11, C12
198 3BSE 020 924R4101

TU812
TU810
Process DSub 25 TU830/TU833 TU842/TU843
(or TU814)
Terminal
connector(1)
- - - B13, B14 -
Ch 7, + Output C7 9 C13 C13, C14
- - - B15, B16 -
Ch 8, + Output C8 10 C15 C15, C16
+24 V dc L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2) L2+
0 V dc (ZP) L2- 12, 25 L2- (2) L2-
3BSE 020 924R4101 199

TU830 Extended MTU.

Device
6.3A
L1+ +24V
Fuse L1+
L1- 0V
L1-
UP1 B1
O1 C1,C2 Ch1 + 4 - 20mA
D/A ZP A1,A2 Ch1 -
UP1 B3
O2 C3,C4 Ch2 + 4 - 20mA
D/A ZP A3,A4 Ch2 -
UP1 B5
O3 C5,C6 Ch3 + 4 - 20mA
D/A ZP A5,A6 Ch3 -
UP1 B7
O4 C7,C8 Ch4 + 4 - 20mA
D/A ZP A7,A8 Ch4 -
UP1 B9
O5 C9,C10 Ch5 + 4 - 20mA

D/A ZP A9,A10 Ch5 -
UP1 B11
O6 C11,C12 Ch6 + 4 - 20mA
D/A ZP A11,A12 Ch6 -
UP1 B13
O7 C13,C14 Ch7 + 4 - 20mA

UP1 B15
O8 C15,C16 Ch8 + 4 - 20mA
6.3A
L2+ +24V
L2+
Fuse 0V
L2-
EM L2-
200 3BSE 020 924R4101

AO845 TU810 Process

(or TU814) Device
L1+ +24V
L1+
L1- 0V
UP1
O1 B1,C1 Ch1 + 4 - 20mA
D/A ZP A1 Ch1 -
UP1
O2 B2,C2 Ch2 + 4 - 20mA
D/A ZP A2 Ch2 -
UP1
O3 B3,C3 Ch3 + 4 - 20mA
D/A ZP A3 Ch3 -
UP1
O4 B4,C4 Ch4 + 4 - 20mA
D/A ZP A4 Ch4 -
UP1
O5 B5,C5 Ch5 + 4 - 20mA

D/A ZP A5 Ch5 -
UP1
O6 B6,C6 Ch6 + 4 - 20mA

D/A ZP A6 Ch6 -
UP1
O7 B7,C7 Ch7 + 4 - 20mA

D/A ZP A7 Ch7 -
UP1
O8 B8,C8 Ch8 + 4 - 20mA
D/A ZP A8 Ch8 -
L2+ +24V
L2+
L2- 0V
EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 201

TU812 Compact MTU.
AO845 TU812
+24V UP1 1 1
UP1 14 14
0V ZP1 2 2
ZP1 15 15
UP1 Ch1 + S1 3 3
O1
D/A S2 16 16
ZP
Ch2 + S3 4 4
UP1
O2 S4 17 17
D/A ZP Ch3 + S5 5 5
UP1 S6 18 18
O3 Process
D/A ZP Ch4 + S7 6 6
Connection
UP1 S8 19 19
O4 Ch5 + S9 7 7
D/A ZP
S10 20 20
UP1
Ch6 + S11 8 8
O5
D/A ZP S12 21 21
UP1 Ch7 + S13 9 9
O6 S14 22 22
D/A ZP
Ch8 + S15 10 10
UP1
S16 23 23
O7
D/A ZP +24VUP2 11 11
UP1 UP2 24 24
O8 0V ZP2 12 12
D/A ZP
ZP2 25 25
EM 13 13
EM
Figure A-39 AO845 with TU812 Compact MTU Process Connections
202 3BSE 020 924R4101

TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU.
Process
AO845 TU842/TU843 Device
L1+ +24V
L1+
L1- 0V
L1-
O1 C1, C2 Ch1 + 4 - 20mA

D/A ZP A1, A2 Ch1 -
O2 C3, C4 Ch2 + 4 - 20mA

D/A ZP A3, A4 Ch2 -
O3 C5, C6 Ch3 + 4 - 20mA

D/A ZP A5, A6 Ch3 -
O4 C7, C8 Ch4 + 4 - 20mA

D/A ZP A7, A8 Ch4 -
O5 C9, C10 Ch5 + 4 - 20mA

D/A ZP A9, A10 Ch5 -
O6 C11, C12 Ch6 + 4 - 20mA

D/A ZP A11, A12 Ch6 -
O7 C13, C14 Ch7 + 4 - 20mA

D/A ZP A13, A14 Ch7 -
O8 C15, C16 Ch8 + 4 - 20mA

D/A ZP A15, A16 Ch8 -
L2+ +24V
L2+
L2- 0V
EM L2-
AO845
O1
D/A ZP
---
O8
D/A ZP
EM
Figure A-40 AO845 with TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU Process Connections
3BSE 020 924R4101 203

DI801 Digital Input Module, 24 V, Current Sinking Appendix A Specifications
A.14 DI801 Digital Input Module, 24 V, Current Sinking
A.14.0.1 Features
16 channels for 24 V d.c.
inputs with current sinking
1 isolated groups of 16 with S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16
voltage supervision
STATUS
Input status indicators
EMC protection
DIN rail mounting
Process and power connection
via detachable connectors
DI801
24V
The DI801 is a 16 channel 24 V
digital input module for the S800
I/O. This module has 16 digital
inputs. The input voltage range is L+ L- 24V
18 to 30 volt d.c. and the input 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
current is 6 mA at 24 V. The inputs
are in one isolated group with
sixteen channels and channel
number sixteen can be used for
voltage supervision input in the
group.
Every input channel consists of current limiting components, EMC protection
components, input state indication LED and optical isolation barrier.
One STATUS LED red or green indicate module status. One LED (Yellow) per
channel (16) indicate input channel status (On = 1 and Off = 0). The STATUS LED
green indicates normal operation. The STATUS LED red indicates that the module
is in Init state or Not configured state. In Not Configured state the STATUS LED is
204 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications DI801 Digital Input Module, 24 V, Current Sinking
Channel 16 can be used as voltage supervision input for channels 1-15. If the
voltage connected to channel 16 disappears, the error inputs are activated. The error
signal can be read from the ModuleBus. This supervision can be enabled/disabled
with the a parameter. If the error inputs are disabled channel 16 can be used as
normal input channels.
The input channels can be digitally filtered. The different filter times that can be
achieved are 2, 4, 8 and 16 ms. This means that noise pulses shorter than the filter
time will be filtered out and pulses longer than 3, 6, 12 and 24 ms will get through
the filter.
3BSE 020 924R4101 205

Table A-30 DI801 Digital Input Module Specifications
DI801
Feature
Digital Input Module
Number of channels 16 (1 x 16), current sinking
Rated voltage 24 V d.c.
(process power supply range) (18 to 30 V d.c.)
Input voltage range, 1 15 to 30 V
Input voltage range, 0 -30 to +5 V
Nominal input channel current 6.7 mA @ 24 V d.c.
Input Impedance 3.5 k
Filter times (digital, selectable) 2, 4, 8, 16 ms
Process voltage supervision channel 16
Current consumption +5 V 70 mA
(131/104F) (2)
(RIV=50 V)
protected)
206 3BSE 020 924R4101

Table A-30 DI801 Digital Input Module Specifications (Continued)
DI801
Feature
Width 86.1 mm (3.4)
Depth 58.5 mm (2.3)
(1) Power dissipation is calculated with 70 percent of the channels activated at nominal voltage of
24 Volts.
vertical DIN rail.
3BSE 020 924R4101 207

A.14.0.4 Block Diagram DI801
EMC-
BARRIER
CH 1 I1
STATUS
CH 2 I2
MBI
+5V
POWER-OK
0V
DAT
DAT-N
.
I15
CH 15
POS0-9
BLOCK CH 16 I16
.
L-
EM
208 3BSE 020 924R4101

Table A-31 DI801 Process Connections
Process Process
Connection Terminal
Ch1 Input 1
Ch 2 Input 2
Ch 3 Input 3
Ch 4 Input 4
Ch 5 Input 5
Ch 6 Input 6
Ch 7 Input 7
Ch 8 Input 8
Ch 9 Input 9
Ch 10 Input 10
Ch 11 Input 11
Ch 12 Input 12
Ch 13 Input 13
Ch 14 Input 14
Ch 15 Input 15
Ch 16 Input 16
3BSE 020 924R4101 209

Figure A-41 shows the process connections for the DI801.
Process
DI801
1
2
+
3
- 4
+
5
- 6
10
+
11
- 12
+
13
- 14
15
16
+24V
0V
EM
Figure A-41 DI801 Process Connections
210 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications DI802 Digital Input Module, 120 V a.c./d.c, Current Sinking
A.15 DI802 Digital Input Module, 120 V a.c./d.c, Current

Sinking
A.15.0.1 Features
8 channels for 120 V a.c./d.c.
Individually isolated channels S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Voltage supervision of field
STATUS
input power
Signal filtering
EMC protection
DIN rail mounting
DI802
Process connection via 120V a.c./d.c.
detachable connectors
The DI802 is an 8 channel 120 V
a.c./d.c.digital input module for the 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B
S800 I/O. This module has 8 digital
inputs. The a.c. input voltage range
is 77 - 130 volt and the input
current is 10 mA at 120 V a.c.
The d.c. input range is 75 - 145 V
and the input current is 2.8 mA at
110 V. The inputs are individually isolated.
3BSE 020 924R4101 211

DI802 Digital Input Module, 120 V a.c./d.c, Current Sinking Appendix A Specifications
Channel 8 can be used as voltage supervision input for channels 1-7.
If the voltage connected to channel 8 disappears, the error inputs are activated. The
error signal can be read from the ModuleBus. This supervision can be
enabled/disabled with parameter a. If the error inputs are disabled, channel 8 can
be used as the normal input channel.
The reset circuitry gives a reset signal when the POWOK signal is active.
the filter.
212 3BSE 020 924R4101

DI802
Feature
Number of channels 8, current sinking
Rated voltage 120 V a.c.
(process power supply range) (77 to 130 V a.c.)
110 V d.c.
(75 to 145 V d.c.)
Input voltage range, 1 77 to 130 V a.c.
75 to 145 V d.c.
0 to 20 V d.c.
Nominal input channel current 10 mA a.c. @ 120 V a.c.
2.8 mA d.c. @ 110 V d.c.
Input frequency range a.c. 47...63 Hz
Input Impedance 12 k (a.c.)
39 k (d.c.)
100pF/m. for a.c.
600 meters (656 yd.) for d.c.
Analog filter On/Off delay 5/18 ms
Process voltage supervision Channel 8
(131/104F)(2)
3BSE 020 924R4101 213

DI802
Feature
Isolation Individually isolated channels (RIV=250
V)
protected)
Width 86.1 mm (3.4)
Depth 58.5 mm (2.3)
(1) Power dissipation is calculated with 70 percent of the channels activated.
vertical DIN rail.
214 3BSE 020 924R4101


BIC INPUT CHANNELS
STATUS
Rectifiers and
filters
CH 1 1A
1B
X1 CH 2 2A
+5VI MBI-1 2B
+5V ASIC
RESET
POWER-OK CH 3 3A
Process Connector
ModuleBus Connector
3B
0V
DAT+ CH 4 4A
RS-485 4B
DAT-
CLK+ CH 5 5A
CLK- RS-485 5B
POS0-6 CH 6 6A
6B
CH 7 7A
EEPROM 7B
CH 8 8A
E1-7 8B
1
3BSE 020 924R4101 215

Process Process
Connection Terminal
Ch1 Input 1A
1B
Ch 2 Input 2A
2B
Ch 3 Input 3A
3B
Ch 4 Input 4A
4B
Ch 5 Input 5A
5B
Ch 6 Input 6A
6B
Ch 7 Input 7A
7B
Ch 8 Input 8A
8B
216 3BSE 020 924R4101

Process DI802
1A
1B
2A
2B
3A
3B
4A
4B
5A
5B
6A
6B
7A
7B
8A
8B
+120V
0V
EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 217

A.16 DI803 Digital Input Module, 230 V a.c./d.c, Current

Sinking
A.16.0.1 Features
8 channels for 230 V a.c./d.c.
Individually isolated channels S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Voltage supervision of field
STATUS
input power
Signal filtering
EMC protection
DIN rail mounting
DI803
Process connection via 230V a.c./d.c.
The DI803 is an 8 channel 230 V
a.c./d.c.digital input module for the 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B
S800 I/O. This module has 8 digital
inputs. The a.c. input voltage range
is 164 - 264 volt and the input
current is 7.6 mA at 230 V a.c.
The d.c. input range is 175 - 275 V
and the input current is 1.6 mA at
220 V. The inputs are individually isolated.
218 3BSE 020 924R4101

Channel 8 can be used as voltage supervision input for channels 1-7.
If the voltage connected to channel 8 disappears, the error inputs are activated. The
error signal can be read from the ModuleBus. This supervision can be
enabled/disabled with the a parameter. If the error inputs are disabled channel 8
can be used as normal input channels.
the filter.
3BSE 020 924R4101 219

DI803
Feature
220 V d.c.
(175 to 275 V d.c.)
175 to 275 V d.c.
0 to 40 V d.c.
Nominal input channel current 7.6 mA @ 230 V a.c.
1.6mA @ 220 V d.c.
Input frequency range, a.c. 4763 Hz
Input impedance 30 k (a.c.)
134 k (d.c.)
100pF/m. for a.c.
Process voltage supervision Channel 8
(131/104F)(2)
220 3BSE 020 924R4101

DI803
Feature
V)
protected)
Width 86.1 mm (3.4)
Depth 58.5 mm (2.3)
vertical DIN rail.
3BSE 020 924R4101 221


BIC INPUT CHANNELS
STATUS
Rectifiers and
filters
CH 1 1A
1B
X1 CH 2 2A
+5VI MBI-1 2B
+5V ASIC
RESET
POWER-OK CH 3 3A
Process Connector
ModuleBus Connector
3B
0V
DAT+ CH 4 4A
RS-485 4B
DAT-
CLK+ CH 5 5A
CLK- RS-485 5B
POS0-6 CH 6 6A
6B
CH 7 7A
EEPROM 7B
CH 8 8A
E1-7 8B
1
222 3BSE 020 924R4101

Process Process
Connection Terminal
Ch1 Input 1A
1B
Ch 2 Input 2A
2B
Ch 3 Input 3A
3B
Ch 4 Input 4A
4B
Ch 5 Input 5A
5B
Ch 6 Input 6A
6B
Ch 7 Input 7A
7B
Ch 8 Input 8A
8B
3BSE 020 924R4101 223

Process DI803
1A
1B
2A
2B
3A
3B
4A
4B
5A
5B
6A
6B
7A
7B
8A
8B
+230V
0V
EM
224 3BSE 020 924R4101

A.17.0.1 Features
16 channels for 24 V d.c. inputs with current
F
sinking
R
2 isolated groups of 8 with voltage supervision W
Input status indicators 1
EMC protection 2
3
DIN rail mounting. 4
5
Also in a G3 compliant version 6
7
8
10
The DI810 is a 16 channel 24 V digital input module
11
for the S800 I/O. This module has 16 digital inputs. 12
The input voltage range is 18 to 13
30 volt d.c. and the input current is 6 mA at 24 V. The 14
inputs are divided into two individually isolated 15
16
groups with eight channels and one voltage
supervision input in each group.
DI810
24V
Every input channel consists of current limiting
components, EMC protection components, input state
indication LED and optical isolation barrier.
(Yellow). One LED (Yellow) per channel (16) indicate input state (On = 1 and Off =
0). The RUN LED indicates normal operation and the WARNING LED indicates if
any error input is active. The FAULT LED indicates that the module is in Init state
or Not configured state. In Not Configured state the FAULT LED is turned off after
the first valid access to the module.
disappears.The error signal can be read via the ModuleBus.
3BSE 020 924R4101 225

the filter.
Compact MTU has terminals for 24 V process voltage supervision inputs, but
requires external terminals for distribution of 24 V power supply to the devices. The
extended MTU, TU838, provides a fuse (3 A max.) per two channels for process
power out. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for
connection to the process.
226 3BSE 020 924R4101

DI810
Feature
Nominal input channel current 6 mA @ 24 V d.c.
Process voltage supervision 2 channels (1 per group)
(131/104F)(2)
(RIV=50 V)
Module termination units TU810, TU812, TU814, TU830 or
TU838
MTU keying code AA
protected)
3BSE 020 924R4101 227

DI810
Feature
G3 compliant version According to ISA-S71.04. Marked with
Z in the type designation.
Width 45 mm (1.77)
connector
Height 119 mm (4.7)
24 Volts.
vertical DIN rail.
228 3BSE 020 924R4101


BIC GROUP 1 X2
EMC- L1+
BARRIER U1
CH 1 I1
FAULT
RUN L1+
CH 2 I2
WARNING MBI-1 .
. .
ASIC . .
. L1+
X1
Process Connector
CH 8 I8
+5VI
+5V
RESET
24V SUPER-
ModuleBus Connector
POWER-OK ERROR 1-8 VISION

0V L1-
DAT
DAT-N RS-485
GROUP 2
POS0-9
EMC- L2+
BLOCK BARRIER L2+
8 8 I 9-16
/ CH 9-16 /
24V SUPER-
EEPROM ERROR 9-16 VISION
L2-
EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 229

TU812
TU810
Process D-Sub 25 TU830/TU833 TU838
(or TU814)
Connection Male Terminal Terminal
Terminal
Connector (1)
+24 V d.c. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2) L1+ (2)
0 V d.c. L1- 2, 15 L1- (2) L1- (2)
Ch1/Ch 2, L1+ - - B1, B2 A1 (F1)
Ch1 Input C1 3 C1 B1
Ch 2 Input B1 16 C2 B2
Ch1/Ch2, L1- A1 - A1, A2 A2
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+ - - B3, B4 A3 (F2)
Ch 3 Input C2 4 C3 B3
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1- A2 - A3, A4 A4
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+ - - B5, B6 A5 (F3)
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1- A3 - A5, A6 A6
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+ - - B7, B8 A7 (F4)
Ch 7/Ch8, L1- A4 - A7, A8 A8
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2+ - - B9, B10 A9 (F5)
230 3BSE 020 924R4101

Table A-37 DI810 Process Connections (Continued)
TU812
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
Connector (1)
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2- A5 - A9, A10 A10
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2+ - - B11, B12 A11 (F6)
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2- A6 - A11, A12 A12
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2+ - - B13, B14 A13 (F7)
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2- A7 - A13, A14 A14
Ch 15/ Ch16, L2+ - - B15, B16 A15 (F8)
Ch 15/Ch16, L2- A8 - A15, A16 A16
+24 V d.c. L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2) L2+ (2)
0 V d.c. L2- 12, 25 L2- (2) L2- (2)
3BSE 020 924R4101 231

Figure A-44 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI810
Process TU830/TU833 DI810
6.3 A
+24V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1- Fuse
L1-
L1+ B1,B2 L1+
Ch1 C1 I1
Ch2 C2 I2
L1- A1,A2 L1-
+ L1+ B3,B4 L1+
Ch3 C3 I3
Ch4 C4 I4
- L1- A3,A4 L1-
+ L1+ B5,B6 L1+
Ch5 C5 I5
Ch6 C6 I6
- L1- A5,A6 L1-
L1+ B7,B8 L1+
Ch7 C7 I7
Ch8 C8 I8
L1- A7,A8 L1-
L2+ B9,B10 L2+
Ch9 C9 I9
Ch10 C10 I10
L2- A9,A10 L2-
+ L2+ B11,B12 L2+
Ch11 C11 I11
Ch12 C12 I12
- L2- A11,A12 L2-
+ L2+ B13,B14 L2+
Ch13 C13 I13
Ch14 C14 I14
- L2- A13,A14 L2-
L2+ B15,B16 L2+
Ch15 C15 I15
Ch16 C16 I16
L2- A15,A16 L2-
6.3 A
+24V L2+ Supervise
L2+
0V L2- Fuse
L2- EM
Figure A-44 DI810 with TU830 Extended MTU Process Connections
232 3BSE 020 924R4101

Process TU838 DI810
+24V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1-
L1-
L1+ F1 L1+
A1
Ch1 B1 I1
Ch2 B2 I2
L1- A2 L1-
F2
+ L1+ A3 L1+
Ch3 B3 I3
Ch4 B4 I4
- L1- A4 L1-
F3
+ L1+ A5 L1+
Ch5 B5 I5
Ch6 B6 I6
- L1- A6 L1-
F4
L1+ A7 L1+
Ch7 B7 I7
Ch8 B8 I8
L1- A8 L1-
F5
L2+ A9 L2+
Ch9 B9 I9
Ch10 B10 I10
L2- A10 L2-
+ F6
L2+ A11 L2+
Ch11 B11 I11
Ch12 B12 I12
- L2- A12 L2-
F7
+ L2+ A13 L2+
Ch13 B13 I13
Ch14 B14 I14
- L2- A14
F8
L2-
L2+ A15 L2+
Ch15 B15 I15
Ch16 B16 I16
L2- A16 L2-
+24V L2+ Supervise

L2+
0V L2-
L2- EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 233

Figure A-46 shows the process connections for the DI810 when installed on a
Process TU810 DI810

(or TU814)
+24V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1-
L1+
Ch1 C1 I1
Ch2 B1 I2
L1- A1 L1-
+ L1+
Ch3 C2 I3
Ch4 B2 I4
- L1- A2 L1-
+ L1+
Ch5 C3 I5
Ch6 B3 I6
- L1- A3 L1-
L1+
Ch7 C4 I7
Ch8 B4 I8
L1- A4 L1-
L2+
Ch9 C5 I9
Ch10 B5 I10
L2- A5 L2-
+ L2+
Ch11 C6 I11
Ch12 B6 I12
- L2- A6 L2-
+ L2+
Ch13 C7 I13
Ch14 B7 I14
- L2- A7 L2-
L2+
Ch15 C8 I15
Ch16 B8 I16
L2- A8 L2-
+24V L2+
L2+ Supervise
0V L2-
EM
Figure A-46 DI810 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections
234 3BSE 020 924R4101

TU812 Compact MTU.
TU812 DI810
1 1 UP1 +24V
Supervise
14 14 UP1
2 2 ZP1 0V
L1+
15 15 ZP1 I1
I2
3 3 S1 Ch1 L1-
16 16 S2 Ch2 L1+
I3
4 4 S3 Ch3 I4
L1-
17 17 S4 Ch4
L1+
5 5 S5 Ch5 I5
I6
18 18 S6 Ch6 L1-
Process L1+
6 6 S7 Ch7
Connection I7
19 19 S8 Ch8 I8
L1-
7 7 S9 Ch9 L2+
20 20 S10 Ch10 I9
I10
8 8 S11 Ch11 L2-
21 21 S12 Ch12 L2+

I11
9 9 S13 Ch13 I12
L2-
22 22 S14 Ch14 L2+
10 10 S15 Ch15 I13
I14
23 23 S16 Ch16 L2-
L2+
11 11 UP2 +24V I15
I16
24 24 UP2 L2-
12 12 ZP2 0V
25 25 ZP2 Supervise
13 13 EM
EM
Figure A-47 DI810 with TU812 Compact MTU Process Connections
3BSE 020 924R4101 235

A.18.0.1 Features
F
sinking
R
2 isolated groups of 8 with voltage supervision W
EMC protection 2
3
5
6
8
The DI811 is a 16 channel 48 V digital input module 9
for the S800 I/O. This module has 16 digital inputs. 10
The input signal voltage range is 36 to 60 volt d.c. and 11
the input current is 4 mA at 48 V. The inputs are 12
13
divided into two individually isolated groups with
14
eight channels and one voltage supervision input in 15
each group. 16

Three LEDs indicate module status Fault (Red), Run
(Green) and Warning (Yellow). One LED (Yellow)
per channel (16) indicate input state (On = 1 and Off = 0). The RUN LED indicates
normal operation and the WARNING LED indicates if any error input is active.
The FAULT LED indicates that the module is in Init state or Not configured state.
In Not Configured state the FAULT LED is turned off after the first valid access to
the module.
236 3BSE 020 924R4101

the filter.
extended MTU, TU838, provide a fuse (3 A max.) per two channels for process
3BSE 020 924R4101 237

DI811
Feature
Input signal voltage range, 1 30 to 60 V
Input signal voltage range, 0 -60 to +10 V
Input Impedance 11 k
(131/104F)(2)
(RIV=50 V)
TU838
MTU keying code BD
protected)
238 3BSE 020 924R4101

DI811
Feature
Width 45 mm (1.77)
connector
Height 119 mm (4.7)
48 Volts.
vertical DIN rail.
3BSE 020 924R4101 239

BIC GROUP 1 X2
EMC- L1+
BARRIER U1
CH 1 I1
FAULT
RUN L1+
CH 2 I2
WARNING MBI-1 .
. .
ASIC . .
. L1+
X1
Process Connector
CH 8 I8
+5VI
+5V
RESET
48V SUPER-
ModuleBus Connector
POWER-OK ERROR 1-8 VISION

0V L1-
DAT
DAT-N RS-485
GROUP 2
POS0-9
EMC- L2+
BLOCK BARRIER L2+
8 8 I 9-16
/ CH 9-16 /
48V SUPER-
L2-
EM
240 3BSE 020 924R4101

TU812
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
Connector (1)
+48 V d.c. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2) L1+ (2)
0 V d.c. L1- 2, 15 L1- (2) L1- (2)
Ch1/Ch 2, L1+ - - B1, B2 A1 (F1)
Ch1/Ch2, L1- A1 - A1, A2 A2
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+ - - B3, B4 A3 (F2)
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1- A2 - A3, A4 A4
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+ - - B5, B6 A5 (F3)
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1- A3 - A5, A6 A6
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+ - - B7, B8 A7 (F4)
Ch 7/Ch8, L1- A4 - A7, A8 A8
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2+ - - B9, B10 A9 (F5)
3BSE 020 924R4101 241

TU812
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
Connector (1)
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2- A5 - A9, A10 A10
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2+ - - B11, B12 A11 (F6)
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2- A6 - A11, A12 A12
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2+ - - B13, B14 A13 (F7)
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2- A7 - A13, A14 A14
Ch 15/ Ch16, L2+ - - B15, B16 A15 (F8)
Ch 15/Ch16, L2- A8 - A15, A16 A16
+48 V d.c. L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2) L2+ (2)
0 V d.c. L2- 12, 25 L2- (2) L2- (2)
242 3BSE 020 924R4101

6.3 A
+48V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1- Fuse
L1-
L1+ B1,B2 L1+
Ch1 C1 I1
Ch2 C2 I2
L1- A1,A2 L1-
+ L1+ B3,B4 L1+
Ch3 C3 I3
Ch4 C4 I4
- L1- A3,A4 L1-
+ L1+ B5,B6 L1+
Ch5 C5 I5
Ch6 C6 I6
- L1- A5,A6 L1-
L1+ B7,B8 L1+
Ch7 C7 I7
Ch8 C8 I8
L1- A7,A8 L1-
L2+ B9,B10 L2+
Ch9 C9 I9
Ch10 C10 I10
L2- A9,A10 L2-
+ L2+ B11,B12 L2+
Ch11 C11 I11
Ch12 C12 I12
- L2- A11,A12 L2-
+ L2+ B13,B14 L2+
Ch13 C13 I13
Ch14 C14 I14
- L2- A13,A14 L2-
L2+ B15,B16 L2+
Ch15 C15 I15
Ch16 C16 I16
L2- A15,A16 L2-
6.3 A
+48V L2+
L2+ Supervise
0V L2- Fuse
L2- EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 243

Process TU838 DI811
+48V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1-
L1-
L1+ F1 L1+
A1
Ch1 B1 I1
Ch2 B2 I2
L1- A2 L1-
F2
+ L1+ A3 L1+
Ch3 B3 I3
Ch4 B4 I4
- L1- A4 L1-
F3
+ L1+ A5 L1+
Ch5 B5 I5
Ch6 B6 I6
- L1- A6 L1-
F4
L1+ A7 L1+
Ch7 B7 I7
Ch8 B8 I8
L1- A8 L1-
F5
L2+ A9 L2+
Ch9 B9 I9
Ch10 B10 I10
L2- A10 L2-
+ F6
L2+ A11 L2+
Ch11 B11 I11
Ch12 B12 I12
- L2- A12 L2-
F7
+ L2+ A13 L2+
Ch13 B13 I13
Ch14 B14 I14
- L2- A14
F8
L2-
L2+ A15 L2+
Ch15 B15 I15
Ch16 B16 I16
L2- A16 L2-
+48V L2+ Supervise

L2+
0V L2-
L2- EM
244 3BSE 020 924R4101

Process TU810 DI811

(or TU814)
+48V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1-
L1+
Ch1 C1 I1
Ch2 B1 I2
L1- A1 L1-
+ L1+
Ch3 C2 I3
Ch4 B2 I4
- L1- A2 L1-
+ L1+
Ch5 C3 I5
Ch6 B3 I6
- L1- A3 L1-
L1+
Ch7 C4 I7
Ch8 B4 I8
L1- A4 L1-
L2+
Ch9 C5 I9
Ch10 B5 I10
L2- A5 L2-
+ L2+
Ch11 C6 I11
Ch12 B6 I12
- L2- A6 L2-
+ L2+
Ch13 C7 I13
Ch14 B7 I14
- L2- A7 L2-
L2+
Ch15 C8 I15
Ch16 B8 I16
L2- A8 L2-
+48V L2+
L2+ Supervise
0V L2-
EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 245

TU812 Compact MTU
TU812 DI811
1 1 UP1 +24V
Supervise
14 14 UP1
2 2 ZP1 0V
L1+
15 15 ZP1 I1
I2
3 3 S1 Ch1 L1-
16 16 S2 Ch2 L1+
I3
4 4 S3 Ch3 I4
L1-
17 17 S4 Ch4
L1+
5 5 S5 Ch5 I5
I6
18 18 S6 Ch6 L1-
Process
6 6 S7 Ch7 L1+
Connection I7
19 19 S8 Ch8 I8
L1-
7 7 S9 Ch9 L2+
20 20 S10 Ch10 I9
I10
8 8 S11 Ch11 L2-
21 21 S12 Ch12 L2+

I11
9 9 S13 Ch13 I12
L2-
22 22 S14 Ch14 L2+
10 10 S15 Ch15 I13
I14
23 23 S16 Ch16 L2-
L2+
11 11 UP2 +24V I15
I16
24 24 UP2 L2-
12 12 ZP2 0V
25 25 ZP2 Supervise
13 13 EM
EM
Figure A-51 DI811with TU812
246 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications DI814 Digital Input Module, 24 V, Current Sourcing
A.19 DI814 Digital Input Module, 24 V, Current Sourcing
A.19.0.1 Features
16 channels for 24 V d.c. inputs with current F
sourcing R
W
2 Isolated groups of 8 with voltage supervision
2
EMC protection 3
4
DIN rail mounting.
5
6
7
8
The DI814 is a 16 channel 24 V digital input module 9
with current sourcing for the S800 I/O. The input 10
voltage range is 18 to 30 volt dc and the input current 11

12
source is 6 mA at 24 V. The inputs are divided into 13
two individually isolated groups with eight channels 14
and one voltage supervision input in each group. 15
16
(Green) and Warning (Yellow). One LED (Yellow) per channel (16) indicate input
state (On = 1 and Off = 0). The RUN LED indicates normal operation and the
WARNING LED indicates if any error input is active. The FAULT LED indicates
that the module is in Init state or Not configured state. In Not Configured state the
FAULT LED is turned off after the first valid access to the module.
3BSE 020 924R4101 247

DI814 Digital Input Module, 24 V, Current Sourcing Appendix A Specifications
the filter.
extended MTU, TU838, provide a fuse (3 A max.) per two channels for process
248 3BSE 020 924R4101

DI814
Feature
Number of channels 16 (2 x 8), current sourcing
Maximum Field Cable Length 600 meters (656 yd.)
Power dissipation(1) 1.8 W
(131/104F)(2)
(RIV=50 V)
TU838
MTU keying code BE
protected)
3BSE 020 924R4101 249

DI814
Feature
Width 45 mm (1.77)
connector
Height 119 mm (4.7)
24 Volts.
vertical DIN rail.
250 3BSE 020 924R4101


BIC GROUP 1 X2
EMC- UP1
BARRIER U1
CH 1 I1
FAULT
U2
RUN
CH 2 I2
WARNING MBI-1 .
X1 . .
ASIC . .
. U18
+5VI
Process Connector
CH 8 I8
RESET
+5V
POWER-OK 24V SUPER-
Modulebus Connector
0V ERROR 1-8 VISION
DAT+ ZP1
DAT- RS-485
CLK+
CLK- RS-485
GROUP 2
POS0-6 EMC- UP2
BLOCK BARRIER U9-16
8 CH 9-16 8 I 9-16
/ /
24V SUPER-
ZP2
EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 251

TU812
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
Connector (1)
+24 V d.c. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2) L1+ (2)
0 V d.c. L1- 2, 15 L1- (2) L1- (2)
Ch1/Ch 2, L1+ - - B1, B2 A1 (F1)
Ch1/Ch2, L1- A1 - A1, A2 A2
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+ - - B3, B4 A3 (F2)
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1- A2 - A3, A4 A4
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+ - - B5, B6 A5 (F3)
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1- A3 - A5, A6 A6
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+ - - B7, B8 A7 (F4)
Ch 7/Ch8, L1- A4 - A7, A8 A8
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2+ - - B9, B10 A9 (F5)
252 3BSE 020 924R4101

TU812
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
Connector (1)
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2- A5 - A9, A10 A10
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2+ - - B11, B12 A11 (F6)
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2- A6 - A11, A12 A12
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2+ - - B13, B14 A13 (F7)
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2- A7 - A13, A14 A14
Ch 15/ Ch16, L2+ - - B15, B16 A15 (F8)
Ch 15/Ch16, L2- A8 - A15, A16 A16
+24 V d.c. L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2) L2+ (2)
0 V d.c. L2- 12, 25 L2- (2) L2- (2)
3BSE 020 924R4101 253

(current sourcing) when installed on a TU830 Extended MTU.
6.3 A
+24V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1- Fuse
L1-
L1+ B1,B2 L1+
Ch1 C1 I1
Ch2 C2 I2
L1- A1,A2 L1-
+ L1+ B3,B4 L1+
Ch3 C3 I3
Ch4 C4 I4
- L1- A3,A4 L1-
+ L1+ B5,A6 L1+
Ch5 C5 I5
Ch6 C6 I6
- L1- A5,A6 L1-
L1+ B7,B8 L1+
Ch7 C7 I7
Ch8 C8 I8
L1- A7,A8 L1-
L2+ B9,B10 L2+
Ch9 C9 I9
Ch10 C10 I10
L2- A9,A10 L2-
+ L2+ B11,B12 L2+
Ch11 C11 I11
Ch12 C12 I12
- L2- A11,A12 L2-
+ L2+ B13,B14 L2+
Ch13 C13 I13
Ch14 C14 I14
- L2- A13,A14 L2-
L2+ B15,A16 L2+
Ch15 C15 I15
Ch16 C16 I16
L2- A15,A16 L2-
6.3 A
+24V L2+
L2+ Supervise
0V L2- Fuse
L2- EM
254 3BSE 020 924R4101

(current sourcing) when installed on a TU838 Extended MTU.
Process TU838 DI814
+24V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1-
L1-
L1+ F1 L1+
A1
Ch1 B1 I1
Ch2 B2 I2
L1- A2 L1-
F2
+ L1+ A3 L1+
Ch3 B3 I3
Ch4 B4 I4
- L1- A4 L1-
F3
+ L1+ A5 L1+
Ch5 B5 I5
Ch6 B6 I6
- L1- A6 L1-
F4
L1+ A7 L1+
Ch7 B7 I7
Ch8 B8 I8
L1- A8 L1-
F5
L2+ A9 L2+
Ch9 B9 I9
Ch10 B10 I10
L2- A10 L2-
+ F6
L2+ A11 L2+
Ch11 B11 I11
Ch12 B12 I12
- L2- A12 L2-
F7
+ L2+ A13 L2+
Ch13 B13 I13
Ch14 B14 I14
- L2- A14
F8
L2-
L2+ A15 L2+
Ch15 B15 I15
Ch16 B16 I16
L2- A16 L2-
+24V L2+ Supervise

L2+
0V L2-
L2- EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 255

Process TU810 DI814

(or TU814)
+24V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1-
L1+
Ch1 C1 I1
Ch2 B1 I2
L1- A1 L1-
+ L1+
Ch3 C2 I3
Ch4 B2 I4
- L1- A2 L1-
+ L1+
Ch5 C3 I5
Ch6 B3 I6
- L1- A3 L1-
L1+
Ch7 C4 I7
Ch8 B4 I8
L1- A4 L1-
L2+
Ch9 C5 I9
Ch10 B5 I10
L2- A5 L2-
+ L2+
Ch11 C6 I11
Ch12 B6 I12
- L2- A6 L2-
+ L2+
Ch13 C7 I13
Ch14 B7 I14
- L2- A7 L2-
L2+
Ch15 C8 I15
Ch16 B8 I16
L2- A8 L2-
+24V L2+
L2+ Supervise
0V L2-
EM
256 3BSE 020 924R4101

TU812 Compact MTU.
TU812 DI814
1 1 UP1 +24V
Supervise
14 14 UP1
2 2 ZP1 0V
L1+
15 15 ZP1 I1
I2
3 3 S1 Ch1 L1-
16 16 S2 Ch2 L1+
I3
4 4 S3 Ch3 I4
L1-
17 17 S4 Ch4
L1+
5 5 S5 Ch5 I5
I6
18 18 S6 Ch6 L1-
Process
6 6 S7 Ch7 L1+
Connection I7
19 19 S8 Ch8 I8
L1-
7 7 S9 Ch9 L2+
20 20 S10 Ch10 I9
I10
8 8 S11 Ch11 L2-
21 21 S12 Ch12 L2+

I11
9 9 S13 Ch13 I12
L2-
22 22 S14 Ch14 L2+
10 10 S15 Ch15 I13
I14
23 23 S16 Ch16 L2-
L2+
11 11 UP2 +24V I15
I16
24 24 UP2 L2-
12 12 ZP2 0V
25 25 ZP2 Supervise
13 13 EM
EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 257

DI820 Digital Input Module, 120 V a.c./d.c Appendix A Specifications
A.20 DI820 Digital Input Module, 120 V a.c./d.c
A.20.0.1 Features
8 channels for 120 V a.c./d.c. inputs
F
Individually isolated channels R
W
Voltage supervision of field input power
Signal filtering 2
EMC protection 3
DIN rail mounting.

4
Also in a G3 compliant version
5
The DI820 is an 8 channel 120 V a.c./d.c. digital input

7
module for the S800 I/O. This module has 8 digital
inputs. The a.c. input voltage range is 77 - 130 volt and 8
the input current is 10 mA at 120 V a.c. The d.c. input
range is 75 - 145 V and the input current is 2.8 mA at
DI820
110 V. The inputs are individually isolated. 120V a.c.

indication LED, optical isolation barrier and an analog
filter (6 ms).
Channel 1 can be used as voltage supervision input for channels 2 - 4, and channel 8
can be used as voltage supervision input for channels 5 - 7.
258 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications DI820 Digital Input Module, 120 V a.c./d.c
If the voltage connected to channel 1 or 8 disappears, the error inputs are activated
and the Warning LED turns on. The error signal can be read from the ModuleBus.
This supervision can be enabled/ disabled with a parameter. If the error inputs are
disabled channel 1 and 8 can be used as normal input channels.
the filter.
Two different types of MTUs can be used, TU831 Extended MTU and TU811
Compact MTU both have two terminals per channel.
3BSE 020 924R4101 259

DI820
Feature
110 V d.c.
(75 to 145 V d.c.)
+75 to 145 V d.c.
+0 to 20 V d.c.
Nominal input channel current 10 mA ac @ 120 V a.c.
2.8 mA dc @110 V d.c.
Input frequency range a.c. 4765 Hz
Impedance 12 k (a.c.)
39 K (d.c.)
100pF/m. for a.c.
Process voltage supervision 2 channels, 1 and 8
(131/104F)(2)
260 3BSE 020 924R4101

DI820
Feature
Isolation Individually isolated channels (RIV=250 V)
Module termination units TU811 or TU831
MTU keying code AB
protected)
G3 compliant version According to ISA-S71.04. Marked with Z
in the type designation.
Width 45 mm (1.77)
connector
Height 119 mm (4.7)
vertical DIN rail.
3BSE 020 924R4101 261


BIC INPUT CHANNELS X2
FAULT
RUN Rectifiers and
filters
WARNING I 1.1
CH 1
I 1.2
E2-4
1
X1 I 2.1
CH 2
MBI-1 I 2.2
+5VI
+5V ASIC
RESET
I 3.1
POWER-OK CH 3
Process Connector
I 3.2
ModuleBus Connector
0V
I 4.1
DAT+ CH 4
I 4.2
DAT- RS-485
I 5.1
CLK+ CH 5
I 5.2
CLK- RS-485
I 6.1
POS0-6 CH 6
I 6.2
BLOCK
I 7.1
CH 7
I 7.2
EEPROM
I 8.1
CH 8
I 8.2
E5-7
1
262 3BSE 020 924R4101

Process TU811 TU831

Ch 1.1 Input B1 B1
Ch 1.2 Input A1 A1
Ch 2.1 Input C2 B2
Ch 2.2 Input A2 A2
Ch 3.1 Input B3 B3
Ch 3.2 Input A3 A3
Ch 4.1 Input C4 B4
Ch 4.2 Input A4 A4
Ch 5.1 Input B5 B5
Ch 5.2 Input A5 A5
Ch 6.1 Input C6 B6
Ch 6.2 Input A6 A6
Ch 7.1 Input B7 B7
Ch 7.2 Input A7 A7
Ch 8.1 Input C8 B8
Ch 8.2 Input A8 A8
3BSE 020 924R4101 263

Process TU831 DI820
120V a.c.
or 110V d.c.
Ch1.1 B1 I 1.1
Ch1.2 A1 I 1.2
Ch2.1 B2 I 2.1
Ch2.2 A2 I 2.2
Ch3.1 B3 I 3.1
Ch3.2 A3 I 3.2
Ch4.1 B4 I 4.1
Ch4.2 A4 I 4.2
120V a.c. Ch5.1 B5 I 5.1

or 110V d.c. Ch5.2 A5 I 5.2
Ch6.1 B6 I 6.1
Ch6.2 A6 I 6.2
Ch7.1 B7 I 7.1
Ch7.2 A7 I 7.2
Ch8.1 B8 I 8.1
Ch8.2 A8 I 8.2
EM
264 3BSE 020 924R4101

120V a.c.
or 110V d.c.
Ch1.1 B1 I 1.1
Ch1.2 A1 I 1.2
Ch2.1 C2 I 2.1
Ch2.2 A2 I 2.2
Ch3.1 B3 I 3.1
Ch3.2 A3 I 3.2
Ch4.1 C4 I 4.1
Ch4.2 A4 I 4.2
120V a.c. Ch5.1 B5 I 5.1

or 110V d.c. Ch5.2 A5 I 5.2
Ch6.1 C6 I 6.1
Ch6.2 A6 I 6.2
Ch7.1 B7 I 7.1
Ch7.2 A7 I 7.2
Ch8.1 C8 I 8.1
Ch8.2 A8 I 8.2
EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 265

DI821 Digital Input Module, 230 V a.c./d.c. Appendix A Specifications
A.21 DI821 Digital Input Module, 230 V a.c./d.c.
A.21.0.1 Features
8 channels for 230 V a.c./d.c. inputs
F
Individually isolated points R
W
Voltage supervision of field input power
Signal filtering 2
EMC protection 3
DIN rail mounting.

4
Also in a G3 compliant version
5
The DI821 is an 8 channel 230 V a.c./d.c. digital input

7
module for the S800 I/O. This module has 8 digital
inputs. The ac input voltage range is 164 to 264 volt 8
and the input current is 11 mA at 230 V a.c. The d.c.
input voltage range is 175 to 275 volt and the input
DI821
current is 1.6 mA at 230V a.c.
220 V d.c. The inputs are individually isolated.
components, EMC protection components, input state indication LED, optical
isolation barrier and an analog filter (6 ms).
266 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications DI821 Digital Input Module, 230 V a.c./d.c.
If the voltage connected to channel 1 or 8 disappears, the error inputs are activated
and the Warning LED turns on. The error signal can be read from the ModuleBus.
This supervision can be enabled/disabled with the a parameter. If the error inputs
are disabled channel 1 and 8 can be used as normal input channels.
the filter.
Two different types of MTUs can be used, TU831 Extended MTU and TU811
Compact MTU both have two terminals per channel.
3BSE 020 924R4101 267

DI821
Feature
220 V d.c.
(175 to 275 V d.c.)
+175 to 275 V d.c.
+0 to 40 V d.c.
Nominal input channel current 11 mA @ 230 V a.c.
1.6mA @ 220 V d.c.
Input frequency range, a.c. 4763 Hz
Impedance 21 k (a.c.)
134 K (d.c.)
Maximum field cable length 200 meters (219 yd.) 100pF/m for a.c.
(131/104F)(2)
268 3BSE 020 924R4101

DI821
Feature
V)
Module termination units TU811 or TU831
MTU keying code AC
protected)
Width 45 mm (1.77)
connector
Height 119 mm (4.7)
vertical DIN rail.
3BSE 020 924R4101 269


BIC INPUT CHANNELS X2
FAULT
RUN Rectifiers and
filters
WARNING I 1.1
CH 1
I 1.2
E2-4
1
X1 I 2.1
CH 2
MBI-1 I 2.2
+5VI
+5V ASIC
RESET
I 3.1
POWER-OK CH 3
Process Connector
I 3.2
ModuleBus Connector
0V
I 4.1
DAT+ CH 4
I 4.2
DAT- RS-485
I 5.1
CLK+ CH 5
I 5.2
CLK- RS-485
I 6.1
POS0-6 CH 6
I 6.2
BLOCK
I 7.1
CH 7
I 7.2
EEPROM
I 8.1
CH 8
I 8.2
E5-7
1
270 3BSE 020 924R4101

Process TU811 TU831

Ch 1.1 Input B1 B1
Ch 1.2 Input A1 A1
Ch 2.1 Input C2 B2
Ch 2.2 Input A2 A2
Ch 3.1 Input B3 B3
Ch 3.2 Input A3 A3
Ch 4.1 Input C4 B4
Ch 4.2 Input A4 A4
Ch 5.1 Input B5 B5
Ch 5.2 Input A5 A5
Ch 6.1 Input C6 B6
Ch 6.2 Input A6 A6
Ch 7.1 Input B7 B7
Ch 7.2 Input A7 A7
Ch 8.1 Input C8 B8
Ch 8.2 Input A8 A8
3BSE 020 924R4101 271

Process TU831 DI821
230V a.c.
or 220V d.c.
Ch1.1 B1 I 1.1
Ch1.2 A1 I 1.2
Ch2.1 B2 I 2.1
Ch2.2 A2 I 2.2
Ch3.1 B3 I 3.1
Ch3.2 A3 I 3.2
Ch4.1 B4 I 4.1
Ch4.2 A4 I 4.2
230V a.c. Ch5.1 B5 I 5.1

Ch5.2 A5 I 5.2
or 220V d.c.
Ch6.1 B6 I 6.1
Ch6.2 A6 I 6.2
Ch7.1 B7 I 7.1
Ch7.2 A7 I 7.2
Ch8.1 B8 I 8.1
Ch8.2 A8 I 8.2
EM
272 3BSE 020 924R4101

230V a.c.
or 220V d.c.
Ch1.1 B1 I 1.1
Ch1.2 A1 I 1.2
Ch2.1 C2 I 2.1
Ch2.2 A2 I 2.2
Ch3.1 B3 I 3.1
Ch3.2 A3 I 3.2
Ch4.1 C4 I 4.1
Ch4.2 A4 I 4.2
230V a.c. Ch5.1 B5 I 5.1

or 220V d.c. Ch5.2 A5 I 5.2
Ch6.1 C6 I 6.1
Ch6.2 A6 I 6.2
Ch7.1 B7 I 7.1
Ch7.2 A7 I 7.2
Ch8.1 C8 I 8.1
Ch8.2 A8 I 8.2
EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 273

DI825 Digital Input Module, 125 V d.c with SOE Appendix A Specifications
A.22 DI825 Digital Input Module, 125 V d.c with SOE
A.22.0.1 Features
8 channels for 125 V d.c. inputs
Individually isolated channels
Sequence of event (SOE) functionality
Signal filtering
EMC protection
DIN rail mounting.
The DI825 is an 8 channel 125 V d.c. digital input
module for the S800 I/O. The input range is 75 - 145 V
and the input current is 3.9 mA at 125 V. The inputs are
individually isolated.
indication LED, optical isolation barrier.
(Green) and Warning (Yellow). One LED (Yellow) per
channel (8) indicate input state (On = 1 and Off = 0). The RUN LED indicates
normal operation and the WARNING LED indicates if any error input is active. The
FAULT LED indicates that the module is in Init state or Not configured state. In
Not Configured state the FAULT LED is turned off after the first valid access to the
module.
If the voltage supervision is used and the voltage connected to channel 1 or 8
disappears, the channel error will be set for the channels and the Warning LED turns
on. The error signal can be read from the ModuleBus. This supervision can be
274 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications DI825 Digital Input Module, 125 V d.c with SOE
enabled/ disabled with a parameter. If the supervision is disabled channel 1 and 8

can be used as normal input channels.
The input channels can be digitally filtered. The filter times can be set between 0 to
100 ms. This means that noise pulses shorter than the filter time will be filtered out
and pulses longer than will get through the filter.
Three different types of MTUs can be used; TU831 Extended MTU, TU811 or
TU813 Compact MTU. All three has two terminals per channel.
A.22.0.3 Event Recording

The DI825 Input Module can be used for event recording (SOE), that is, changing
signals at digital input channels can be announced together with a time stamp
indicating when it occurred. Events are generated on both positive and negative
going edges of the signals. The time stamp has a resolution of 0.4 millisecond, and
is compensated for the filter time.
The module has intermediate storage for 32 events.
The SOE functionality can be switched on and off per channel.
For all channels with enabled SOE capability, a shutter filter is implemented that
prevents intermediate storage for events from overflow. The shutter filter is closed
as soon as the number of events generated within the shutter period (0-255 seconds)
exceeds the shutter trigger number (0-255 changes). The shutter filter remains
closed as long as the recovery time (0-65535 seconds) has not expired.
A.22.0.4 Simple Digital Input

If no event recording is used, the DI825 acts like a simple digital input device.
3BSE 020 924R4101 275

DI825
Feature
Nominal input channel current 3,9 mA @ 125 V
Input current 1 >1.8 mA
Input current 0 <1.0 mA
Nominal impedance 32 k
Filter times (digital, selectable) 0 to 100 ms
Shutter filter
Shutter period 0 - 255 s
Shutter trigger number 0 - 255 changes
Recovery time 0 - 65535 s
Intermediate storage 32 events
Event recording resolution 0.4 ms
Error time stamp -0.25 ms to 1 ms
Current consumption +5 V Max 90 mA
Max power dissipation 4.4 W(1)
(131/104F)(2)
276 3BSE 020 924R4101

DI825
Feature
Isolation Individually isolated channels
(RIV=250 V)
Dielectric test voltage 2300 V a.c. Ch - EM
1350 V a.c. Ch - Ch
Module termination units TU811, TU813 or TU831
MTU keying code AB
protected)
Width 45 mm (1.77)
connector
Height 119 mm (4.7)
(1) All inputs activated
3BSE 020 924R4101 277

MODULEBUS INTERFACE COMPUTER INPUT CHANNELS X2
Rectifiers and
filters
FAULT I1+
CH 1
I1-
RUN E2-4
1
WARNING RWM I2+
CH 2
MBI-2 I2-
X1
ASIC
+5VI DATA I3+
+5V CH 3
Process Connector
I3-
RESET
ADDRESS
POWER-OK CPU
I4+
0V 68HC12 CH 4
Modulebus Connector
I4-
DAT+
DAT- RS-485 I5+
CH 5
I5-
CLK+ EEPROM
RS-485
I6+
CLK- CH 6
I6-
POS0-6
FPROM
BLOCK I7+
CH 7
I7-
I8+
CH 8
I8-
E5-7
1
3
/
PROGR
MODE
X3 BDM
278 3BSE 020 924R4101

TU811 or
Process TU831
TU813
Connection Terminal
Terminal
Ch 1.1 Input B1 B1
Ch 1.2 Input A1 A1
Ch 2.1 Input C2 B2
Ch 2.2 Input A2 A2
Ch 3.1 Input B3 B3
Ch 3.2 Input A3 A3
Ch 4.1 Input C4 B4
Ch 4.2 Input A4 A4
Ch 5.1 Input B5 B5
Ch 5.2 Input A5 A5
Ch 6.1 Input C6 B6
Ch 6.2 Input A6 A6
Ch 7.1 Input B7 B7
Ch 7.2 Input A7 A7
Ch 8.1 Input C8 B8
Ch 8.2 Input A8 A8
3BSE 020 924R4101 279

-
125V d.c.
+
Ch1+ B1 I1+
Ch1- A1 I1-
Ch2+ C2 I2+
Ch2- A2 I2-
Ch3+ B3 I3+
Ch3- A3 I3-
Ch4+ C4 I4+
Ch4- A4 I4-
- Ch5+ B5 I5+
125V d.c. Ch5- A5 I5-
+
Ch6+ C6 I6+
Ch6- A6 I6-
Ch7+ B7 I7+
Ch7- A7 I7-
Ch8+ C8 I8+
Ch8- A8 I8-
EM
280 3BSE 020 924R4101

TU831 Extended MTU.
Process TU831 DI825
-
125V d.c.
+
Ch1+ B1 I1+
Ch1- A1 I1-
Ch2+ B2 I2+
Ch2- A2 I2-
Ch3+ B3 I3+
Ch3- A3 I3-
Ch4+ B4 I4+
Ch4- A4 I4-
- Ch5+ B5 I5+
125V d.c. Ch5- A5 I5-
+
Ch6+ B6 I6+
Ch6- A6 I6-
Ch7+ B7 I7+
Ch7- A7 I7-
Ch8+ B8 I8+
Ch8- A8 I8-
EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 281

DI830 Digital Input Module, 24 V d.c. with SOE, Current Sinking Appendix A Specifications

Current Sinking
A.23.0.1 Features
16 channels for 24 V d.c. inputs with current sinking F
R
2 isolated groups of 8 channels with voltage
W
supervision
2
Sequence of event (SOE) functionality 3
4
Shutter filter 5
6
EMC protection 7
8
10
11
12
The DI830 is a 16 channel 24 V d.c. digital input module 13
14
for the S800 I/O. The input voltage range is 18 to 30 V
15
d.c. and the input current is 6 mA at 24 V d.c. 16
Each input channel consists of current limiting DI830

components, EMC protection components, input state 24V, SOE

any error input is active. The FAULT LED indicates that the module is in the Init
state, Error state or Not Configured state. In Not Configured state the FAULT LED
is turned off after the first valid master frame to the module.
The module cyclically performs self-diagnostics. Module diagnostics include:
Process power supply supervision (causes a module failure if detected)
Event queue full
282 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications DI830 Digital Input Module, 24 V d.c. with SOE, Current Sinking
Time synchronization missing

The input signals can be digitally filtered. The filter is selectable from 0 to 100 ms.
This means that pulses shorter than the filter time will be filtered out and pulses
longer than specified will get through the filter.
Five different types of MTUs can be used. The Extended MTU (for example
TU830) enables three wire connection to the transducers without additional
terminals. The Compact MTU (for example TU810 or TU 814) has terminals for
process voltage supervision inputs, but requires external terminals for distribution
of process power supply to the transducers. The extended MTU, TU838, provide a
fuse (3 A max.) per two channels for process power out. The TU812 Compact MTU
has a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to the process.

going edges of the signal. The time stamp has a resolution of 0.4 millisecond, and is
compensated for the filter time.

3BSE 020 924R4101 283

DI830
Feature
(Process power supply range) (18 to 30 V d.c.)
Nominal input channel current 7.4 mA @ 24 V d.c.
Input impedance 3.2 k
Maximum field cable length 600 m (656 yd.)
Shutter filter
Shutter period 0... 255 s
Shutter trigger 0... 255 changes
Recovery time 0... 65535 s
Event recording accuracy -0.3 ms to +0.7 ms
Current consumption +5 V 120 mA (max.)
100 mA (typ.)
(131/104F)(2)
Isolation Yes, opto
Mounting termination units TU810, TU812, TU814, TU830 or
TU838
284 3BSE 020 924R4101

DI830
Feature
MTU keying code AA
protected)
Width 45 mm (1.77)
connector
Height 119 mm (4.7)
24 Volt.
vertical DIN rail.
3BSE 020 924R4101 285


MODULEBUS INTERFACE COMPUTER GROUP 1 X2
EMC- UP1
BARRIER U1
CH 1 I1
FAULT
RUN U2
CH 2 I2
WARNING RWM .
X1 MBI-2 . .
. .
ASIC . U8
+5VI DATA
CH 8 I8
Process Connector
+5V
RESET
ADDRESS 24V
POWER-OK CPU SUPER-
0V ERROR VISION
68HC12
Modulebus Connector
1-8
DAT+ ZP1
DAT- RS-485
GROUP 2
CLK+ EEPROM
EMC- UP2
CLK- RS-485
BARRIER U9-16
8 8
POS0-6 CH / I 9-16
FPROM /
BLOCK 9-16 24V
SUPER-
ERROR VISION
9-16 ZP2
3
/
PROGR
MODE
EM
X3 BDM
286 3BSE 020 924R4101

TU812
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
Connector (1)
+24 V d.c. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2) L1+ (2)
0 V d.c. L1- 2, 15 L1- (2) L1- (2)
Ch1/Ch 2, L1+ - - B1, B2 A1 (F1)
Ch1/Ch2, L1- A1 - A1, A2 A2
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+ - - B3, B4 A3 (F2)
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1- A2 - A3, A4 A4
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+ - - B5, B6 A5 (F3)
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1- A3 - A5, A6 A6
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+ - - B7, B8 A7 (F4)
Ch 7/Ch8, L1- A4 - A7, A8 A8
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2+ - - B9, B10 A9 (F5)
3BSE 020 924R4101 287

TU812
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
Connector (1)
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2- A5 - A9, A10 A10
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2+ - - B11, B12 A11 (F6)
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2- A6 - A11, A12 A12
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2+ - - B13, B14 A13 (F7)
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2- A7 - A13, A14 A14
Ch 15/ Ch16, L2+ - - B15, B16 A15 (F8)
Ch 15/Ch16, L2- A8 - A15, A16 A16
+24 V d.c. L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2) L2+ (2)
0 V d.c. L2- 12, 25 L2- (2) L2- (2)
288 3BSE 020 924R4101

6.3 A
+24V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1- Fuse
L1-
L1+ B1,B2 L1+
Ch1 C1 I1
Ch2 C2 I2
L1- A1,A2 L1-
+ L1+ B3,B4 L1+
Ch3 C3 I3
Ch4 C4 I4
- L1- A3,A4 L1-
+ L1+ B5,B6 L1+
Ch5 C5 I5
Ch6 C6 I6
- L1- A5,A6 L1-
L1+ B7,B8 L1+
Ch7 C7 I7
Ch8 C8 I8
L1- A7,A8 L1-
L2+ B9,B10 L2+
Ch9 C9 I9
Ch10 C10 I10
L2- A9,A10 L2-
+ L2+ B11,B12 L2+
Ch11 C11 I11
Ch12 C12 I12
- L2- A11,A12 L2-
+ L2+ B13,B14 L2+
Ch13 C13 I13
Ch14 C14 I14
- L2- A13,A14 L2-
L2+ B15,B16 L2+
Ch15 C15 I15
Ch16 C16 I16
L2- A15,A16 L2-
6.3 A
+24V L2+ Supervise
L2+
0V L2- Fuse
L2- EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 289

Process TU838 DI830
+24V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1-
L1-
L1+ F1 L1+
A1
Ch1 B1 I1
Ch2 B2 I2
L1- A2 L1-
F2
+ L1+ A3 L1+
Ch3 B3 I3
Ch4 B4 I4
- L1- A4 L1-
F3
+ L1+ A5 L1+
Ch5 B5 I5
Ch6 B6 I6
- L1- A6 L1-
F4
L1+ A7 L1+
Ch7 B7 I7
Ch8 B8 I8
L1- A8 L1-
F5
L2+ A9 L2+
Ch9 B9 I9
Ch10 B10 I10
L2- A10 L2-
+ F6
L2+ A11 L2+
Ch11 B11 I11
Ch12 B12 I12
- L2- A12 L2-
F7
+ L2+ A13 L2+
Ch13 B13 I13
Ch14 B14 I14
- L2- A14
F8
L2-
L2+ A15 L2+
Ch15 B15 I15
Ch16 B16 I16
L2- A16 L2-
+24V L2+ Supervise

L2+
0V L2-
L2- EM
290 3BSE 020 924R4101

Process TU810 DI830

(or TU814)
+24V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1-
L1+
Ch1 C1 I1
Ch2 B1 I2
L1- A1 L1-
+ L1+
Ch3 C2 I3
Ch4 B2 I4
- L1- A2 L1-
+ L1+
Ch5 C3 I5
Ch6 B3 I6
- L1- A3 L1-
L1+
Ch7 C4 I7
Ch8 B4 I8
L1- A4 L1-
L2+
Ch9 C5 I9
Ch10 B5 I10
L2- A5 L2-
+ L2+
Ch11 C6 I11
Ch12 B6 I12
- L2- A6 L2-
+ L2+
Ch13 C7 I13
Ch14 B7 I14
- L2- A7 L2-
L2+
Ch15 C8 I15
Ch16 B8 I16
L2- A8 L2-
+24V L2+
L2+ Supervise
0V L2-
EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 291

TU812 Compact MTU.
TU812 DI830
1 1 UP1 +24V
Supervise
14 14 UP1
2 2 ZP1 0V
L1+
15 15 ZP1 I1
I2
3 3 S1 Ch1 L1-
16 16 S2 Ch2 L1+
I3
4 4 S3 Ch3 I4
L1-
17 17 S4 Ch4
L1+
5 5 S5 Ch5 I5
I6
18 18 S6 Ch6 L1-
Process 6 S7 L1+
6 Ch7
Connection I7
19 19 S8 Ch8 I8
L1-
7 7 S9 Ch9 L2+
20 20 S10 Ch10 I9
I10
8 8 S11 Ch11 L2-
21 21 S12 Ch12 L2+

I11
9 9 S13 Ch13 I12
L2-
22 22 S14 Ch14 L2+
10 10 S15 Ch15 I13
I14
23 23 S16 Ch16 L2-
L2+
11 11 UP2 +24V I15
I16
24 24 UP2 L2-
12 12 ZP2 0V
25 25 ZP2 Supervise
13 13 EM
EM
292 3BSE 020 924R4101


Current Sinking
A.24.0.1 Features
F
sinking R
W
2 isolated groups of 8 channels with voltage
supervision
1
3
5
Shutter filter 6
7
EMC protection 8
9
DIN rail mounting.
10
11
13
The DI831 is a 16 channel 48 V d.c. digital input 14
module for the S800 I/O. The input voltage range is 36 15
16
to 60 V d.c. and the input current is 4 mA at 48 V d.c.).
Each input channel consists of current limiting DI831
48V, SOE
(Yellow). One LED (Yellow) per channel (16) indicate input state (On = 1 and Off
= 0). The RUN LED indicates normal operation and the WARNING LED indicates
if any error input is active. The FAULT LED indicates that the module is in the Init
is turned off after the first valid master frame to the module.
Process power supply supervision (causes a module failure if detected)
Event queue full
3BSE 020 924R4101 293

Time synchronization missing

Five different types of MTUs can be used. The Extended MTU (for example
TU830) enables three wire connection to the transducers without additional
terminals. The Compact MTU (for example TU810 or TU 814) has terminals for
process voltage supervision inputs, but requires external terminals for distribution
of process power supply to the transducers. The extended MTU, TU838, provide a
fuse (3 A max.) per two channels for process power out. The TU812 Compact MTU
has a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to the process.

going edges of the signals. The time stamp has a resolution of 0.4 millisecond, and
is compensated for the filter time.

294 3BSE 020 924R4101

DI831
Feature
(Process power supply range) (36 to 60 V d.c).
Input voltage range, 1 +30 to +60 V.
Bounce filter times (digital, selectable) 0 to 100 ms
Shutter filter
Shutter trigger 0... 255 changes
Current consumption +5 V 120 mA (max.)
100 mA (typ.)
(131/104F)(2)
Isolation Yes, opto
Module termination units TU810, TU812, TU814, TU830 TU838
3BSE 020 924R4101 295

DI831
Feature
MTU keying code BD
protected)
Width 45 mm (1.77)
connector
Height 119 mm (4.7)
48 Volt.
vertical DIN rail.
296 3BSE 020 924R4101


MODULEBUS INTERFACE COMPUTER GROUP 1 X2
EMC- UP1
BARRIER U1
CH 1 I1
FAULT
RUN U2
CH 2 I2
WARNING RWM .
X1 MBI-2 . .
. .
ASIC . U8
+5VI DATA
CH 8 I8
Process Connector
+5V
RESET
ADDRESS 24V
POWER-OK CPU SUPER-
0V ERROR VISION
68HC12
Modulebus Connector
1-8
DAT+ ZP1
DAT- RS-485
GROUP 2
CLK+ EEPROM
EMC- UP2
CLK- RS-485
BARRIER U9-16
8 8
POS0-6 CH / I 9-16
FPROM /
BLOCK 9-16 24V
SUPER-
ERROR VISION
9-16 ZP2
3
/
PROGR
MODE
EM
X3 BDM
3BSE 020 924R4101 297

TU812
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
Connector (1)
+24 V d.c. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2) L1+ (2)
0 V d.c. L1- 2, 15 L1- (2) L1- (2)
Ch1/Ch 2, L1+ - - B1, B2 A1 (F1)
Ch1/Ch2, L1- A1 - A1, A2 A2
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+ - - B3, B4 A3 (F2)
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1- A2 - A3, A4 A4
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+ - - B5, B6 A5 (F3)
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1- A3 - A5, A6 A6
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+ - - B7, B8 A7 (F4)
Ch 7/Ch8, L1- A4 - A7, A8 A8
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2+ - - B9, B10 A9 (F5)
298 3BSE 020 924R4101

TU812
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
Connector (1)
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2- A5 - A9, A10 A10
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2+ - - B11, B12 A11 (F6)
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2- A6 - A11, A12 A12
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2+ - - B13, B14 A13 (F7)
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2- A7 - A13, A14 A14
Ch 15/ Ch16, L2+ - - B15, B16 A15 (F8)
Ch 15/Ch16, L2- A8 - A15, A16 A16
+24 V d.c. L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2) L2+ (2)
0 V d.c. L2- 12, 25 L2- (2) L2- (2)
3BSE 020 924R4101 299

6.3 A
+48V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1- Fuse
L1-
L1+ B1,B2 L1+
Ch1 C1 I1
Ch2 C2 I2
L1- A1,A2 L1-
+ L1+ B3,B4 L1+
Ch3 C3 I3
Ch4 C4 I4
- L1- A3,A4 L1-
+ L1+ B5,B6 L1+
Ch5 C5 I5
Ch6 C6 I6
- L1- A5,A6 L1-
L1+ B7,B8 L1+
Ch7 C7 I7
Ch8 C8 I8
L1- A7,A8 L1-
L2+ B9,B10 L2+
Ch9 C9 I9
Ch10 C10 I10
L2- A9,A10 L2-
+ L2+ B11,B12 L2+
Ch11 C11 I11
Ch12 C12 I12
- L2- A11,A12 L2-
+ L2+ B13,B14 L2+
Ch13 C13 I13
Ch14 C14 I14
- L2- A13,A14 L2-
L2+ B15,B16 L2+
Ch15 C15 I15
Ch16 C16 I16
L2- A15,A16 L2-
6.3 A
+48V L2+
L2+ Supervise
0V L2- Fuse
L2- EM
300 3BSE 020 924R4101

Process TU838 DI831
+48V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1-
L1-
L1+ F1 L1+
A1
Ch1 B1 I1
Ch2 B2 I2
L1- A2 L1-
F2
+ L1+ A3 L1+
Ch3 B3 I3
Ch4 B4 I4
- L1- A4 L1-
F3
+ L1+ A5 L1+
Ch5 B5 I5
Ch6 B6 I6
- L1- A6 L1-
F4
L1+ A7 L1+
Ch7 B7 I7
Ch8 B8 I8
L1- A8 L1-
F5
L2+ A9 L2+
Ch9 B9 I9
Ch10 B10 I10
L2- A10 L2-
+ F6
L2+ A11 L2+
Ch11 B11 I11
Ch12 B12 I12
- L2- A12 L2-
F7
+ L2+ A13 L2+
Ch13 B13 I13
Ch14 B14 I14
- L2- A14
F8
L2-
L2+ A15 L2+
Ch15 B15 I15
Ch16 B16 I16
L2- A16 L2-
+48V L2+ Supervise

L2+
0V L2-
L2- EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 301

Process TU810 DI831

(or TU814)
+48V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1-
L1+
Ch1 C1 I1
Ch2 B1 I2
L1- A1 L1-
+ L1+
Ch3 C2 I3
Ch4 B2 I4
- L1- A2 L1-
+ L1+
Ch5 C3 I5
Ch6 B3 I6
- L1- A3 L1-
L1+
Ch7 C4 I7
Ch8 B4 I8
L1- A4 L1-
L2+
Ch9 C5 I9
Ch10 B5 I10
L2- A5 L2-
+ L2+
Ch11 C6 I11
Ch12 B6 I12
- L2- A6 L2-
+ L2+
Ch13 C7 I13
Ch14 B7 I14
- L2- A7 L2-
L2+
Ch15 C8 I15
Ch16 B8 I16
L2- A8 L2-
+48V L2+
L2+ Supervise
0V L2-
EM
302 3BSE 020 924R4101

TU812 Compact MTU.
TU812 DI831
1 1 UP1 +24V
Supervise
14 14 UP1
2 2 ZP1 0V
L1+
15 15 ZP1 I1
I2
3 3 S1 Ch1 L1-
16 16 S2 Ch2 L1+
I3
4 4 S3 Ch3 I4
L1-
17 17 S4 Ch4
L1+
5 5 S5 Ch5 I5
I6
18 18 S6 Ch6 L1-
Process 6 S7 L1+
6 Ch7
Connection I7
19 19 S8 Ch8 I8
L1-
7 7 S9 Ch9 L2+
20 20 S10 Ch10 I9
I10
8 8 S11 Ch11 L2-
21 21 S12 Ch12 L2+

I11
9 9 S13 Ch13 I12
L2-
22 22 S14 Ch14 L2+
10 10 S15 Ch15 I13
I14
23 23 S16 Ch16 L2-
L2+
11 11 UP2 +24V I15
I16
24 24 UP2 L2-
12 12 ZP2 0V
25 25 ZP2 Supervise
13 13 EM
EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 303

DI840 Digital Input Module Appendix A Specifications
A.25 DI840 Digital Input Module
A.25.0.1 Features
16 channels for 24 V d.c. inputs with current F
sinking R
W
1 group of 16 isolated from ground
EMC protection
Sequence of events
DIN rail mounting
Redundant or single applications
Transducer power distribution
The DI840 is a 16 channel 24 V d.c. digital input module
for single or redundant applications. The input voltage
range is 18 to 30 V d.c. and the input current is 7 mA at
24 V d.c. DI840
24V, SOE
Each input channel consists of current limiting
(Yellow). One LED (Yellow) per channel (16) indicate input state (On = 1 and Off
= 0). The RUN LED indicates normal operation and the WARNING LED indicates
if any error input is active. The FAULT LED indicates that the module is in the Init
is turned off after the first valid access to the module.
The transducer power is supervised and current limited. One output per two input
channels.
304 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications DI840 Digital Input Module
The Sequence of Event function (SOE) can collect events with a resolution of 1 ms.
The event queue can contain up to 257 events. The function include a Shutter filter
for repressing unwanted events.
Process power supply supervision and transducer over current supervision are
reported as External Channel Error. Error detection time is < 500 ms.
The internal channel circuitries are tested with test patterns. Error from those
tests will be reported as Internal Channel Error. The error detection time is
< 100 ms.
Error in the common parts of the test functions is reported as Module Error.
Error detection time is ca 12 ms.
The SOE function can report the following status in the event message: Channel
value, Queue full, Synchronization jitter, Uncertain time, Shutter filter active and
Channel error.
Five different types of MTUs can be used for single applications. The Extended
MTU (for example TU830) enables three wire connection to the transducers without
additional terminals. The Compact MTU (for example TU810 or TU 814) has
terminals for process voltage supervision inputs, but requires external terminals for
distribution of process power supply to the transducers. The extended MTU,
TU838, provide a fuse (3 A max.) per two channels for process power out. The
process.
3BSE 020 924R4101 305

DI840
Feature
(Process power supply range) (19.2 to 30 V)
Input current, 1 > 3 mA
Input current, 0 < 1.5 mA
Shutter filter
Shutter trigger 4 changes
Event recording resolution 1 ms
Event recording accuracy -0 ms / +1.3 ms
Transducer power, I max per channel 40 mA
pair
Current consumption +24 V (external) 15 mA + transducer power
(1)
306 3BSE 020 924R4101

DI840
Feature
(131/104F)(2)
Isolation Yes, opto
Mounting termination units TU810, TU812, TU814, TU830, TU838,
TU842 or TU843
MTU keying code CD
protected)
Width 45 mm (1.77)
connector
Height 119 mm (4.7)
24 Volt.
vertical DIN rail.
3BSE 020 924R4101 307

UP
FAULT
RUN
WARNING
EM ZP LED1
UP
LED16
Current
Limiter
MBI
U1
FPGA
S1 CH1
U2
S2 CH2
UP
Current
Limiter
U15
S15 CH15
U16
S16 CH16
308 3BSE 020 924R4101

TU810 TU812 TU830/ TU842

Process TU838
(or TU814) D-Sub 25 Male TU833 TU843
Connection Terminal
+24 V d.c. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2) L1+ (2) L1+
0 V d.c. L1- 2, 15 L1- (2) L1- (2) L1-
Ch1/Ch 2, L1+ - - B1, B2 A1 (F1) B1, B2
Ch1 Input C1 3 C1 B1 C1
Ch 2 Input B1 16 C2 B2 C2
Ch1/Ch2, L1- A1 - A1, A2 A2 A1, A2
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+ - - B3, B4 A3 (F2) B3, B4
Ch 3 Input C2 4 C3 B3 C3
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1- A2 - A3, A4 A4 A3, A4
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+ - - B5, B6 A5 (F3) B5, B6
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1- A3 - A5, A6 A6 A5, A6
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+ - - B7, B8 A7 (F4) B7, B8
Ch 7/Ch8, L1- A4 - A7, A8 A8 A7, A8
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2+ - - B9, B10 A9 (F5) B9, B10
3BSE 020 924R4101 309

TU810 TU812 TU830/ TU842

Process TU838
Connection Terminal
Ch 10 Input B5 20 C10 B10 C10
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2- A5 - A9, A10 A10 A9, A10
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2+ - - B11, B12 A11 (F6) B11, B12
Ch 11 Input C6 8 C11 B11 C11
Ch 12 Input B6 21 C12 B12 C12
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2- A6 - A11, A12 A12 A11, A12
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2+ - - B13, B14 A13 (F7) B13, B14
Ch 13 Input C7 9 C13 B13 C13
Ch 14 Input B7 22 C14 B14 C14
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2- A7 - A13, A14 A14 A13, A14
Ch 15/ Ch16, L2+ - - B15, B16 A15 (F8) B15, B16
Ch 15 Input C8 10 C15 B15 C15
Ch 16 Input B8 23 C16 B16 C16
Ch 15/Ch16, L2- A8 - A15, A16 A16 A15, A16
+24 V d.c. L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2) L2+ (2) L2+
0 V d.c. L2- 12, 25 L2- (2) L2- (2) L2-
310 3BSE 020 924R4101

+24V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1-
L1-
U1,U2 B1,B2 U1, U2
Ch1 C1 I1
Ch2 C2 I2
ZP A1,A2 ZP
+ U3,U4 B3,B4 U3, U4
Ch3 C3 I3
Ch4 C4 I4
- ZP A3,A4 ZP
+ U5,U6 B5,B6 U5, U6
Ch5 C5 I5
Ch6 C6 I6
- ZP A5,A6 ZP
U7,U8 B7,B8 U7, U8
Ch7 C7 I7
Ch8 C8 I8
ZP A7,A8 ZP
U9,U10 B9,B10 U9, U10
Ch9 C9 I9
Ch10 C10 I10
ZP A9,A10 ZP
+ U11,U12 B11,B12 U11, U12
Ch11 C11 I11
Ch12 C12 I12
- ZP A11,A12 ZP
+ U13,U14 B13,B14 U13, U14
Ch13 C13 I13
Ch14 C14 I14
- ZP A13,A14 ZP
U15,U16 B15,B16 U15, U16
Ch15 C15 I15
Ch16 C16 I16
ZP A15,A16 ZP
+24V L2+
L2+
0V L2-
L2- EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 311

Process TU838 DI840
+24V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1-
L1-
F1 U1, U2
L1+ A1
Ch1 B1 I1
Ch2 B2 I2
ZP A2 ZP
F2
+ L1+ A3 U3, U4
Ch3 B3 I3
Ch4 B4 I4
- ZP A4 ZP
F3
+ L1+ A5 U5, U6
Ch5 B5 I5
Ch6 B6 I6
- ZP A6 ZP
F4
L1+ A7 U7, U8
Ch7 B7 I7
Ch8 B8 I8
ZP A8 ZP
F5
L2+ A9 U9, U10
Ch9 B9 I9
Ch10 B10 I10
ZP A10 ZP
+ F6
L2+ A11 U11, U12
Ch11 B11 I11
Ch12 B12 I12
- ZP A12 ZP
F7
+ L2+ A13 U13, U14
Ch13 B13 I13
Ch14 B14 I14
- ZP A14
F8
ZP
L2+ A15 U15, U16
Ch15 B15 I15
Ch16 B16 I16
ZP A16 ZP
+24V L2+
L2+
0V L2-
L2- EM
312 3BSE 020 924R4101

Process TU810 DI840

(or TU814)
+24V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1-
U1, U2
Ch1 C1 I1
Ch2 B1 I2
ZP A1 ZP
+ U3, U4
Ch3 C2 I3
Ch4 B2 I4
- ZP A2 ZP
+ U5, U6
Ch5 C3 I5
Ch6 B3 I6
- ZP A3 ZP
U7, U8
Ch7 C4 I7
Ch8 B4 I8
ZP A4 ZP
U9, U10
Ch9 C5 I9
Ch10 B5 I10
ZP A5 ZP
+ U11, U12
Ch11 C6 I11
Ch12 B6 I12
- ZP A6 ZP
+ U13, U14
Ch13 C7 I13
Ch14 B7 I14
- ZP A7 ZP
U15, U16
Ch15 C8 I15
Ch16 B8 I16
ZP A8 ZP
+24V L2+
L2+
0V L2-
EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 313

TU812 DI840
1 1 UP1 +24V
Supervise
14 14 UP1
2 2 ZP1 0V
U1, U2
15 15 ZP1 I1
I2
3 3 S1 Ch1 ZP
16 16 S2 Ch2 U3, U4
I3
4 4 S3 Ch3 I4
ZP
17 17 S4 Ch4
U5, U6
5 5 S5 Ch5 I5
I6
18 18 S6 Ch6 ZP
Process 6 S7 U7, U8
6 Ch7
Connection I7
19 19 S8 Ch8 I8
ZP
7 7 S9 Ch9 U9, U10
20 20 S10 Ch10 I9
I10
8 8 S11 Ch11 ZP
21 21 S12 Ch12 U11, U12

I11
9 9 S13 Ch13 I12
ZP
22 22 S14 Ch14 U13, U14
10 10 S15 Ch15 I13
I14
23 23 S16 Ch16 ZP
U15, U16
11 11 UP2 +24V I15
I16
24 24 UP2 ZP
12 12 ZP2 0V
25 25 ZP2
13 13 EM
EM
314 3BSE 020 924R4101


+24V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1-
L1-
B1 U1, U2
U2 B2
Ch1 C1 I1
Ch2 C2 I2
ZP A1,A2 ZP
B3 U3, U4
+ U4 B4
Ch3 C3 I3
Ch4 C4 I4
- ZP A3,A4
B5
ZP
U5, U6
+ U6 B6
Ch5 C5 I5
Ch6 C6 I6
- ZP A5,A6 ZP
B7 U7, U8
U8 B8
Ch7 C7 I7
Ch8 C8 I8
ZP A7,A8 ZP
B9 U9, U10
U10 B10
Ch9 C9 I9
Ch10 C10 I10
ZP A9,A10 ZP
B11 U11, U12
+ U12 B12
Ch11 C11 I11
Ch12 C12 I12
- ZP A11,A12 ZP
B13 U13, U14
+ U14 B14
Ch13 C13 I13
Ch14 C14 I14
- ZP A13,A14 ZP
B15 U15, U16
U16 B16
Ch15 C15 I15
Ch16 C16 I16
ZP A15,A16 ZP
+24V L2+
L2+
0V L2-
EM
L2-
DI840
Supervise
U1
U2
I1
I2
ZP
---
U15
U16
I15
I16
ZP
EM
Figure A-74 DI840 with TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU Process Connections
3BSE 020 924R4101 315

DI880 High Integrity Digital Input Module Appendix A Specifications
A.26 DI880 High Integrity Digital Input Module
A.26.0.1 Features
16 channels for 24 V d.c. inputs with current sinking.
1 group of 16 isolated from ground.
Input status indicators.
EMC protection.
Sequence of events.
DIN rail mounting.
Redundant or single configuration.
Transducer power distribution.
Certified for SIL3 according to EN 61508.
Certified for AK6 according to DIN V 19250 /
DIN V VDE 0801-AK6.
Certified for Category 4 according to EN 954-1.
The DI880 is a 16 channel 24 V d.c. digital input module for single or redundant
configuration. The input voltage range is 18 to 30 V d.c. and the input current is
7 mA at 24 V d.c.
Each input channel consists of current limiting components, EMC protection
There is one current limited transducer power output per input.
The Sequence of Event function (SOE) can collect events with a resolution of 1 ms.
The event queue can contain up to 32 x 16 events. The function include a Shutter
filter for suppression of unwanted events.
316 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications DI880 High Integrity Digital Input Module
The SOE function can report the following status in the event message: Channel
value, Queue full, Synchronization jitter, Uncertain time, Shutter filter active and
Channel error.
Five different types of MTUs can be used for single applications. The Extended
MTU (for example TU830) enables three wire connection to the transducers without
additional terminals. The Compact MTU (for example TU810 or TU 814) has
terminals for process voltage supervision inputs, but requires external terminals for
distribution of process power supply to the transducers. The extended MTU,
TU838, provide a fuse (3 A max.) per two channels for process power out. The
process.
Self-diagnostic Functions
The module cyclically performs comprehensive self-diagnostic. Detected failures
are grouped and reported as described below:
Errors in External power supply will be reported as External error.
Errors in circuits only affecting specific channels on the module (short circuits,
open circuits, stuck-at faults) will be reported as Internal channel error.
Errors in internal power supplies, Errors in micro controller, FPGA and
Memory will be reported as Module Error.
3BSE 020 924R4101 317

Primary (Yellow):
The WARNING LED indicates external errors or internal channel errors.
The PRIMARY LED indicates that the module is primary (in a redundant pair).
318 3BSE 020 924R4101

Table A-54 DI880 High Integrity Digital Input Module Specifications
DI880
Feature
(Process power supply range) (19.2 to 30 V)
Input current, 1 > 3 mA
Input current, 0 < 1.5 mA
Shutter filter:
Shutter period 1 - 255 s (default 0, means deactivated
filter)
Shutter trigger 1...255 changes (default 4)
Recovery time 0 - 65535 s (default 0, means
deactivated filter)
Transducer power (per input) 30 mA (max)
Current consumption +5 V 125 mA (max)
Current consumption +24 V (field 15 mA + transducer power
supply)
3BSE 020 924R4101 319

Table A-54 DI880 High Integrity Digital Input Module Specifications (Continued)
DI880
Feature
(131/104F)
Isolation Yes, opto
TU842, TU843
MTU keying code FF
Event recording accuracy -0 ms / +1.3 ms
protected)
Width 45 mm (1.77)
connector
Height 119 mm (4.7)
320 3BSE 020 924R4101

UP F FPGA
R
Module Bus
W
P
EM ZP 1
UP
16
CH1
Current
Limiter
CH2
U1
S1
UP
Current
U2
Limiter
S2 MCU
UP
Current
Limiter
U15
S15 CH15
Module Bus
UP
U16 Current
Limiter CH16
S16
3BSE 020 924R4101 321

TU810 TU812 TU830/ TU842

Process TU838
Connection Terminal
+24 V d.c. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2) L1+ (2) L1+
0 V d.c. L1- 2, 15 L1- (2) L1- (2) L1-
Ch1/Ch 2, L1+ - - B1, B2 A1 (F1) B1, B2
Ch1 Input C1 3 C1 B1 C1
Ch1/Ch2, L1- A1 - A1, A2 A2 A1, A2
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+ - - B3, B4 A3 (F2) B3, B4
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1- A2 - A3, A4 A4 A3, A4
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+ - - B5, B6 A5 (F3) B5, B6
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1- A3 - A5, A6 A6 A5, A6
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+ - - B7, B8 A7 (F4) B7, B8
Ch 7/Ch8, L1- A4 - A7, A8 A8 A7, A8
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2+ - - B9, B10 A9 (F5) B9, B10
322 3BSE 020 924R4101

TU810 TU812 TU830/ TU842

Process TU838
Connection Terminal
Ch 10 Input B5 20 C10 B10 C10
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2- A5 - A9, A10 A10 A9, A10
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2+ - - B11, B12 A11 (F6) B11, B12
Ch 11 Input C6 8 C11 B11 C11
Ch 12 Input B6 21 C12 B12 C12
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2- A6 - A11, A12 A12 A11, A12
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2+ - - B13, B14 A13 (F7) B13, B14
Ch 13 Input C7 9 C13 B13 C13
Ch 14 Input B7 22 C14 B14 C14
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2- A7 - A13, A14 A14 A13, A14
Ch 15/ Ch16, L2+ - - B15, B16 A15 (F8) B15, B16
Ch 15 Input C8 10 C15 B15 C15
Ch 16 Input B8 23 C16 B16 C16
Ch 15/Ch16, L2- A8 - A15, A16 A16 A15, A16
+24 V d.c. L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2) L2+ (2) L2+
0 V d.c. L2- 12, 25 L2- (2) L2- (2) L2-
3BSE 020 924R4101 323

Figure A-75 shows the process connections for the High Integrity Digital Input
Module DI880 when installed on a TU830 Extended MTU.
+24V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1-
L1-
L1+ B1,B2 U1, U2
Ch1 C1 I1
Ch2 C2 I2
L1- A1,A2 ZP
+ L1+ B3,B4 U3, U4
Ch3 C3 I3
Ch4 C4 I4
- L1- A3,A4 ZP
+ L1+ B5,A6 U5, U6
Ch5 C5 I5
Ch6 C6 I6
- L1- A5,A6 ZP
L1+ B7,B8 U7, U8
Ch7 C7 I7
Ch8 C8 I8
L1- A7,A8 ZP
L2+ B9,B10 U9, U10
Ch9 C9 I9
Ch10 C10 I10
L2- A9,A10 ZP
+ L2+ B11,B12 U11, U12
Ch11 C11 I11
Ch12 C12 I12
- L2- A11,A12 ZP
+ L2+ B13,B14 U13, U14
Ch13 C13 I13
Ch14 C14 I14
- L2- A13,A14 ZP
L2+ B15,A16 U15, U16
Ch15 C15 I15
Ch16 C16 I16
L2- A15,A16 ZP
+24V L2+
L2+
0V L2-
L2- EM
324 3BSE 020 924R4101

Module DI880 when installed on a TU838 Extended MTU.
Process TU838 DI880
+24V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1-
L1-
L1+ F1 U1, U2
A1
Ch1 B1 I1
Ch2 B2 I2
L1- A2 ZP
F2
+ L1+ A3 U3, U4
Ch3 B3 I3
Ch4 B4 I4
- L1- A4 ZP
F3
+ L1+ A5 U5, U6
Ch5 B5 I5
Ch6 B6 I6
- L1- A6 ZP
F4
L1+ A7 U7, U8
Ch7 B7 I7
Ch8 B8 I8
L1- A8 ZP
F5
L2+ A9 U9, U10
Ch9 B9 I9
Ch10 B10 I10
L2- A10 ZP
+ F6
L2+ A11 U11, U12
Ch11 B11 I11
Ch12 B12 I12
- L2- A12 ZP
F7
+ L2+ A13 U13, U14
Ch13 B13 I13
Ch14 B14 I14
- L2- A14
F8
ZP
L2+ A15 U15, U16
Ch15 B15 I15
Ch16 B16 I16
L2- A16 ZP
+24V L2+
L2+
0V L2-
L2- EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 325

Module DI880 when installed on a TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU.
Process TU810 DI880

(or TU814)
+24V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1-
U1, U2
Ch1 C1 I1
Ch2 B1 I2
L1- A1 ZP
+ U3, U4
Ch3 C2 I3
Ch4 B2 I4
- L1- A2 ZP
+ U5, U6
Ch5 C3 I5
Ch6 B3 I6
- L1- A3 ZP
U7, U8
Ch7 C4 I7
Ch8 B4 I8
L1- A4 ZP
U9, U10
Ch9 C5 I9
Ch10 B5 I10
L2- A5 ZP
+ U11, U12
Ch11 C6 I11
Ch12 B6 I12
- L2- A6 ZP
+ U13, U14
Ch13 C7 I13
Ch14 B7 I14
- L2- A7 ZP
U15, U16
Ch15 C8 I15
Ch16 B8 I16
L2- A8 ZP
+24V L2+
L2+
0V L2-
EM
326 3BSE 020 924R4101

Module DI880 when installed on a TU812 Compact MTU.
TU812 DI880
1 1 UP1 +24V
Supervise
14 14 UP1
2 2 ZP1 0V
U1, U2
15 15 ZP1 I1
I2
3 3 S1 Ch1 ZP
16 16 S2 Ch2 U3, U4
I3
4 4 S3 Ch3 I4
ZP
17 17 S4 Ch4
U5, U6
5 5 S5 Ch5 I5
I6
18 18 S6 Ch6 ZP
Process 6 S7 U7, U8
6 Ch7
Connection I7
19 19 S8 Ch8 I8
ZP
7 7 S9 Ch9 U9, U10
20 20 S10 Ch10 I9
I10
8 8 S11 Ch11 ZP
21 21 S12 Ch12 U11, U12

I11
9 9 S13 Ch13 I12
ZP
22 22 S14 Ch14 U13, U14
10 10 S15 Ch15 I13
I14
23 23 S16 Ch16 ZP
U15, U16
11 11 UP2 +24V I15
I16
24 24 UP2 ZP
12 12 ZP2 0V
25 25 ZP2
13 13 EM
EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 327

Module DI880 when installed on a TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU.

+24V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1-
L1-
B1 U1, U2
L1+ B2
Ch1 C1 I1
Ch2 C2 I2
L1- A1,A2 ZP
B3 U3, U4
+ L1+ B4
Ch3 C3 I3
Ch4 C4 I4
- L1- A3,A4
B5
ZP
U5, U6
+ L1+ B6
Ch5 C5 I5
Ch6 C6 I6
- L1- A5,A6 ZP
B7 U7, U8
L1+ B8
Ch7 C7 I7
Ch8 C8 I8
L1- A7,A8 ZP
B9 U9, U10
L2+ B10
Ch9 C9 I9
Ch10 C10 I10
L2- A9,A10 ZP
B11 U11, U12
+ L2+ B12
Ch11 C11 I11
Ch12 C12 I12
- L2- A11,A12 ZP
B13 U13, U14
+ L2+ B14
Ch13 C13 I13
Ch14 C14 I14
- L2- A13,A14 ZP
B15 U15, U16
L2+ B16
Ch15 C15 I15
Ch16 C16 I16
L2- A15,A16 ZP
+24V L2+
L2+
0V L2-
EM
L2-
DI880
Supervise
U1
U2
I1
I2
ZP
---
U15
U16
I15
I16
ZP
EM
Figure A-79 DI880 with TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU Process Connections
328 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications DI885 Digital Input Module, 24 V /48 V d.c. with SOE, Current Sinking
A.27 DI885 Digital Input Module, 24 V /48 V d.c. with SOE,

Current Sinking
A.27.0.1 Features
8 channels for 24/48 V d.c. inputs with current sinking F
R
Input status indicators W
External 24 or 48 V d.c. sensor power supply 2
Internal 48 V d.c. sensor power supply 3
Short circuit protection to ground and 48 Volt 4
Channel supervision
5
Sensor power supply supervision

6
Shutter filter
7
EMC protection
8
DIN rail mounting.
DI885
24V/48V
The DI885 is a 8 channel 24/48 V digital input module for the S800 I/O. This
module has 8 digital inputs. The input voltage range is 11.8 - 60 V d.c. and the input
current is 1.6 mA at 24 V d.c., (3.2 mA at 48 V d.c.).
(Yellow). One LED (Yellow) per channel (8) indicate input state (On = 1 and
Off = 0). The RUN LED indicates normal operation and the WARNING LED
in the Init state, Error state or Not Configured state. In Not configured state the
FAULT LED is turned off after the first valid access to the module.
3BSE 020 924R4101 329

DI885 Digital Input Module, 24 V /48 V d.c. with SOE, Current Sinking Appendix A Specifications
The sensor power supply supervision gives an error signal if the voltage disappears,
and the Warning LED turns on. The error signal can be read via the Modulebus.
The input signals of the input module DI885 can be filtered to suppress any
electrical interference or contact bounce.The filter is selectable from 0 to 255 ms.
This means that noise pulses shorter than the filter time will be filtered out and
pulses longer than specified will get through the filter.
Four different types of MTUs can be used. TheTU830 Extended MTU and the
TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU has terminals for process voltage inputs and
three terminals per channel. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male)

indicating when it occurred. The time stamp has a resolution of 1 millisecond, and is
compensated for the filter time.

330 3BSE 020 924R4101

A.27.0.5 Channel Supervision

The DI885 is able to supervise the process channel regarding wire break of sensor
cable, missing sensor and short circuit of sensor voltage to module ground.
The supervision can be switched on and off per device. The channel supervision is
only possible when the contact is equipped with a parallel resistor of 47 k 20%,
and 48 V sensor power.
A.27.0.6 Sensor Power Supply and Supervision

The DI885 provides a 48 V d.c. sensor power supply per device.
The DC/DC - converter for 48 V d.c. supply can be powered from the internal 24 V
d.c. provided by the ModuleBus or from an external source.
The power supply is short-circuit proof and galvanically insulated.
It is also possible to supply the sensors with an external 48 V d.c. power supply. In
this case the internal voltage path is switched off.
A.27.0.7 Supported Sensor Types

The following sensor types are supported by the DI885.
Dry Contacts supervised: 48 V d.c./ 3,2 mA

The supervision is only possible for contacts with resistor connected in parallel.
Supervision is always available within internal sensor power supply. Supervision in
connection with external sensor power supply requires the same strict limits in the
tolerances of the external supply voltage as for internal supply voltage (48 V d.c.
10%)
Dry Contacts not supervised with external Power Supply: >= 60 V d.c./
max. 4 mA
The maximum input voltage of 60 V DC must be kept strictly.
3BSE 020 924R4101 331

Electronic Inputs not supervised: 24 V d.c./ 1.6 mA

Only in combination with external power supply.
Open Collector Drivers (Current sourcing) not supervised: 24 V DC / 1.6 mA

Only in combination with external power supply.
332 3BSE 020 924R4101

DI885
Feature
Power supply:
Nominal voltage 24 V d.c.
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 30 V d.c.
Process Power supply: (UP)
Nominal voltage with internal supply 48 V d.c.+/- 10%
Voltage range with external supply 18 V d.c. - 60 V d.c.
Input voltage range, 1 >+ 11.2 V d.c.... <+ 60 V d.c.
Input voltage range, 0 -30 V d.c. ... <+5 V d.c.
Nominal input channel current, 1 0.8 mA... <4 mA
Nominal input channel current, 0 <0.3 mA
Input impedance 15 kOhm
Bounce filter times (digital, selectable) 0 to 255 ms
Shutter filter
Shutter trigger 0.. 255 changes
Process voltage supervision per device
3BSE 020 924R4101 333

DI885
Feature
Current consumption
5V 160 mA
24 V internal 91 mA
24 V external 91 mA
48 V external 22 mA
Power dissipation (1) 3W
(131/104F)(2)
Isolation Yes, opto
MTU keying code BF
protected)
Width 45 mm (1.77)
connector
Height 119 mm (4.7)
24/48 Volts.
vertical DIN rail.
334 3BSE 020 924R4101


X2
EMC- L1+
BARRIER L1-
CH 1 I1
FAULT 1
L1+
RUN
CH 2 I2
WARNING MBI-2 L1-
ASIC . .
X1 (CPU)
+5VI .
+5V .
RESET
POWER-OK L1+ .
Modulebus Connector
0V .
Process Connector
.
DAT
.
DAT-N RS-485 .
CH 8 L1+
POS0-9 8
I8
BLOCK
24V 24V SUPER-
ERROR 1-8 VISION
EEPROM L1-
RAM
EM
24V
48V
48V d.c.
Power
Switch 24V d.c.
3BSE 020 924R4101 335

TU810 TU812
Process TU830/TU833
Connection Terminal
+24 V d.c. ext. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2)
0 V d.c. L1-, L2- 2, 15 L1- (2), L2- (2)
Ch1 +48 V B1 16 C2
Ch1 Input C1 3 C1
Ch 2 +48 V B2 17 C4
Ch 2 Input C2 4 C3
Ch 3 +48 V B3 18 C6
Ch 3 Input C3 5 C5
Ch 4 +48 V B4 19 C8
Ch 4 Input C4 6 C7
Ch 5 +48 V B5 20 C10
Ch 5 Input C5 7 C9
Ch 6 +48 V B6 21 C12
Ch 6 Input C6 8 C11
Ch 7 +48 V B7 22 C14
Ch 7 Input C7 9 C13
Ch 8 +48 V B8 23 C16
Ch8 Input C8 10 C15
+48 V ext. L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2)
336 3BSE 020 924R4101


+
24V +
6.3 A _ 48V
_
24V+ L1+
Pwr. L1+
0V L1- Fuse
Sup.
L1-
47K Ch1 C1 I1
48V C2 L+
L1- A1,A2 L-
Ch2 C3 I2
48V C4 L+
L1- A3,A4 L-
Ch3 C5 I3
48V C6 L+
L1- A5,A6 L-
Ch4 C7 I4
48V C8 L+
L1- A7,A8 L-
Ch5 C9 I5
48V C10 L+
A9,A10
Ch6 C11 I6
48V C12 L+
A11,A12
Ch7 C13 I7
48V C14 L+
A13,A14
47K Ch8 C15 I8

48V C16 L+
A15,A16
6.3 A
48V+ L2+
Pwr. L2+
L2- Fuse
Sup. 0V
L2- EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 337

Process TU810
DI885
(or TU814)
+
24V +
_ 48V
_
24V+ L1+
Pwr. L1+
Sup. 0V L1-
47K Ch1 C1 I1
48V B1 L+
L1- A1 L-
Ch2 C2 I2
48V B2 L+
L1- A2 L-
Ch3 C3 I3
48V B3 L+
L1- A3 L-
Ch4 C4 I4
48V B4 L+
L1- A4 L-
Ch5 C5 I5
48V B5 L+
A5
Ch6 C6 I6
48V B6 L+
A6
Ch7 C7 I7
48V B7 L+
A7
47K Ch8 C8 I8
48V B8 L+
A8
48V+ L2+
Pwr. L2+
Sup. 0V L2-
EM
338 3BSE 020 924R4101

Figure A-82 shows the connections for the DI885 when installed on a TU812.
TU812 DI885
1 1 UP1 +24V +
24V +
14 UP1 _ 48V
_
14
2 2 ZP1 0V
15 15 ZP1
3 3 S1 Ch1 I I1
L+
16 16 S2 Ch1 L-
4 4 S3 Ch2 I
I2
17 17 S4 Ch2 L+
L-
5 5 S5 Ch3 I
18 18 S6 Ch3 I3
L+
Process 6 6 S7 Ch4 I L-
Connection
19 19 S8 Ch4 I4
7 7 S9 L+
Ch5 I
L-
20 20 S10 Ch5
8 S11 I5
8 Ch6 I L+
21 21 S12 Ch6
9 9 S13 Ch7 I I6
L+
22 22 S14 Ch7
10 10 S15 Ch8 I
I7
23 23 S16 Ch8 L+
11 11 UP2 +48 V
24 24 UP2 I8
L+
12 12 ZP2 0V
25 25 ZP2
13 13 EM EM
EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 339

DO801 Digital Output Module 24 V, 0.5 A, Current Sourcing Appendix A Specifications
A.28 DO801 Digital Output Module 24 V, 0.5 A, Current

Sourcing
A.28.0.1 Features
16 channels for 24 V d.c.
current sourcing outputs
1isolated groups of 16 S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
channels
STATUS
Output status indicators
OSP sets outputs to
predetermined state upon
communication error
Short-circuit protection to
ground and 30 V
DO801
Over-voltage and over- 24V 0.5A
temperature protection
EMC protection
DIN rail mounting
Process and power L+ L- 24V
connection via detachable 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
connectors
The DO801 is a 16 channel 24 V
digital output module for the
S800 I/O. The output voltage range is 10 to 30 volt and the maximum continuous
output current is 0.5 A. The outputs are protected against short circuits, over voltage
and over temperature. The outputs are in one isolated group.
Each output channel consists of a short circuit and over temperature protected high
side driver, EMC protection components, inductive load suppression, output state
340 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications DO801 Digital Output Module 24 V, 0.5 A, Current Sourcing
One STATUS LED indicate module status green/red. One LED (Yellow) per
channel (16) indicate output state (On = 1 and Off = 0). The Status LED green
indicates normal operation. The STATUS LED red indicates that the module is in
Init state or Not Configured state. In Not Configured state the STATUS LED is
triggered every time the correct module address has been decoded (or broadcast). If
the watchdog timer expires or if the SetOSPState command is received, the module
can be configured as a predefined value or to use the last good value sent.
values are written.
The outputs are current limited and protected against over temperature. If the
outputs are overloaded the output current will be limited. This means that the power
dissipation in the output stage will increase and the output will shutdown if the
temperature in the output stage increases above 150 C (302 F). The output will
switch on again automatically as the component temperature has decreased to about
140 C (284 F). If any output is shutdown due to overload the indication LED on
that channel is not switched off. The output status of that channel can not be read
from the module.
3BSE 020 924R4101 341

Table A-58 DO801 Digital Output Module Specifications
DO801
Feature
Digital Output Module
Number of channels 16 (1 x 16)
Type of output Transistor current source,
current limited
Voltage range 12 - 32 V d.c.
Load current, maximum 0.5 A
Short circuit current, maximum 2.4 A
Leakage current, maximum <10 a
Signal delay <0.2 ms
Output impedance <0.4 ohm
(131/104F)(2)
timer
(RIV=50 V)
protected)
342 3BSE 020 924R4101

Table A-58 DO801 Digital Output Module Specifications (Continued)
DO801
Feature
Width 86.1 mm (3.4)
Depth 58.5 mm (2.3)
vertical DIN rail.
3BSE 020 924R4101 343

A.28.0.4 Block Diagram DO801

Output
drivers
CH1 O1
STATUS
MBI CH2 O2
Process Connector
. .
.
+5V .
POWER-OK
0V
DAT
DAT-N CH15 O9
POS0-9
CH16 O16
BLOCK
L+
connector
Power
L-
344 3BSE 020 924R4101

Table A-59 DO801 Process Connections
Process Process
Connection Terminal
Ch 1 Output 1
Ch 2 Output 2
Ch 3 Output 3
Ch 4 Output 4
Ch 5 Output 5
Ch 6 Output 6
Ch 7 Output 7
Ch 8 Output 8
Ch 9 Output 9
Ch 10 Output 10
Ch 11 Output 11
Ch 12 Output 12
Ch 13 Output 13
Ch 14 Output 14
Ch 15 Output 15
Ch 16 Output 16
3BSE 020 924R4101 345

Figure A-83 shows the process connections for the DO801.
DO801 Process
1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
L+ +24V
L- 0V
EM
Figure A-83 DO801 Process Connections
346 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications DO802 Digital Output Module, 24-250 V, Relay Normally Open
A.29 DO802 Digital Output Module, 24-250 V, Relay

Normally Open
A.29.0.1 Features
8 channels for 110 V
d.c./250 V a.c. relay
Normally Open (NO)
S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
outputs
8 isolated channels
STATUS
OSP sets outputs to
predetermined state upon
error detection
EMC protection
DO802
DIN rail mounting Relay 24-250V
Process connection via

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
The DO802 is an 8 channel 110 V A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B
d.c./250 V a.c. relay (NO) output
module for the S800 I/O. The
maximum voltage range is 250
volt and the maximum continuous
output current is 2 A.
All outputs are individually
isolated.
Each output channel consists of optical isolation barrier, output state indication
LED, relay driver, relay and EMC protection components.
One STATUS LED indicate module status green/red. One LED (Yellow) per
channel (8) indicate output state (On = 1 and Off = 0). The Status LED green
3BSE 020 924R4101 347

DO802 Digital Output Module, 24-250 V, Relay Normally Open Appendix A Specifications
indicates normal operation. The STATUS LED red indicates that the module is in
Init state or Not Configured state. In Not Configured state the STATUS LED is
The relay supply voltage supervision, derived from the 24 V distributed on the
ModuleBus, gives a channel signal error and a module warning signal if the voltage
disappears. The error signal and warning signal can be read via the ModuleBus.
This supervision can be enabled/disabled with a parameter.
timer expires or if the SetOSPState command is received. The watchdog timer
which is set by the controller and is used for ModuleBus supervision. The watchdog
good value sent.
values are written.
348 3BSE 020 924R4101

DO802
Feature
Type of output Relay (NO)
Voltage range 24 - 110 V d.c./250 V a.c.
Load current, maximum 2A
Load current, minimum 5 mA
Max break power a.c. 500 VA
d.c. 60W
Maximum field cable length (d.c., a.c.) 600 meters (656 yd.)
Pick-up time, maximum 10 ms
Release time, maximum 6 ms
Number of operations per hour, 1000
maximum
Number of operations per lifetime:
Mechanical >20 x 106
Electrical at 30 V d.c. / 250 V a.c. >0,16 x 106 (2 A resistive)
(131/104F)(2)
timer
Power supervision 24/12 V Relay power converter monitor
3BSE 020 924R4101 349

DO802
Feature
Isolation Individually isolated from ground
(RIV=250 V)
protected)
Width 86.1 mm (3.4)
Depth 58.5 mm (2.3)
vertical DIN rail.
350 3BSE 020 924R4101

X1 BIC OUTPUT CHANNELS

+24V
12V
0V-24V 24V
X2
STATUS
ModuleBus Connector
12V SUPER-
VISION
ERROR 1-8
1A
+5VI
+5V
Process Connector
RESET
MBI-1 CH 1 1B
POWER-OK
ASIC
0V 2A
DAT CH 2 2B
DAT-N RS-485
POS0-9 . .
. .
. .
8A
EEPROM CH 8 8B
3BSE 020 924R4101 351

Process Process
Connection Terminal
Ch1 Input 1A
1B
Ch 2 Input 2A
2B
Ch 3 Input 3A
3B
Ch 4 Input 4A
4B
Ch 5 Input 5A
5B
Ch 6 Input 6A
6B
Ch 7 Input 7A
7B
Ch 8 Input 8A
8B
352 3BSE 020 924R4101

Figure A-84 shows the process connections for the Digital Output Module DO802.
DO802 Process
110V d.c./250V a.c.

a.c/d.c.
1A
1B
2A
2B
3A
3B
4A
4B
5A 110V d.c./250V a.c.

5B a.c/d.c.
6A
6B
7A
7B
8A
8B
EM
Figure A-84 DO802 Process Connections
3BSE 020 924R4101 353

DO810 Digital Output Module 24 V, 0.5 A Current Sourcing Appendix A Specifications
A.30 DO810 Digital Output Module 24 V, 0.5 A Current

Sourcing
A.30.0.1 Features
16 channels for 24 V d.c. current sourcing outputs
F
2 isolated groups of 8 channels with process R
voltage supervision W
O
Output status indicators 1
OSP sets outputs to predetermined state upon 2

3
error detection 4
Short-circuit protection to ground and 30 V 5

6
Over-voltage and over-temperature protection 7
8
EMC protection 9
10
DIN rail mounting.
11
Also in a G3 compliant version. 12
13
14
16
The DO810 is a 16 channel 24 V digital output module
for the S800 I/O. This module has 16 digital outputs. DO810
The output voltage range is 10 to 30 volt and the 24V 0.5A
maximum continuous output current is 0.5 A.

The outputs are protected against short circuits, over
voltage and over temperature. The outputs are divided into two individually isolated
groups with eight output channels and one voltage supervision input in each group.
Each output channel consists of a short circuit and over temperature protected high
side driver, EMC protection components, inductive load suppression, output state
OSP (Yellow). One LED (Yellow) per channel (16) indicate output state (On = 1 and
354 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications DO810 Digital Output Module 24 V, 0.5 A Current Sourcing
in Init state or Not Configured state. In Not Configured state the FAULT LED is
turned off after the first valid access to the module. The OSP LED indicates that the
module is in the OSP state and that the outputs are set to their OSP values.
values are written.
outputs are overloaded the output current will be limited. This means that the power
dissipation in the output stage will increase and the output will shutdown if the
temperature in the output stage increases above 150 C (302 F). The output will
switch on again automatically as the component temperature has decreased to about
140 C (284 F). If any output is shutdown due to overload the indication LED on
that channel is also switched off. The output status of that channel can not be read
from the module.
Four different types of MTUs can be used. TU830 Extended MTU and TU810 (or
TU814) Compact MTU have terminals for 24 V output power connections and two
terminals per channels. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male)
3BSE 020 924R4101 355

DO810
Feature
Type of output Transistor current sourcing, current
limited
(131/104F)(2)
timer
(RIV=50 V)
Mounting termination units TU810, TU812, TU814 or TU830
MTU keying code AA
protected)
356 3BSE 020 924R4101

DO810
Feature
Width 45 mm (1.77)
connector
Height 119 mm (4.7)
vertical DIN rail.
3BSE 020 924R4101 357


BIC GROUP 1 X2
24V SUPER-
VISION OUTPUT-
DRIVERS L1+
FAULT ERROR 1-8
RUN L1+
WARNING CH 1 O1
OSP L1+
MBI-1 CH 2 O2
X1
Process Connector
. .
+5VI ASIC .
. .
RESET
+5V . L1+
ModuleBus Connector
POWER-OK CH 8 O8
0V
L1-
DAT
DAT-N RS-485
GROUP 2
POS0-9 24V SUPER-

VISION OUTPUT-
BLOCK ERROR 9-16 DRIVERS L2+
L2+
8 8
EEPROM / CH 9-16 / O 9-16
L2-
358 3BSE 020 924R4101

TU810 TU812
Process TU830/TU833
Connection Terminal
+24 V d.c. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2)
0 V d.c. L1- 2, 15 L1- (2)
Ch 1/Ch 2, L1+ - - B1, B2
Ch 1 Output C1 3 C1
Ch 2 Output B1 16 C2
Ch 1/Ch 2, L1- A1 - A1, A2
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+ - - B3, B4
Ch 3 Output C2 4 C3
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1- A2 - A3, A4
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+ - - B5, B6
Ch 5 Output C3 5 C5
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1- A3 - A5, A6
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+ - - B7, B8
Ch 7 Output C4 6 C7
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1- A4 - A7, A8
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2+ - - B9, B10
Ch 9 Output C5 7 C9
3BSE 020 924R4101 359

Table A-63 DO810 Process Connections (Continued)
TU810 TU812
Process TU830/TU833
Connection Terminal
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2- A5 - A9, A10
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2+ - - B11, B12
Ch 11 Output C6 8 C11
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2- A6 - A11, A12
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2+ - - B13, B14
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2- A7 - A13, A14
Ch 15/ Ch16, L2+ - - B15, B16
Ch 15/Ch16, L2- A8 - A15, A16
+24 V d.c. L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2)
0 V d.c. L2- 12, 25 L2- (2)
360 3BSE 020 924R4101

Figure A-85 shows the process connections for the Digital Output Module DO810
when installed on a TU830/TU833 Extended MTU.
DO810 TU830/TU833 Process
6.3 A
L1+ +24V
Supervise L1+
Fuse L1- 0V
L1-
L1+ B1,B2 L1+
O1 C1 Ch1
O2 C2 Ch2
L1- A1,A2 L1-
L1+ B3,B4 L1+
O3 C3 Ch3
O4 C4 Ch4
L1- A3,A4 L1-
L1+ B5,A6 L1+
O5 C5 Ch5
O6 C6 Ch6
L1- A5,A6 L1-
L1+ B7,B8 L1+
O7 C7 Ch7
O8 C8 Ch8
L1- A7,A8 L1-
L2+ B9,B10 L2+
O9 C9 Ch9
O 10 C10 Ch10
L2- A9,A10 L2-
L2+ B11,B12 L2+
O 11 C11 Ch11
O 12 C12 Ch12
L2- A11,A12 L2-
L2+ B13,B14 L2+
O 13 C13 Ch13
O 14 C14 Ch14
L2- A13,A14 L2-
L2+ B15,A16 L2+
O 15 C15 Ch15
O 16 C16 Ch16
L2- A15,A16 L2-
6.3 A
L2+ +24V
Supervise L2+
Fuse L2- 0V
EM L2-
Figure A-85 DO810 with TU830/TU833 Extended MTU Process Connections
3BSE 020 924R4101 361

Figure A-86 shows the process connections for the DO810 when installed on a
DO810 TU810 Process

(or TU814)
L1+ +24V
Supervise L1+
L1- 0V
L1+
O1 C1 Ch1
O2 B1 Ch2
L1- A1 L1-
L1+
O3 C2 Ch3
O4 B2 Ch4
L1- A2 L1-
L1+
O5 C3 Ch5
O6 B3 Ch6
L1- A3 L1-
L1+
O7 C4 Ch7
O8 B4 Ch8
L1- A4 L1-
L2+
O9 C5 Ch9
O 10 B5 Ch10
L2- A5 L2-
L2+
O 11 C6 Ch11
O 12 B6 Ch12
L2- A6 L2-
L2+
O 13 C7 Ch13
O 14 B7 Ch14
L2- A7 L2-
L2+
O 15 C8 Ch15
O 16 B8 Ch16
L2- A8 L2-
L2+ +24V
Supervise L2+
L2- 0V
EM
Figure A-86 DO810 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections
362 3BSE 020 924R4101

DO810 TU812
+24V UP1 1 1
Supervise
UP1 14 14
0V ZP1 2 2
L1+
O1 ZP1 15 15
O2
L1- Ch1 S1 3 3
L1+ Ch2 S2 16 16
O3
O4 Ch3 S3 4 4
L1-
Ch4 S4 17 17
L1+
O5 Ch5 S5 5 5
O6
L1- Ch6 S6 18 18
Process
L1+ Ch7 S7 6 6
O7 Connection
O8 Ch8 S8 19 19
L1-
L2+ Ch9 S9 7 7
O9 Ch10 S10 20 20
O 10
L2- Ch11 S11 8 8
L2+
Ch12 S12 21 21
O 11
O 12 Ch13 S13 9 9
L2-
L2+ Ch14 S14 22 22
O 13 Ch15 S15 10 10
O 14
L2- Ch16 S16 23 23
L2+
O 15 +24V UP2 11 11
O 16
L2- UP2 24 24
0V ZP2 12 12
Supervise
ZP2 25 25
EM EM 13 13
Figure A-87 DO810 with TU812 Compact MTU Process Connections
3BSE 020 924R4101 363

DO814 Digital Output Module 24 V, 0.5 A, Current Sinking Appendix A Specifications
A.31 DO814 Digital Output Module 24 V, 0.5 A, Current

Sinking
A.31.0.1 Features
16 channels for 24 V d.c. current sinking outputs
F
2 isolated groups of 8 channels with process R
voltage supervision W
O

3
error detection 4
Short-circuit protection to ground and 30 V 5

6
Over-voltage and over-temperature protection 7
8
EMC protection 9
10
DIN rail mounting.
11
12
13
14
The DO814 is a 16 channel 24 V digital output module 15
with current sinking for the S800 I/O. The output 16
voltage range is 10 to 30 volt and the maximum

DO814
continuous current sinking is 0.5 A. The outputs are 24V, 0.5A
protected against short circuits and over temperature.
The outputs are divided into two individually isolated
groups with eight output channels and one voltage
supervision input in each group.
Each output channel consists of a short circuit and over temperature protected low
side switch, EMC protection components, inductive load suppression, output state
364 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications DO814 Digital Output Module 24 V, 0.5 A, Current Sinking
in Init state or Not Configured state. In Not configured state the FAULT LED is
turned off after the first valid access to the module. The OSP LED indicates that the
module is in the OSP state and that the outputs are set to their OSP values.
values are written.
is inactive and POWOK signals is active. The BLOCK signal is deactivated when
the module lock mechanism is in the locked position. The POWOK comes from the
ModuleBus master after power is applied.
outputs are overloaded the output current sinking will be limited. This means that
the power dissipation in the output stage will increase and the output will shutdown
if the temperature in the output stage increases above 150 C (302 F). The output
will switch on again automatically as the component temperature has decreased to
about 140 C (284 F).
Compact MTU has terminals for 24 V output power connection, but requires
external terminals for distribution of 24 V power supply to the devices. The TU812
Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to the process.
TU838 provide a fuse (3 A max.) per two channels or process power output.
3BSE 020 924R4101 365

DO814
Feature
Number of channels 16 (2 x 8) current sinking
Type of output Transistor current sinking,
current limited
(131/104F)(2)
timer
(RIV=50 V)
TU838
MTU keying code BE
protected)
366 3BSE 020 924R4101

DO814
Feature
Width 45 mm (1.77)
connector
Height 119 mm (4.7)
vertical DIN rail.
3BSE 020 924R4101 367


BIC GROUP 1 X2
24V SUPER- OUTPUT

VISION Current Sinking-
ERROR 1-8 DRIVERS UP1 24V
FAULT
RUN U1
CH 1 O1
WARNING
X1 OSP U2
Process Connector
+5VI MBI-1 CH 2 O2
. .
+5V
RESET
ASIC .
. .
POWER-OK . U8
Modulebus Connector
0V CH 8 O8
DAT+
ZP1
DAT- RS-485
CLK+
GROUP 2
CLK- RS-485
24V SUPER- OUTPUT
POS0-6 VISION Current Sinking-
BLOCK ERROR 9-16 DRIVERS UP2 24V
U9-16
8 CH 9-16 8 O 9-16
EEPROM / /
ZP2
368 3BSE 020 924R4101

Table A-65 DO814 Process Connection
TU812
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
Connector (1)
+24 V d.c. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2) L1+ (2)
0 V d.c. L1- 2, 15 L1- (2) L1- (2)
Ch 1/Ch 2, L1+ - - B1, B2 A1 (F1)
Ch 1 Output C1 3 C1 B1
Ch 2 Output B1 16 C2 B2
Ch 1/Ch 2, L1- A1 - A1, A2 A2
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+ - - B3, B4 A3 (F2)
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1- A2 - A3, A4 A4
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+ - - B5, B6 A5 (F3)
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1- A3 - A5, A6 A6
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+ - - B7, B8 A7 (F4)
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1- A4 - A7, A8 A8
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2+ - - B9, B10 A9 (F5)
3BSE 020 924R4101 369

Table A-65 DO814 Process Connection (Continued)
TU812
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
Connector (1)
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2- A5 - A9, A10 A10
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2+ - - B11, B12 A11 (F6)
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2- A6 - A11, A12 A12
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2+ - - B13, B14 A13 (F7)
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2- A7 - A13, A14 A14
Ch 15/ Ch16, L2+ - - B15, B16 A15 (F8)
Ch 15/Ch16, L2- A8 - A15, A16 A16
+24 V d.c. L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2) L2+ (2)
0 V d.c. L2- 12, 25 L2- (2) L2- (2)
370 3BSE 020 924R4101

6.3 A
L1+ +24V
Supervise L1+
Fuse L1- 0V
L1-
L1+ B1,B2 L1+
O1 C1 Ch1
O2 C2 Ch2
L1- A1,A2 L1-
L1+ B3,B4 L1+
O3 C3 Ch3
O4 C4 Ch4
L1- A3,A4 L1-
L1+ B5,A6 L1+
O5 C5 Ch5
O6 C6 Ch6
L1- A5,A6 L1-
L1+ B7,B8 L1+
O7 C7 Ch7
O8 C8 Ch8
L1- A7,A8 L1-
L2+ B9,B10 L2+
O9 C9 Ch9
O 10 C10 Ch10
L2- A9,A10 L2-
L2+ B11,B12 L2+
O 11 C11 Ch11
O 12 C12 Ch12
L2- A11,A12 L2-
L2+ B13,B14 L2+
O 13 C13 Ch13
O 14 C14 Ch14
L2- A13,A14 L2-
L2+ B15,A16 L2+
O 15 C15 Ch15
O 16 C16 Ch16
L2- A15,A16 L2-
6.3 A
L2+ +24V
Supervise L2+
Fuse L2- 0V
EM L2-
3BSE 020 924R4101 371

(current sinking) when installed on a TU838 Extended MTU.
DO814 TU838 Process
L1+ +24V
Supervise L1+
L1- 0V
L1-
L1+ F1 L1+
A1
O1 B1 Ch1
O2 B2 Ch2
L1- A2 L1-
L1+ F2
A3 L1+
O3 B3 Ch3
O4 B4 Ch4
L1- A4 L1-
F3
L1+ A5 L1+
O5 B5 Ch5
O6 B6 Ch6
L1- A6 L1-
L1+ F4
A7 L1+
O7 B7 Ch7
O8 B8 Ch8
L1- A8 L1-
L2+ F5
A9 L2+
O9 B9 Ch9
O 10 B10 Ch10
L2- A10 L2-
F6
L2+ A11 L2+
O 11 B11 Ch11
O 12 B12 Ch12
L2- A12 L2-
F7
L2+ A13 L2+
O 13 B13 Ch13
O 14 B14 Ch14
L2- A14 L2-
F8
L2+ A15 L2+
O 15 B15 Ch15
O 16 B16 Ch16
L2- A16 L2-
L2+ +24V
Supervise L2+
L2- 0V
EM L2-
Figure A-89 DO814 with TU838 Extended MTU Process Connections
372 3BSE 020 924R4101

DO814 TU810 Process

(or TU814)
24V Power Supply
L1+ +24V
Supervise L1+
L1- 0V
L1+
O1 C1 Ch1
O2 B1 Ch2
L1- A1 L1-
L1+
O3 C2 Ch3
O4 B2 Ch4
L1- A2 L1-
L1+
O5 C3 Ch5
O6 B3 Ch6
L1- A3 L1-
L1+
O7 C4 Ch7
O8 B4 Ch8
L1- A4 L1-
L2+
O9 C5 Ch9
O 10 B5 Ch10
L2- A5 L2-
L2+
O 11 C6 Ch11
O 12 B6 Ch12
L2- A6 L2-
L2+
O 13 C7 Ch13
O 14 B7 Ch14
L2- A7 L2-
L2+
O 15 C8 Ch15
O 16 B8 Ch16
L2- A8 L2-
L2+ +24V
Supervise L2+ 24V Power
L2- 0V Supply
EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 373

DO814 TU812
+24V UP1 1 1
Supervise
UP1 14 14
0V ZP1 2 2
L1+
O1 ZP1 15 15
O2
L1- Ch1 S1 3 3
L1+ Ch2 S2 16 16
O3
O4 Ch3 S3 4 4
L1-
Ch4 S4 17 17
L1+
O5 Ch5 S5 5 5
O6
L1- Ch6 S6 18 18
Process
L1+ Ch7 S7 6 6
O7 Connection
O8 Ch8 S8 19 19
L1-
L2+ Ch9 S9 7 7
O9 Ch10 S10 20 20
O 10
L2- Ch11 S11 8 8
L2+
Ch12 S12 21 21
O 11
O 12 Ch13 S13 9 9
L2-
L2+ Ch14 S14 22 22
O 13 Ch15 S15 10 10
O 14
L2- Ch16 S16 23 23
L2+
O 15 +24V UP2 11 11
O 16
L2- UP2 24 24
0V ZP2 12 12
Supervise
ZP2 25 25
EM EM 13 13
374 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications DO815 Digital Output Module 24 V, 2 A, Current Sourcing
A.32 DO815 Digital Output Module 24 V, 2 A, Current

Sourcing
A.32.0.1 Features
F
2 isolated groups of 4 channels with under R
voltage detection W
O
communication error 1F
2
Output status indicators and a channel wise error 2F
flag 3
3F
Short-circuit protection to ground and positive
4
supply 4F
Over load protection 5

5F
Open load and short-circuit detection 6
6F
Two output fault operation modes: 7
Automatic reset mode and Fault latching mode 7F
8
Inductive load driving capability 8F
Filament lamp load up to 10W DO815

24V, 2A
EMC protection
DIN rail mounting.
Also in a G3 compliant version.
The DO815 is a 8 channel 24 V digital output module for the S800 I/O. The output
voltage range is 10 to 30 volt and the maximum continuous output current is
2 A @ 24 V. The outputs are protected against short circuits, and over load. The
outputs are divided into two individually isolated groups with four output channels
in each group.
3BSE 020 924R4101 375

DO815 Digital Output Module 24 V, 2 A, Current Sourcing Appendix A Specifications
Each output channel consists of a short circuit and over load protected high side
driver with open load detection (on active signal), EMC protection components,
inductive load suppression, output status indication LEDs and optical isolation
barrier.
Four LEDs indicate module status; Fault (Red), Run (Green), Warning (Yellow)
and OSP (Yellow). One LED (Yellow) per channel (8) indicate output state (On = 1
and Off = 0). The output fault diagnostic function, that is, short circuit, over load,
under voltage and open load detection, activities a channel wise Error input and
Fault LED (1F - 8F) (Red). The error signal can be read via the ModuleBus. The
RUN LED indicates normal operation and the WARNING LED indicates if any
Error input is active.
The FAULT LED indicates that the module is in Init state or Not Configured state.
the module. The OSP LED indicates that the module is in the OSP state and that the
outputs are set to their OSP values.
The driver outputs provide a free-wheel diode to demagnetize inductive loads. No
external demagnetization arrangement is required up to loads of 1J.
DO815 outputs are able to drive filament lamp loads up to 10W, but only in
Automatic reset mode.
change the outputs the module first has to leave OSP state. When reentering
values are written.
376 3BSE 020 924R4101

DO815 provides two protection operation modes. Each channel can be configured
to operate in one of the two modes.
1. Automatic reset mode (Default mode): The fault condition will disappear, then
the fault disappears and the operation is resumed.
2. Fault latching mode (This mode in not applicable in all controllers): The output
is switched off by any of the faultconditions. The fault latch remains in fault
condition until reset by temporarily setting the automatic reset mode.
The output drivers are current limited and protected against over load. If an output
has a short circuit to ground the output current will be limited and the driver will
shutdown in order to minimize the power dissipation. In the automatic reset mode
the output will switch on again automatically after a defined time interval. If the
short circuit condition is still present, the output is turned of again, otherwise the
normal operation is resumed. In the fault latching mode the output remains off until
the fault condition is not valid and the reset of the fault latch is activated. If any
output is shutdown due to fault condition the indication LED (Yellow) on that
channel remains on if the channel is activated.The output status of the channel can
be read from the module.
Four different types of MTUs can be used, TU830 Extended MTU and TU810,
TU812 or TU814 Compact MTU have terminals for 24 V output power connection
and terminals for the output channels. With use of TU812 the current per group is
limited to 5 A.
3BSE 020 924R4101 377

DO815
Feature
Type of output High side driver,
current limited
Process voltage (L+)
Normal 24 V d.c.
Range 10 - 32 V d.c.
On-state output voltage drop Max. 0.5 V
Load current, maximum 2 A @ 24 V,
2,5 A @ 30 V
Total permissible current of outputs per Max. 6 A
group
Short circuit current Max. 4 A
Open load detection current(1) < 6 mA
Leakage current, maximum Max. 500 A
Filament lamp load Max. 10W
only in Automatic reset mode
Inductive load switch off energy Max. 1J
Output signal delay Max. 0.2 ms
Switching frequency resistive load Max. 200 Hz
Switching frequency inductive load Max. 2.5 Hz
Current consumption +5 V 120 mA, 150 mA max.
378 3BSE 020 924R4101

DO815
Feature
Power dissipation (2) 4 W @ 24 V
(131/104F)(3)
Output Set as Predetermined (OSP) 256 (4), 512, 1024 ms
timer
(RIV=50 V)
Module termination units TU810, TU812(5), TU814 or TU830
MTU keying code AA
protected)
Width 45 mm (1.77)
connector
Height 119 mm (4.7)
(1) On active signal
vertical DIN rail.
(4) 256 ms are used for Master. Set by the user for MOD.
(5) Current per group is limited to 5 A.
3BSE 020 924R4101 379


BIC GROUP 1 X2
CH 1-4 F 1-4
OUTPUT-
ERR. DRIVERS L1+
FAULT 4 1-4
RUN / L1+
O1
Fault Mode Control

WARNING
CH 1
OSP L1+
MBI-1 CH 2 O2
X1
Process Connector
.
+5VI ASIC . .
CH 4 .
RESET
+5V
L1+
ModuleBus Connector
POWER-OK CTR O4
4 1-4
0V /
L1-
DAT
DAT-N RS-485
GROUP 2
POS0-9 CH 5-8 F 5-8

OUTPUT-
BLOCK ERR. DRIVERS L2+
4
/ 5-8
Fault Mode
L2+
Contol
CH
4 5-8 4
EEPROM / O 5-8
/
4 CTR
/ L2-
5-8
380 3BSE 020 924R4101

TU810
Process TU812 TU830/TU833
(or TU814)
Terminal
+24 V d.c. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2)
0 V d.c. L1- 2, 15 L1- (2)
Ch 1/ L1+ - - B1, B2
Ch 1 Output C1, B1 3, 16 C1, C2
Ch 1/L1- A1 - A1, A2
Ch 2/L1+ - - B3, B4
Ch 2 Output C2, B2 4, 17 C3
Ch 2/, L1- A2 - A3, A4
Ch 3/ L1+ - - B5, B6
Ch 3Output C3, B3 5, 18 C5
Ch 3/ L1- A3 - A5, A6
Ch 4/ L1+ - - B7, B8
Ch 4/ L1- A4 - A7, A8
Ch 5/ L2+ - - B9, B10
Ch 5/ L2- A5 - A9, A10
Ch 6/ L2+ - - B11, B12
Ch 6 Output C6, B6 8, 21 C11
Ch 6/ L2- A6 - A11, A12
3BSE 020 924R4101 381

TU810
Process TU812 TU830/TU833
(or TU814)
Terminal
Ch 7/ L2+ - - B13, B14
Ch 7 Output C7, B7 9, 22 C13
Ch 7/ L2- A7 - A13, A14
Ch 8/ L2+ - - B15, B16
Ch 8 Output C8, B8 10, 23 C15
Ch 8/ L2- A8 - A15, A16
+24 V d.c. L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2)
0 V d.c. L2- 12, 25 L2- (2)
382 3BSE 020 924R4101

6.3 A
L1+ +24V
L1+
Fuse L1- 0V
L1-
L1+ B1,B2 L1+
C1 Ch1
O1 C2
L1- A1,A2 L1-
L1+ B3,B4 L1+
C3 Ch2
O2 C4
L1- A3,A4 L1-
L1+ B5,A6 L1+
C5 Ch3
O3 C6
L1- A5,A6 L1-
L1+ B7,B8 L1+
C7 Ch4
O4 C8
L1- A7,A8 L1-
L2+ B9,B10 L2+
C9 Ch5
O5 C10
L2- A9,A10 L2-
L2+ B11,B12 L2+
C11 Ch6
O6 C12
L2- A11,A12 L2-
L2+ B13,B14 L2+
C13 Ch7
O7 C14
L2- A13,A14 L2-
L2+ B15,A16 L2+
C15 Ch8
O8 C16
L2- A15,A16 L2-
6.3 A
L2+ +24V
L2+
Fuse L2- 0V
EM L2-
3BSE 020 924R4101 383

TU812
DO815
+24V UP1 1 1
UP1 14 14
0V ZP1 2 2
L1+
ZP1 15 15
O1
L1- Ch1 S1 3 3
L1+ Ch1 S2 16 16
O2 Ch2 S3 4 4
L1-
Ch2 S4 17 17
L1+
Ch3 S5 5 5
O3
L1- Ch3 S6 18 18
Process
L1+ Ch4 S7 6 6 Connection
O4 Ch4 S8 19 19
L1-
Ch5 S9 7 7
L2+
Ch5 S10 20 20
O5
L2- Ch6 S11 8 8
L2+ Ch6 S12 21 21
O6 Ch7 S13 9 9
L2-
Ch7 S14 22 22
L2+
Ch8 S15 10 10
O7
L2- Ch8 S16 23 23
L2+
+24V UP2 11 11
O8
UP2 24 24
L2-
0V ZP2 12 12
ZP2 25 25
EM EM 13 13
384 3BSE 020 924R4101

DO815 TU810 Process

(or TU814)
L1+ +24V
L1- 0V
L1+
C1 Ch1
O1 B1
L1- A1 L1-
L1+
C2 Ch2
O2 B2
L1- A2 L1-
L1+
C3 Ch3
O3 B3
L1- A3 L1-
L1+
C4 Ch4
O4 B4
L1- A4 L1-
L2+
C5 Ch5
O5 B5
L2- A5 L2-
L2+
C6 Ch6
O6 B6
L2- A6 L2-
L2+
C7 Ch7
O7 B7
L2- A7
L2+
C8 Ch8
O8 B8
L2- A8 L2-
L2+ +24V
L2- 0V
EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 385

DO820 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Open Appendix A Specifications
A.33 DO820 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Open
A.33.0.1 Features
8 channels for 230 V a.c./d.c. relay Normal Open
(NO) outputs F
R
8 isolated channels W
O
2
error detection
EMC protection 3
Also in a G3 compliant version. 5
6
The DO820 is an 8 channel 230 V a.c./d.c. relay (NO) 7
output module for the S800 I/O. The maximum output
8
voltage is 250 V a.c./d.c. and the maximum continuous
output current is 3 A. All outputs are individually
isolated. DO820
NO 24 - 250V
Each output channel consists of optical isolation
barrier, output state indication LED, relay driver, relay
and EMC protection components.
indicates if any error is active. The FAULT LED indicates that the module is in Init
state or Not Configured state. In Not Configured state the FAULT LED is turned off
after the first valid access to the module. The OSP LED indicates that the module is
in the OSP state and that the outputs are set to their OSP values.
ModuleBus, gives an error signal if the voltage disappears, and the Warning LED
386 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications DO820 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Open
turns on. The error signal can be read via the ModuleBus. This supervision can be
enabled/disabled with a parameter.
good value sent.
values are written.
Four different types of MTUs can be used. The TU831 Extended MTU and TU811
Compact MTU enables two wire connection to the devices without additional
terminals. The extended MTUs, TU836, provides an individual fuse (3 A max.) per
channel on the load outlet terminals. The extended MTUs, TU837, provides an
individual fuse (3 A max.) per channel. Outputs can be individually isolated or
grouped by bridging. Signal return terminals are provided in two groups of four
terminals.
3BSE 020 924R4101 387

DO820
Feature
Type of output Relay (NO)
Voltage range 5 - 250 V a.c./d.c.
Max. make current 30 A, 200ms, L/R >10 ms
Max break power a.c. 720 VA @ power factor > 0.4,
d.c.40 W L/R < 40 ms
maximum
Electrical >1 x 106
(1)
(131/104F)(2)
Output Set as Predetermined (OSP) 256 (3), 512, 1024 ms
timer
388 3BSE 020 924R4101

DO820
Feature
(RIV=250 V)
MTU keying code AD
protected)
Width 45 mm (1.77)
connector
Height 119 mm (4.7)
vertical DIN rail.
(3) 256 ms are used for Master. Set by the user for MOD.
3BSE 020 924R4101 389


+24V
12V
0V-24V 24V
X2
FAULT
RUN
ModuleBus Connector
WARNING
12V SUPER-
OSP VISION
ERROR 1-8
O 1.1
+5VI
+5V
Process Connector
RESET
MBI-1 CH 1 O 1.2
POWER-OK
ASIC
0V O 2.1
DAT CH 2 O 2.2
DAT-N RS-485
POS0-9 . .
. .
BLOCK .
.
O 8.1
EEPROM CH 8 O 8.2
390 3BSE 020 924R4101

Process TU811 TU831 TU836 TU837

Connection Terminal Terminal Terminal Terminal
Ch 1.1 Output B1 B1 11 (fused) B1
Ch 1.2 Output A1 A1 12 A1 (fused)
Ch 2.1 Output C2 B2 21 (fused) B2
Process Power - - L1, N1 N1, N1, 11,
Source 1 12, 13, 14
Process Power - - L2, N2 N2, N2, 25,
Source 2 26, 27, 28
3BSE 020 924R4101 391

DO820 TU831 Process
5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.
O 1.1 B1 Ch1.1
O 1.2 A1 Ch1.2
O 2.1 B2 Ch2.1
O 2.2 A2 Ch2.2
O 3.1 B3 Ch3.1
O 3.2 A3 Ch3.2
O 4.1 B4 Ch4.1
O 4.2 A4 Ch4.2
O 5.1 B5 Ch5.1 5 - 250V

O 5.2 A5 Ch5.2 a.c/d.c.
O 6.1 B6 Ch6.1
O 6.2 A6 Ch6.2
O 7.1 B7 Ch7.1
O 7.2 A7 Ch7.2
O 8.1 B8 Ch8.1
O 8.2 A8 Ch8.2
EM
392 3BSE 020 924R4101

5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.
O 1.1 B1 Ch1.1
O 1.2 A1 Ch1.2
O 2.1 C2 Ch2.1
O 2.2 A2 Ch2.2
O 3.1 B3 Ch3.1
O 3.2 A3 Ch3.2
O 4.1 C4 Ch4.1
O 4.2 A4 Ch4.2
O 5.1 B5 Ch5.1
A5 Ch5.2 5 - 250V
O 5.2
a.c/d.c.
O 6.1 C6 Ch6.1
O 6.2 A6 Ch6.2
O 7.1 B7 Ch7.1
O 7.2 A7 Ch7.2
O 8.1 C8 Ch8.1
O 8.2 A8 Ch8.2
EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 393

TU836 Extended MTU.
DO820 TU836 Process

L1
L1 5 - 250V
N1 a.c/d.c.
N1
3.15A
O 1.1 11 Ch1.1
O 1.2 12 Ch1.2
3.15A
O 2.1 21 Ch2.1
O 2.2 22 Ch2.2
3.15A
O 3.1 31 Ch3.1
O 3.2 32 Ch3.2
3.15A
O 4.1 41 Ch4.1
O 4.2 42 Ch4.2
3.15A
O 5.1 51 Ch5.1
O 5.2 52 Ch5.2
3.15A
O 6.1 61 Ch6.1
O 6.2 62 Ch6.2
3.15A
O 7.1 71 Ch7.1
O 7.2 72 Ch7.2
3.15A
O 8.1 81 Ch8.1
O 8.2 82 Ch8.2
L2
L2 5 - 250V
N2 a.c/d.c.
EM N2
394 3BSE 020 924R4101

TU837 Extended MTU.
DO820 TU837 Process

ZP1 N1 0-250V
N1 a.c./d.c.
11
12
13
14
O 1.1 B1 Ch1.1
O 1.2 A1
3.15A
O 2.1 B2 Ch2.1
O 2.2 A2
3.15A
O 3.1 B3 Ch3.1
O 3.2 A3 Ch3.2
3.15A 0-250V
a.c./d.c.
O 4.1 B4 Ch4.1
O 4.2 A4 Ch4.2
3.15A 0-250V
a.c./d.c.
O 5.1 B5
O 5.2 A5
3.15A
O 6.1 B6
O 6.2 A6
3.15A
O 7.1 B7 Ch7.1
O 7.2 A7 Ch7.2
3.15A 0-250V
a.c./d.c.
O 8.1 B8 Ch8.1
O 8.2 A8 Ch8.2
3.15A 25 0-250V
26 a.c./d.c.
27
28
N2
ZP2 N2
EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 395

DO821 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Closed Appendix A Specifications
A.34 DO821 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Closed
A.34.0.1 Features
8 channels for 230 V a.c./d.c. relay Normal
Closed (NC) outputs F
R Remove field power
before replacement
8 isolated channels W
O
2
error detection
EMC protection 3
5
6
The DO821 is an 8 channel 230 V a.c./d.c. relay
(NC) output module for the S800 I/O. The 7
maximum output voltage is 250 V a.c. and the
maximum continuous output current is 3 A. All 8
outputs are individually isolated.
Each output channel consists of optical isolation DO821
NC 24 - 250V
barrier, output state indication LED, relay driver,
relay and EMC protection components.
Caution
Four LEDs indicate module status Fault (Red), Run Since the module has normally closed
(Green), Warning (Yellow) and OSP (Yellow). One relay contacts the field power must be
removed before replacement.
LED (Yellow) per channel (8) indicate output state
(On = 1 and Off = 0). The RUN LED indicates
normal operation and the WARNING LED indicates if any error is active. The
FAULT LED indicates that the module is in Init state or Not Configured state. In
Not Configured state the FAULT LED is turned off after the first valid access to the
module. The OSP LED indicates that the module is in the OSP state and that the
396 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications DO821 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Closed
ModuleBus, gives an error signal if the voltage disappears, and the Warning LED
turns on. The error signal can be read via the ModuleBus. This supervision can be
enabled/disabled with a parameter.
good value sent.
values are written.
Four different types of MTUs can be used. The TU831 Extended MTU and TU811
Compact MTU enables two wire connection to the devices without additional
terminals. The extended MTU, TU836, provides an individual fuse (3 A max.) per
channel on the load outlet terminals. The extended MTU, TU837 provides an
individual fuse (3 A max.) per channel. Outputs can be individually isolated or
grouped by bridging. Signal return terminals are provided in two groups of four
terminals.
3BSE 020 924R4101 397

DO821
Feature
Type of output Relay (NC)
Voltage range 5 - 250 V a.c./d.c.
Max. make current 30 A, 200ms, L/R >10 ms
Max break power a.c. 720 VA @ power factor > 0.4,
d.c. 40 W L/R < 40 ms
maximum
Electrical >1 x 106
(1)
(131/104F)(2)
timer
398 3BSE 020 924R4101

DO821
Feature
(RIV=250 V)
MTU keying code CA
protected)
Width 45 mm (1.77)
connector
Height 119 mm (4.7)
vertical DIN rail.
3BSE 020 924R4101 399


+24V
12V
0V-24V 24V
X2
FAULT
RUN
WARNING
12V SUPER-
OSP VISION
ModuleBus Connector
ERROR 1-8
O 1.1
+5VI
Process Connector
RESET
+5V O 1.2
MBI-1 CH 1
POWER-OK ASIC
0V O 2.1
DAT CH 2 O 2.2
DAT-N RS-485
POS0-9 . .
. .
BLOCK . .
O 8.1
EEPROM CH 8 O 8.2
400 3BSE 020 924R4101

Process TU811 TU831 TU836 TU837

Connection Terminal Terminal Terminal Terminal
Process Power - - L1, N1 N1, N1, 11, 12,
Source 1 13, 14
Process Power - - L2, N2 N2, N2, 25, 26,
Source 2 27, 28
3BSE 020 924R4101 401

DO821 TU831 Process
5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.
O 1.1 B1 Ch1.1
O 1.2 A1 Ch1.2
O 2.1 B2 Ch2.1
O 2.2 A2 Ch2.2
O 3.1 B3 Ch3.1
O 3.2 A3 Ch3.2
O 4.1 B4 Ch4.1
O 4.2 A4 Ch4.2
O 5.1 B5 Ch5.1 5 - 250V

O 5.2 A5 Ch5.2
a.c/d.c.
O 6.1 B6 Ch6.1
O 6.2 A6 Ch6.2
O 7.1 B7 Ch7.1
O 7.2 A7 Ch7.2
O 8.1 B8 Ch8.1
O 8.2 A8 Ch8.2
EM
402 3BSE 020 924R4101

5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.
O 1.1 B1 Ch1.1
O 1.2 A1 Ch1.2
O 2.1 C2 Ch2.1
O 2.2 A2 Ch2.2
O 3.1 B3 Ch3.1
O 3.2 A3 Ch3.2
O 4.1 C4 Ch4.1
O 4.2 A4 Ch4.2
O 5.1 B5 Ch5.1
A5 Ch5.2 5 - 250V
O 5.2
a.c/d.c.
O 6.1 C6 Ch6.1
O 6.2 A6 Ch6.2
O 7.1 B7 Ch7.1
O 7.2 A7 Ch7.2
O 8.1 C8 Ch8.1
O 8.2 A8 Ch8.2
EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 403

TU836 Extended MTU.
DO821 TU836 Process

L1
L1 5 - 250V
N1 a.c/d.c.
N1
3.15A
O 1.1 11 Ch1.1
O 1.2 12 Ch1.2
3.15A
O 2.1 21 Ch2.1
O 2.2 22 Ch2.2
3.15A
O 3.1 31 Ch3.1
O 3.2 32 Ch3.2
3.15A
O 4.1 41 Ch4.1
O 4.2 42 Ch4.2
3.15A
O 5.1 51 Ch5.1
O 5.2 52 Ch5.2
3.15A
O 6.1 61 Ch6.1
O 6.2 62 Ch6.2
3.15A
O 7.1 71 Ch7.1
O 7.2 72 Ch7.2
3.15A
O 8.1 81 Ch8.1
O 8.2 82 Ch8.2
L2
L2 5 - 250V
N2 a.c/d.c.
EM N2
404 3BSE 020 924R4101

TU837 Extended MTU.
DO821 TU837 Process

ZP1 N1 230V
N1
O 1.1 B1 Ch1.1
O 1.2 A1 Ch1.2
3.15A
11
O 2.1 B2 Ch2.1
O 2.2 A2 Ch2.2
3.15A 12 Bridging
O 3.1 B3 Ch3.1
O 3.2 A3 Ch3.2
3.15A
13
O 4.1 B4 Ch4.1
O 4.2 A4 Ch4.2
3.15A 14
230V
O 5.1 B5 Ch5.1
O 5.2 A5 Ch5.2
3.15A 25
O 6.1 B6 Ch6.1
O 6.2 A6 Ch6.2
3.15A 26 Bridging
O 7.1 B7 Ch7.1
O 7.2 A7 Ch7.2
3.15A 27
O 8.1 B8 Ch8.1
O 8.2 A8 Ch8.2
3.15A 230V
28
N2 230V
ZP2 N2
EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 405

DO840 Digital Output Module Appendix A Specifications
A.35 DO840 Digital Output Module
A.35.0.1 Features
16 channels for 24 V d.c. current sourcing outputs F
R
2 isolated groups of 8 channels with process W
voltage supervision O

error detection
Redundant or single applications
Current limited and over-temperature protection
EMC protection
DIN rail mounting.
The DO840 is a 16 channel 24 V digital output module
for single or redundant application. This module has
16 digital outputs. The maximum continuous output DO840
24V, 0.5A
current per channel is 0.5 A. The outputs are current
limited and protected against over temperature. The
outputs are divided into two groups with eight output
channels and one voltage supervision input in each group.
Each output channel consists of a current limited and over temperature protected
high side driver, EMC protection components, inductive load suppression, output
state indication LED and optical isolation barrier.
OSP (Yellow). One LED (Yellow/Red) per channel (16) indicate output state
(On = 1 = Yellow, Off = 0 and Error = Red). The RUN LED indicates normal
operation and the WARNING LED indicates if there is error on active channels.
The FAULT LED indicates that the module is in Init state or Not Configured state.
406 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications DO840 Digital Output Module
the module. The OSP LED indicates that the module is in the OSP state and that the
External channel error is reported if process power is low and channel has over load.
Internal channel error is reported if output driver or main power switch has failed.
Module error is reported if internal power has failed or if internal communication
link between the modules in redundant applications has failed.
The pulse tests inverts all outputs for the group for < 1ms in intervals of 100 ms.
That will give a short pulse < 1ms on the output. The pulse tests can be
enable/disable by parameter.
values are written.
In redundant applications both modules must have the OSP-conditions fulfilled to
go to OSP.
The outputs can be set in two different modes for handling of over load, automatic
reset or latch on fault mode.
outputs are overloaded the output current will be limited. In automatic reset mode
the power dissipation in the output stage will increase and the output will shutdown
if the temperature in the output stage increases above 150 C (302 F). The output
3BSE 020 924R4101 407

will switch on again automatically as the component temperature has decreased to

about 140 C (284 F). In Latch on Fault mode the outputs will switch off and stay
so until the overload has disappeared and the fault is acknowledged. If any output is
shutdown due to overload the indication LED on that channel is also switched to
red.
Four different types of MTUs can be used for single applications. TU830 Extended
MTU and TU810 (or TU814). The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin
(male) connector for connection to the process.
408 3BSE 020 924R4101

DO840
Feature
limited
Voltage range 19.2 - 32 V d.c.
Maximum continuos load current total 4A @ <40C
per module 2A @ <55C
On-state voltage drop <0.3 V
Current consumption external 24 V (no 200 mA
external load)
(131/104F)(2)
timer
(RIV=50 V)
Mounting termination units TU810, TU812, TU814, TU830, TU842
or TU843
3BSE 020 924R4101 409

DO840
Feature
MTU keying code CE
protected)
Width 45 mm (1.77)
connector
Height 119 mm (4.7)
(1) Power dissipation is calculated with 24 V and 4 A total load.
vertical DIN rail.
410 3BSE 020 924R4101

FAULT
RUN-N
WARN-N
OSP
MSL OUT MSL_txd
MSL IN MSL_rxd1
UP1 UP2 MBI
FPGA
OUT1-8 DO Circuits CH1-8
OUT9-16 DO Circuits
CH9-16
UP1 UP2
EM ZP
3BSE 020 924R4101 411

TU812
TU810 TU842
Process D-Sub 25 TU830/TU833
(or TU814) TU843
Connection male Terminal
Terminal Terminal
Connector(1)
+24 V d.c. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2) L1+
0 V d.c. L1- 2, 15 L1- (2) L1-
Ch 1/Ch 2, L1+ - - B1, B2 -
Ch 1 Output C1 3 C1 C1
Ch 2 Output B1 16 C2 C2
Ch 1/Ch 2, L1- A1 - A1, A2 A1, A2
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+ - - B3, B4 -
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1- A2 - A3, A4 A3, A3
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+ - - B5, B6 -
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1- A3 - A5, A6 A5, A6
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+ - - B7, B8 -
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1- A4 - A7, A8 A7, A8
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2+ - - B9, B10 -
412 3BSE 020 924R4101

TU812
TU810 TU842
(or TU814) TU843
Terminal Terminal
Connector(1)
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2- A5 - A9, A10 A9, A10
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2+ - - B11, B12 -
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2- A6 - A11, A12 A11, A12
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2+ - - B13, B14 -
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2- A7 - A13, A14 A13, A14
Ch 15/ Ch16, L2+ - - B15, B16 -
Ch 15/Ch16, L2- A8 - A15, A16 A15, A16
+24 V d.c. L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2) L2+
0 V d.c. L2- 12, 25 L2- (2) L2-
3BSE 020 924R4101 413

6.3 A
L1+ +24V
Supervise L1+
Fuse L1- 0V
L1-
L1+ B1,B2 L1+
O1 C1 Ch1
O2 C2 Ch2
L1- A1,A2 L1-
L1+ B3,B4 L1+
O3 C3 Ch3
O4 C4 Ch4
L1- A3,A4 L1-
L1+ B5,A6 L1+
O5 C5 Ch5
O6 C6 Ch6
L1- A5,A6 L1-
L1+ B7,B8 L1+
O7 C7 Ch7
O8 C8 Ch8
L1- A7,A8 L1-
L2+ B9,B10 L2+
O9 C9 Ch9
O 10 C10 Ch10
L2- A9,A10 L2-
L2+ B11,B12 L2+
O 11 C11 Ch11
O 12 C12 Ch12
L2- A11,A12 L2-
L2+ B13,B14 L2+
O 13 C13 Ch13
O 14 C14 Ch14
L2- A13,A14 L2-
L2+ B15,A16 L2+
O 15 C15 Ch15
O 16 C16 Ch16
L2- A15,A16 L2-
6.3 A
L2+ +24V
Supervise L2+
Fuse L2- 0V
EM L2-
414 3BSE 020 924R4101

DO840 TU810 Process

(or TU814)
L1+ +24V
Supervise L1+
L1- 0V
L1+
O1 C1 Ch1
O2 B1 Ch2
L1- A1 L1-
L1+
O3 C2 Ch3
O4 B2 Ch4
L1- A2 L1-
L1+
O5 C3 Ch5
O6 B3 Ch6
L1- A3 L1-
L1+
O7 C4 Ch7
O8 B4 Ch8
L1- A4 L1-
L2+
O9 C5 Ch9
O 10 B5 Ch10
L2- A5 L2-
L2+
O 11 C6 Ch11
O 12 B6 Ch12
L2- A6 L2-
L2+
O 13 C7 Ch13
O 14 B7 Ch14
L2- A7 L2-
L2+
O 15 C8 Ch15
O 16 B8 Ch16
L2- A8 L2-
L2+ +24V
Supervise L2+
L2- 0V
EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 415

DO840 TU812
+24V UP1 1 1
Supervise
UP1 14 14
0V ZP1 2 2
L1+
O1 ZP1 15 15
O2
L1- Ch1 S1 3 3
L1+ Ch2 S2 16 16
O3
O4 Ch3 S3 4 4
L1-
Ch4 S4 17 17
L1+
O5 Ch5 S5 5 5
O6
L1- Ch6 S6 18 18
Process
L1+ Ch7 S7 6 6
O7 Connection
O8 Ch8 S8 19 19
L1-
L2+ Ch9 S9 7 7
O9 Ch10 S10 20 20
O 10
L2- Ch11 S11 8 8
L2+
Ch12 S12 21 21
O 11
O 12 Ch13 S13 9 9
L2-
L2+ Ch14 S14 22 22
O 13 Ch15 S15 10 10
O 14
L2- Ch16 S16 23 23
L2+
O 15 +24V UP2 11 11
O 16
L2- UP2 24 24
0V ZP2 12 12
Supervise
ZP2 25 25
EM EM 13 13
416 3BSE 020 924R4101

L1+ +24V
Supervise L1+
L1- 0V
L1-
O1 C1 Ch1
O2 C2 Ch2
L1- A1,A2 L1-
O3 C3 Ch3
O4 C4 Ch4
L1- A3,A4 L1-
O5 C5 Ch5
O6 C6 Ch6
L1- A5,A6 L1-
O7 C7 Ch7
O8 C8 Ch8
L1- A7,A8 L1-
O9 C9 Ch9
O 10 C10 Ch10
L2- A9,A10 L2-
O 11 C11 Ch11
O 12 C12 Ch12
L2- A11,A12 L2-
O 13 C13 Ch13
O 14 C14 Ch14
L2- A13,A14 L2-
O 15 C15 Ch15
O 16 C16 Ch16
L2- A15,A16 L2-
L2+ +24V
Supervise L2+
L2- 0V
EM L2-
DO840
Supervise
O1
O2
L1-
---
O 15
O 16
L2-
Supervise
EM
Figure A-106 DO840 with TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU Process Connections
3BSE 020 924R4101 417

DO880 High Integrity Digital Output Module Appendix A Specifications
A.36 DO880 High Integrity Digital Output Module
A.36.0.1 Features
in one isolated group.
Process voltage supervision.
Loop monitoring, supervision of short and open
load with configurable limits (see table Table A-74).
Diagnostic of output switches without pulsing on
outputs.
Output status indicators (activated/error).
Error detection.
Redundant or single configuration.
Current limitation at short and over-temperature
protection of switches.
Fault tolerance of 1 (as defined in EN 61508) for
output drivers. For ND and CC systems, outputs can
still be controlled with error on output drivers.
EMC protection.
DIN rail mounting.
Certified for SIL3 according to EN 61508.
Normally Energized (NE) high demand and low demand
Normally De-energized (ND), low demand
Continuos Control (CC)
Certified for AK6 according to DIN V 19250/DIN V VDE 0801-AK6.
Certified for Category 4 according to EN954-1.
418 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications DO880 High Integrity Digital Output Module
The DO880 is a 16 channel 24 V digital output module for single or redundant
application. The maximum continuous output current per channel is 0.5 A. The
outputs are current limited and protected against over temperature.
Each output channel consists of a current limited and over temperature protected
high side driver, EMC protection components, inductive load suppression, output
state indication LED and an isolation barrier to the Modulebus.
The outputs can be set in two different modes for handling of over load, automatic
reset when overload/short is removed or manual reset by operator (forcing output
off and on).
The outputs are current protected and protected against over temperature. If load
increases above 0,6A, the output will be switched off and an external channel error
reported.
Four different types of MTUs can be used for single configuration. TU830 Extended
MTU and TU810 (or TU814). The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin
(male) connector for connection to the process.
For redundant configuration there are two types of MTUs, TU842 for mounting on a
Self-diagnostic Functions
The module cyclically performs comprehensive self-diagnostic. Detected failures
are grouped and reported as described below:
Errors in External power supply and detected field loop fault will be reported
as External error.
Errors in circuits only affecting specific channels on the module (short circuits,
open circuits, stuck-at faults) will be reported as Internal channel error.
Errors in internal power supplies, Errors in micro controller, FPGA and
Memory will be reported as Module Error.
(Yellow):
3BSE 020 924R4101 419

The WARNING LED indicates external errors or internal channel errors.
420 3BSE 020 924R4101

Table A-74 DO880 High Integrity Digital Output Module Specifications
DO880
Feature
limited
Voltage range 19.2 - 32 V
Maximum continuos load current total 8A @ <40C
per module 4A @ <60C
Short circuit current, maximum See Figure A-107
Leakage current, maximum <100 A
Loop monitoring Configurable for loop resistance from
50 to 2 k dependent of configuration
and mode of operation
De-energized safe voltage at fault <5 V
De-energized safe current at fault <35 mA
On-state voltage drop <0.8 V
Current consumption ModuleBus 24 V 55 mA (max)
Current consumption +24 V (field 10 mA + channel output current
supply)
Power dissipation 5.6 W (0,5 A x 16 channels)
Maximum ambient temperature 55/40C (131/104F)
3BSE 020 924R4101 421

Table A-74 DO880 High Integrity Digital Output Module Specifications

(Continued)
DO880
Feature
Process voltage supervision 16 (1 per channel)
Isolation Yes
TU843
MTU keying code FE
Propagation delay Modulebus output 10 ms max
protected)
Width 45 mm (1.77)
connector
Height 119 mm (4.7)
422 3BSE 020 924R4101

40
35
30
25 Redundant
20
15 Singel
10
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 1 3 5 7 <20 ms
Figure A-107 Short circuit current, worst case
The short circuit current is dependent on the power supply and the cable resistance.
A configuration with a power supply with very low internal resistance and a very
low cable resistance represents the worst case.
3BSE 020 924R4101 423

FS FPGA R
W
SHUNT F
CH1 MUX
CH1
CH16
MCU
MUX
CH16
SHUNT
FS 3.3V 24V
424 3BSE 020 924R4101

TU812
TU810 TU842
(or TU814) TU843
Terminal Terminal
Connector(1)
+24 V d.c. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2) L1+
0 V d.c. L1- 2, 15 L1- (2) L1-
Ch 1/Ch 2, L1+ - - B1, B2 -
Ch 1/Ch 2, L1- A1 - A1, A2 A1, A2
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+ - - B3, B4 -
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1- A2 - A3, A4 A3, A3
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+ - - B5, B6 -
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1- A3 - A5, A6 A5, A6
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+ - - B7, B8 -
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1- A4 - A7, A8 A7, A8
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2+ - - B9, B10 -
3BSE 020 924R4101 425

TU812
TU810 TU842
(or TU814) TU843
Terminal Terminal
Connector(1)
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2- A5 - A9, A10 A9, A10
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2+ - - B11, B12 -
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2- A6 - A11, A12 A11, A12
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2+ - - B13, B14 -
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2- A7 - A13, A14 A13, A14
Ch 15/ Ch16, L2+ - - B15, B16 -
Ch 15/Ch16, L2- A8 - A15, A16 A15, A16
+24 V d.c. L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2) L2+
0 V d.c. L2- 12, 25 L2- (2) L2-
426 3BSE 020 924R4101

Figure A-108 shows the process connections for the High Integrity Digital Output
Module DO880 when installed on a TU830/TU833 Extended MTU.
6.3 A
L1+ +24V
L1+
Fuse L1- 0V
L1-
L1+ B1,B2 L1+
O1 C1 Ch1
O2 C2 Ch2
L1- A1,A2 L1-
L1+ B3,B4 L1+
O3 C3 Ch3
O4 C4 Ch4
L1- A3,A4 L1-
L1+ B5,A6 L1+
O5 C5 Ch5
O6 C6 Ch6
L1- A5,A6 L1-
L1+ B7,B8 L1+
O7 C7 Ch7
O8 C8 Ch8
L1- A7,A8 L1-
L2+ B9,B10 L2+
O9 C9 Ch9
O 10 C10 Ch10
L2- A9,A10 L2-
L2+ B11,B12 L2+
O 11 C11 Ch11
O 12 C12 Ch12
L2- A11,A12 L2-
L2+ B13,B14 L2+
O 13 C13 Ch13
O 14 C14 Ch14
L2- A13,A14 L2-
L2+ B15,A16 L2+
O 15 C15 Ch15
O 16 C16 Ch16
L2- A15,A16 L2-
6.3 A
L2+ +24V
Supervise L2+
Fuse L2- 0V
EM L2-
3BSE 020 924R4101 427

Module DO880 when installed on a TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU.
DO880 TU810 Process

(or TU814)
L1+ +24V
L1+
L1- 0V
L1+
O1 C1 Ch1
O2 B1 Ch2
L1- A1 L1-
L1+
O3 C2 Ch3
O4 B2 Ch4
L1- A2 L1-
L1+
O5 C3 Ch5
O6 B3 Ch6
L1- A3 L1-
L1+
O7 C4 Ch7
O8 B4 Ch8
L1- A4 L1-
L2+
O9 C5 Ch9
O 10 B5 Ch10
L2- A5 L2-
L2+
O 11 C6 Ch11
O 12 B6 Ch12
L2- A6 L2-
L2+
O 13 C7 Ch13
O 14 B7 Ch14
L2- A7 L2-
L2+
O 15 C8 Ch15
O 16 B8 Ch16
L2- A8 L2-
L2+ +24V
Supervise L2+
L2- 0V
EM
428 3BSE 020 924R4101

Module DO880 when installed on a TU812 Compact MTU.
DO880 TU812
+24V UP1 1 1
UP1 14 14
0V ZP1 2 2
L1+
O1 ZP1 15 15
O2
L1- Ch1 S1 3 3
L1+ Ch2 S2 16 16
O3
O4 Ch3 S3 4 4
L1-
Ch4 S4 17 17
L1+
O5 Ch5 S5 5 5
O6
L1- Ch6 S6 18 18
Process
L1+ Ch7 S7 6 6
O7 Connection
O8 Ch8 S8 19 19
L1-
L2+ Ch9 S9 7 7
O9 Ch10 S10 20 20
O 10
L2- Ch11 S11 8 8
L2+
Ch12 S12 21 21
O 11
O 12 Ch13 S13 9 9
L2-
L2+ Ch14 S14 22 22
O 13 Ch15 S15 10 10
O 14
L2- Ch16 S16 23 23
L2+
O 15 +24V UP2 11 11
O 16
L2- UP2 24 24
0V ZP2 12 12
Supervise
ZP2 25 25
EM EM 13 13
3BSE 020 924R4101 429

Module DO880 when installed on a TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU.
L1+ +24V
L1+
L1- 0V
L1-
O1 C1 Ch1
O2 C2 Ch2
L1- A1,A2 L1-
O3 C3 Ch3
O4 C4 Ch4
L1- A3,A4 L1-
O5 C5 Ch5
O6 C6 Ch6
L1- A5,A6 L1-
O7 C7 Ch7
O8 C8 Ch8
L1- A7,A8 L1-
O9 C9 Ch9
O 10 C10 Ch10
L2- A9,A10 L2-
O 11 C11 Ch11
O 12 C12 Ch12
L2- A11,A12 L2-
O 13 C13 Ch13
O 14 C14 Ch14
L2- A13,A14 L2-
O 15 C15 Ch15
O 16 C16 Ch16
L2- A15,A16 L2-
L2+ +24V
Supervise L2+
L2- 0V
EM L2-
DO880
O1
O2
L1-
---
O 15
O 16
L2-
Supervise
EM
Figure A-111 DO880 with TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU Process Connections
430 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications DP820 Incremental Pulse Counter Module
A.37 DP820 Incremental Pulse Counter Module
A.37.0.1 Features
Two channels F
R
Interface for RS422, 5 V, 12 V, 24 V and 13 mA W
O
transducer signal levels
PX1
Simultaneous pulse count and frequency UP1
measurement ST1
DI1
Pulse count (length/position) by accumulation in a
SY1
bidirectional 29 bit counter DO1
Frequency (speed) measurement 0.25 Hz - 1.5 MHz TP1
UL1
EMC protection PX2
UP2
DIN rail mounting. ST2
DI2
A.37.0.2 Description SY2
DO2
The DP820 module consists of two identical independent TP2
channels. Each channel can be used for independent UL2
pulse count (length/position) and frequency (speed)
measurement. DP820
A.37.0.3 Transducer Connection

Each channel has four inputs (A, B, ST and DI) and one output (DO). The input
signals A and B are used as pulse inputs. The input signals ST and DI is used for
synchronizing, sampling and gated count purposes.
The balanced inputs A, B and ST can be connected to pulse transducers with RS422,
5 V, 12 V, 24 V and 13 mA signal levels if an extended MTU is used (TU830).
Adaption to different signal levels is made by using different terminals on the MTU
(see section about process connection).
Only pulse transducers with RS422, 5 V and 13 mA signal levels can be used if an
compact MTU is used (TU810, TU812 or TU814).
3BSE 020 924R4101 431

DP820 Incremental Pulse Counter Module Appendix A Specifications
The unipolar input (DI) is intended for 24 V unipolar signal level.

The DO output is a current limited digital output, current sourcing type,
24 V d.c., 0.5 A.
All signals are individually isolated.
All inputs have overvoltage protection. A maximum voltage of 30 V can be
connected without any damages.
Shielded twisted pair cables with characteristic impedance=100 (+/- 25%) ohm shall
be used for connection of transducers with RS422/5 V /13 mA signals.
Input Filter
Each DP820 input has a configurable input filter (see Technical Data). Notice the
following restrictions for selection of filters for inputs A or B:
The 1s filter shall always be used when 12 V and 24 V inputs are used.
Unfiltered inputs can be used if RS422/+5 V /13 mA inputs are used, but cables
between transducers and the DP820 module must then be separated from other
cables to avoid that extra pulses occur due to EMI.
A.37.0.4 Pulse Encoding

The following different methods for pulse encoding are supported by DP820:
Input A is used for counting up, input B is used for counting down, u/d.
Input A is used for pulse counting, input B is used to determine count direction,
c/d, B=0: down, B=1: up.
Input A and B is used for a quadrature encoded signals. Multiplication factors
x 1, x 2 and x 4 can be specified. Count direction is determined by A and B
phase shift:
: ... 00 10 11 01 00 10 ...
: ... 11 10 00 01 11 10 ...
432 3BSE 020 924R4101

A
B
PULSE 4 3 2
0 -1 0 1 2 3
COUNT
Figure A-112 Up/Down Pulse Mode
B
PULSE 4 3 2
0 -1 0 1 2 3
COUNT
Figure A-113 Count/Direction Mode
B
PULSE 4 3 2 1 0
0 1 2 3
COUNT
UP DOWN
Figure A-114 Quadrature Mode, #1 (Count on Pos. Edge Input A)
3BSE 020 924R4101 433

B
PULSE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 6 5 4 -1
0 3 2 1 0
COUNT
UP DOWN
Figure A-115 Quadrature Mode, #2 (Count on Pos. Edge and

Neg. Edge Input A)
B
PULSE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 13121110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 -1 -2 -3
0
COUNT
UP DOWN
Figure A-116 Quadrature Mode, #4 (Count on Pos. Edge and

Neg. Edge Input A and Input B)
A.37.0.5 Pulse Count (Length/Position) Measurement

Pulse count is done by pulse accumulation in a 29-bit (28bit + sign) bidirectional
pulse counter. The pulse counter value is normally continuously loaded into the
pulse register (see block diagram).
A pulse count sample condition can be specified by the user. When a sample
condition is fulfilled is the value in the pulse register freezed. The value in the
pulse register will remain freezed until a freeze disable command is received from
the controller. The pulse accumulation in the pulse counter continues during the
time when the pulse register is frozen.
434 3BSE 020 924R4101

The value of the pulse register (that is, actual pulse count value or freezed value)
is read by the CPU, and transferred to the controller.
The pulse counter is synchronized (that is, set to zero) if a user selectable
synchronization condition is fulfilled.
A comparator is used to compare the value of the pulse counter with the content of
the compare register. The value of the compare register is specified by the user. A
coincidence occur when a equal condition is detected by the comparator.
The coincidence function can be used to control the digital output signal (DO), as
pulse count sample condition, as synchronization condition and as frequency sample
condition (see below).
The pulse counter has overflow detection.
A.37.0.6 Gated Count Mode

In gated count mode the pulse counter only counts when the gate is active. The gate
is controlled by the DI input. The gate can be controlled in two different ways:
The DI input is level sensitive, that is, the counter only counts when DI = high.
The DI input is edge sensitive, that is, the counter starts count on a positive edge on
the DI input, stops on the next positive edge, continues on the next positive edge,
and so forth.
Level sensitive
DI
Counter 0
Value 1 2 3 4 5
Edge sensitive
DI
Counter
Value 0 1 2 3 4 5
Figure A-117 Gated Count Mode in Two different Ways
3BSE 020 924R4101 435

Synchronization and sample conditions which uses the DI signal as part of the
condition can not be used in gated count mode.
A.37.0.7 Frequency (speed) Measurement.

The frequency measurement function consists of two counters, that is, the SX and
SR counters (see block diagram). The SX counter is used to count number of pulses
(Sx) from the unknown input frequency. The SR counter is used to count the
number of pulses (Sr) from a reference frequency source with frequency FREF. The
frequency value (Fx) is calculated as:
Fx = FREF x Sx / Sr
The SX counter is implemented by a 24 bit up/down counter (23 bit + sign). The SR
counter is implemented by a 24 bit up-counter.
The SX and SR counters accumulates pulses during a measurement period. The
measurement period can be determined in two different ways (user selectable):
By a measurement interval timer.
By the coincidence comparator function.
With the first method is a measurement interval for each channel defined by the user
in increments of 1 ms from 1 to 2.700 ms. By changing the measurement interval
the user can select a suitable filter time (integration time) with respect to the
applications requirements.
With the second method is the measure interval controlled by the coincidence
function, that is, a measurement interval is started when a coincidence is detected.
Next coincidence terminates the measurement interval, and starts a new
measurement interval.
At the end of each measurement period are the SX and SR registers is updated with
the value of the SX and SR counters. The CPU reads the content in the SX and SR
registers and calculates a frequency value.
It is possible to synchronize frequency measurements between the two channels,
that is, the measurement period from one of the channels is then used by both
channels.
A frequency sample condition can be specified by the user. When a sample
condition is fulfilled is the value in the SX and SR registers freezed. The value in
436 3BSE 020 924R4101

the SX and SR registers will remain freezed until a freeze disable command is
received from the controller. The pulse accumulation in the SX and SR counters
continues during the time when the SX and SR registers is frozen
The reference counter (SR) has a overflow detection function. The SR overflow will
be activated if no incoming pulses has been detected during 4.3 s. When the CPU
detects SR overflow, is the frequency value set to zero.
A.37.0.8 Digital Output

The digital output function can be configured in four different ways:
1. The digital output DO is activated when coincidence occur, and inactivated
after a configurable pulse-length (1ms - 65535 ms).
2. The digital output DO is activated when DOVALUE =1, and inactivated after a
configurable pulse-length (1ms - 65535 ms). The function is retriggable.
3. The digital output DO is activated when DOVALUE=1, and deactivated
DOVALUE=0.
4. The digital output DO is activated when coincidence occur and the DOVALUE
=1, and inactivated when DOVALUE=0.
DO DOTIME, 1ms - 65535 ms

1.
COINC
2. DO DOTIME, 1ms - 65535 ms
DOVALUE=1
3. DO
DOVALUE=1 DOVALUE=0
4. DO
COINC and DOVALUE=1 DOVALUE=0
Figure A-118 Configuration of Digital Output Function
3BSE 020 924R4101 437

A.37.0.9 OSP Function

The digital outputs will be set to a predetermined value if the OSP-watchdog timer
expires or if the SetOSPState command is received. The watchdog timer is re-
enters the OSP state.
The function in OSP state, and when reentering the operational state, will be
different depending on how the DO function is configured (see Digital Output 1 - 4
above):
1. Function in OSP state: No more pulses will be activated as long as the module
remains in OSP state. The DO pulse is always completed if the OSP-state is
entered during an active DO pulse (this is, the pulse width is always in
accordance with the DOTIME value).
Function when reentering operational state: The coincidence function has to be
enabled before normal DO function will start.
2. Function in OSP state: Same as in 1. above. Function when reentering
operational state: A new DO-pulse will be started as soon as a modulebus
frame with DOVALUE=1 is received.
3. Function in OSP state: The digital outputs are set to their OSP values which
can be configured as a predefined value or to use last good value sent.
Function when reentering operational state: The outputs keeps the OSP value
until a modulebus frame with a new DOVALUE value is received.
4. Same as 3.
438 3BSE 020 924R4101

A.37.0.10 LED Indicators

For description about the LED-indicators with comments see Table A-76
Table A-76 Description of LED-Indicators
Name Name Color Comments

PX1 PX2 Yellow Activated on each pulse on A or B input
(>0.5s flash)
UP1 UP2 Yellow Activated when count direction = up
ST1 ST2 Yellow Activated on each pulse on ST input
(>0.5s flash)
DI1 DI2 Yellow Activated on each pulse on DI input
(>0.5s flash)
SY1 SY2 Yellow Activated on PSX counter sync. (>0.5s flash)
DO1 DO2 Yellow Activated when DO is activated (>0.5s flash)
TP1 TP2 Green Transducer power OK
3BSE 020 924R4101 439

Table A-77 DP820 Incremental Pulse Counter Module Specifications
DP820
Feature
Digital Pulse Counter
Power Supply voltage 24 V d.c.
(12 to 32 V d.c.)
Max non-destructive voltage on inputs 30 V d.c.
A, B, ST or DI
Maximum field cable length 200 m
Cable type Shielded, twisted pair
Characteristic impedance 100 (+/- 25%) ohm
Configurable input filters
Input A and B Unfiltered or 1 s
Input ST 1 s or 1 ms
Input DI 1 ms or 5 ms
Max input frequency / Min pulse width,
input A and B
RS422/+5 V /13 mA - range
Filter = unfiltered
Pulse encoding = u/d or c/d 1.5 MHz / 333 ns
Pulse encoding = quadrature 750 kHz / 667 ns
Filter = 1 s
Pulse encoding = u/d or c/d 200 kHz / 2.5 s
Pulse encoding = quadrature 100 kHz / 5 s
12 V - range (only TU830)
Filter = unfiltered Not allowed
Filter = 1 s
440 3BSE 020 924R4101

Table A-77 DP820 Incremental Pulse Counter Module Specifications (Continued)
DP820
Feature
Filter = unfiltered Not allowed
Filter = 1 s
Max. input frequency/Min. pulse width,
input ST
All voltage ranges
Filter = 1 s 200 kHz / 2.5 s
Filter = 1 ms 1 kHz / 500 s
Max. input frequency/Min. pulse width,
input DI
Filter = 1 s 1 kHz / 500 s
Filter = 1 ms 0.1 kHz / 5 s
Input impedance, A, B and ST -inputs
RS422/+5 V /13 mA - range 100 (1) characteristic impedance
12 V - range (only TU830) 1 k
24 V - range (only TU830) 2 k
Input impedance, DI - input 2.5 k
3BSE 020 924R4101 441

DP820
Feature
Input signal voltage range
Input A, B, ST
RS422/+5 V /13 mA - range
1 2.5 V to 30 V
0 -30 V to 1.0 V
(2)
12 V - range (external resistance)
1 8 V to 30 V
0 -30 V to 2.0 V
(3)
1 15 V to 30 V
0 -30 V to 5.0 V
Input DI
1 15 V to 30 V
0 -30 V to 5.0 V
Digital output, max. load current 0.5 A
Digital output, max. short circuit current 2.4 A
Digital output, max. leakage current 10 A
Digital output, max. output impedance 0.4
Max. frequency measurement error
Relative error [260/(MEASTIMEx in ms)] ppm
Absolute error (Temperature drift [(260/(MEASTIMEx in ms)) +100] ppm
included)
DP820 current consumption, +5 V 120 mA
(131/104F)(4)
442 3BSE 020 924R4101

DP820
Feature
timer
Isolation Individually isolated channels
Mounting termination units TU810, TU812, TU814, TU830 or
TU833
MTU keying code CB
protected)
Width 45 mm (1.77)
connector
Height 119 mm (4.7)
(1) Load 20 mA at 5 V, 8 mA at 2.5 V
(2) With TU830 external resistor 1.8 k, see Figure A-122.
With TU810, TU814 external resistor ca 920 , see Figure A-119.
(3) With external resistor also TU810, TU814
External resistor 1.8 k, see Figure A-119.
vertical DIN rail.
3BSE 020 924R4101 443

A.37.0.12 Block Diagram DP820
FAULT
RUN
X1 WARNING X2
CHANNEL1 (FPGA) L1+
TP1
+5VI PULSE COUNT
COUNT CA+_1
+5V A1
RESET
PULSE PULSE CA-_1

MODULEBUS CONNECTOR
DIR
POWER-OK REGISTER COUNTER VA_11, VA_12
0V
CB+_1
MBI2 COMPARE COINC COINC B1
PULSE CB-_1
REGISTER COMP
PROCESS CONNECTOR
DAT+ DECO- VB_11, VB_12
(MODULE DER CST+_1
DAT- RS485 FREQUENCY
BUS COUNT ST1 CST-_1
CLK+ COMM.) SX SX DIR
REGISTER COUNTER VST_11, VST_12
CLK- RS485 DI1 DI_1
POS0-6 SR SR Fref
BLOCK REGISTER COUNTER DO1 DO_1
CHANNEL2 (FPGA) CA+_2

A2 CA-_2
OSP PULSE COUNT
COUNT VA_21, VA_22
PX1 PX2 PULSE PULSE DIR
REGISTER COUNTER CB+_2
UP1 UP2 CPU B2 CB-_2
ST1 ST2 COMPARE COINC COINC VB_21, VB_22
REGISTER COMP PULSE CST+_2
DI1 DI2 (CONTROL DECO- ST2
DER CST-_2
OF MODULE FREQUENCY VST_21, VST_22
SY1 SY2 BUS COMM.) COUNT
SX SX DIR DI2 DI_2
DO1 DO2 REGISTER COUNTER
(FREQUENCY DO_2
TP1 TP2 CALC.) DO2
SR SR Fref
UL1 UL2 REGISTER COUNTER TP2 L2+
444 3BSE 020 924R4101

Table A-78 DP820 Process Connections
TU810 TU812
Process TU830/TU833
(or TU814) D-Sub 25 Male
Connection Terminal
+24 V d.c. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2)
0 V d.c. (ZP) L1- 2, 15 L1- (2)
Ch1, CA+ C1 3 C1
Ch1, CA- B1 16 C2
Ch1, VA_1 - - B1
Ch1, VA_2 - - B2
Ch1, Zp A1 - A1, A2
Ch1, CB+ C2 4 C3
Ch1, CB- B2 17 C4
Ch1, VB_1 - - B3
Ch1, VB_2 - - B4
Ch1, Zp A2 - A3, A4
Ch1, CST+ C3 5 C5
Ch1, CST- B3 18 C6
Ch1, VST_1 - - B5
Ch1, VST_2 - - B6
Ch1, Zp A3 - A5, A6
Ch1, DI C4 6 C7
Ch1, DO B4 19 C8
Ch1, L1+ - - B7
3BSE 020 924R4101 445

Table A-78 DP820 Process Connections (Continued)
TU810 TU812
Process TU830/TU833
Connection Terminal
Ch1, L1+ - - B8
Ch1, Zp A4 - A7, A8
Ch2, CA+ C5 7 C9
Ch2, CA- B5 20 C10
Ch2, VA_1 - - B9
Ch2, VA_2 - - B10
Ch2, Zp A5 - A9, A10
Ch2, CB+ C6 8 C11
Ch2, CB- B6 21 C12
Ch2, VB_1 - - B11
Ch2, VB_2 - - B12
Ch2, Zp A6 - A11, A12
Ch2, CST+ C7 9 C13
Ch2, CST- B7 22 C14
Ch2, VST_1 - - B13
Ch2, VST_2 - - B14
Ch2, Zp A7 - A13, A14
Ch2, DI C8 10 C15
Ch2, DO B8 23 C16
Ch2, L2+ - - B15
Ch2, L2+ - - B16
Ch2, Zp A8 - A15, A16
446 3BSE 020 924R4101

TU810 TU812
Process TU830/TU833
Connection Terminal
+24 V d.c. L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2)
0 V d.c. (ZP) L2- 12, 25 L2- (2)
3BSE 020 924R4101 447

Figure A-119 shows the process connections for DP820 when installed on a TU810
or TU814 MTU.
PROCESS +24V L1+ TU810 or

RS422 0V +24V L1+ TU814 L1+ DP820
V+
0V 0V L1- L1-
C1 CA+_1
+ VA_11
A
- B1 CA-_1
VA_12
A1
C2 CB+_1
+ VB_11
B
- B2 CB-_1
VB_12
A2
C3 CST+_1
+ VST_11
ST
- B3 CST-_1
VST_12
A3
C4 DI_1
L1+
B4 DO_1
L1+
A4
V+ *
* 0V
C5 CA+_2
A VA_21
R
B5 CA-_2
VA_22
A5
C6 CB+_2
B VB_21
R
B6 CB-_2
VB_22
A6
C7 CST+_2
ST VST_21
R
B7 CST-_2
VST_22
A7
C8 DI_2
L2+
B8 DO_2
L2+
A8
V+ L2+
+24V L2+ L2+
0V
0V L2- L2-
EM
* R = 0 for 5 V
R = ca 920 for 12 V
R = 1.8 k for 24 V
Figure A-119 DP820 with TU810 or TU814 MTU Process Connections
448 3BSE 020 924R4101

MTU.
1 1 TU812
14 14 L1+ DP820
2 2 L1-
15 15 CA+_1
3 3 VA_11
16 16 CA-_1
VA_12
4 4 CB+_1
VB_11
17 17 CB-_1
VB_12
5 5 CST+_1
VST_11
18 18 CST-_1
VST_12
6 6 DI_1
L1+
PROCESS 19 19 DO_1
CONNECTION L1+
7 7 CA+_2
VA_21
20 20 CA-_2
VA_22
8 8 CB+_2
VB_21
21 21 CB-_2
VB_22
9 9 CST+_2
VST_21
22 22 CST-_2
VST_22
10 10 DI_2
L2+
23 23 DO_2
11 11 L2+
24 24 L2+
12 12 L2-
25 25
13 13 EM
Figure A-120 DP820 with TU812 MTU Process Connections
3BSE 020 924R4101 449

MTU, and with RS422 transducer connected to channel 1 and +5 V transducer to
channel 2.
PROCESS L1+ TU830/TU833

+24V L1+ 6.3A
L1- Fuse L1+ DP820
RS422 0V L1- L1-
C1 CA+_1
+ B1 VA_11
A A1
- C2 CA-_1
B2 VA_12
A2
+ C3 CB+_1
B3 VB_11
B A3
- C4 CB-_1
B4 VB_12
A4
C5 CST+_1
+ B5 VST_11
ST A5
- C6 CST-_1
B6 VST_12
A6
C7 DI_1
B7 L1+
A7
C8 DO_1
B8 L1+
A8
V+
5V 0V
A C9 CA+_2
B9 VA_21
A9
C10 CA-_2
B10 VA_22
A10
B C11 CB+_2
B11 VB_21
A11
C12 CB-_2
B12 VB_22
A12
C13 CST+_2
ST B13 VST_21
A13
C14 CST-_2
B14 VST_22
A14
C15 DI_2
B15 L2+
A15
C16 DO_2
B16 L2+
A16
L2+
V+ +24V L2+ 6.3A L2+
0V 0V L2- Fuse L2-
L2- EM
Figure A-121 DP820 with TU830 MTU Process Connections and with Transducer
Connections
450 3BSE 020 924R4101

MTU, and with +24 V transducer connected to channel 1 and +12 V transducer to
channel 2.
PROCESS L1+ TU830/TU833

+24V L1+ 6.3A
L1- Fuse L1+ DP820
24V 0V L1- L1-
C1 CA+_1
A B1 VA_11
A1
C2 CA-_1
B2 VA_12
A2
C3 CB+_1
B B3 VB_11
A3
C4 CB-_1
B4 VB_12
A4
C5 CST+_1
ST B5 VST_11
A5
C6 CST-_1
B6 VST_12
A6
C7 DI_1
B7 L1+
A7
C8 DO_1
B8 L1+
A8
12V
C9 CA+_2
A B9 VA_21
A9
1.8k C10 CA-_2
B10 VA_22
A10
C11 CB+_2
B B11 VB_21
A11
1.8k C12 CB-_2
B12 VB_22
A12
C13 CST+_2
ST B13 VST_21
A13
1.8k C14 CST-_2
B14 VST_22
A14
C15 DI_2
B15 L2+
A15
C16 DO_2
B16 L2+
A16
L2+
V+ +24V L2+ 6.3A L2+
0V L2- Fuse L2-
0V L2- EM
Figure A-122 DP820 with TU830 MTU Process Connections and Transducer
Connections
3BSE 020 924R4101 451

A.38 DP840 Incremental Pulse Counter Module
A.38.0.1 Features
8 channels F
R
The modules can be used in both single and W
redundant applications. P
1Px
Interface for NAMUR, 12 V and 24 V transducer
1F
signal levels.
2Px
Each channel can be configured for pulse count or 2F
frequency measurement. 3Px
3F
The inputs can also be read as DI signals. 4Px
Pulse count by accumulation in a 16 bit counter. 4F

5Px
Frequency (speed) measurement 0.5 Hz - 20 kHz. 5F
6Px
6F
EMC protection 7Px
7F
DIN rail mounting. 8Px
Also in a G3 compliant version. 8F

DP840
Pulse/Freq
The DP840 module consists of 8 identical independent
channels. Each channel can be used for pulse count or frequency (speed)
measurement. The inputs can also be read as DI signals.
Each channel has a configurable input filter.
The module perform self-diagnostics cyclically. Module diagnostics include among
other things:
Transmitter power supply error, power supply error (process side), short circuit
and open wire. These errors will be reported as External Channel Error.
Counter supervision. This will be reported as Internal Channel Error.
452 3BSE 020 924R4101

Error in data/address bus supervision will be reported as Module Error.

Synchronization error will be reported as Module Warning.
POWOK comes from the ModuleBus master or controller after power is applied.
Four LED indicate module status Fault (red), Run (green), Warning (yellow) and
Primary (yellow). Two LED per channel indicate input state (Px yellow) and
channel fault (F red). The Primary LED is on if the module is primary in a
redundant pair. The Px LED is on if pulse (high signal) on the input and F LED is on
if the channel is faulty.
A.38.0.3 Transducer Connection

Each channel has inputs for 12 V, 24 V and NAMUR input signals and a
configurable transducer power output. The configurable transducer power is set on
module (not channel vise) for all channels to either NAMUR, 12 V or 24V.
The module distribute the external transmitter supply to each channel. This adds a
simple connection to distribute the supply to 2 or 3-wire transmitters. The
transmitter power is supervised and current limited. The inputs can be supervised
for short circuit and open wire. The supervision can be enabled/disabled per module
(not channel vise).
The 2-wire transducers should be connected by shielded twisted pair cable.
The MTU have to be chosen with consideration to function and signal range, see
Table A-79. Type of sensor to be used is defined by parameters. The parameter set
3BSE 020 924R4101 453

the sensor power output for NAMUR sensors to 8.2 V, for 12 V sensors to 12 V and
for 24 V sensors to 24 V.
Table A-79 Function and Signal Range with Different MTUs
Redundant configuration Single configuration

MTU type Namur 12 V 24 V Namur 12 V 24 V
sensors sensors sensors sensors sensors sensors
TU810/TU812/TU814 X X
TU830 X X X
TU842/TU843 X X
TU844/TU845 X X X
The parameter for internal and external shunt shall only be set to External when
DP840 is used with TU844 or TU845.
A.38.0.4 Pulse Count Measurement

Pulse count is done by pulse accumulation in a 16 bit pulse counter. The pulse
counter value is continuously loaded into the pulse register.
The value of the pulse register (that is, actual pulse count value) is read by the CPU,
and transferred to the ModuleBus master.
A.38.0.5 Frequency (speed) Measurement.

The frequency measurement function consists of two counters, that is, the SX and
SR counters. The SX counter is used to count number of pulses (Sx) from the
unknown input frequency. The SR counter is used to count the number of pulses
(Sr) from a reference frequency source with frequency FREF. The frequency value
(Fx) is calculated as:
Fx = FREF x Sx / Sr
The SX counter is implemented by a 12 bit up-counter. The SR counter is
implemented by a 20 bit up-counter.
454 3BSE 020 924R4101

The SX and SR counters accumulates pulses during a measurement period.

The measurement interval for each channel defined by the user to 10 ms, 20 ms,
50 ms or 100 ms. By changing the measurement interval the user can select a
suitable filter time (integration time) with respect to the applications requirements.
At the end of each measurement period are the SX and SR registers is updated with
the value of the SX and SR counters. The CPU reads the content in the SX and SR
registers and calculates a frequency value.
The reference counter (SR) has a overflow detection function. The SR overflow will
be activated if no incoming pulses has been detected during 3 s. When the CPU
detects SR overflow, is the frequency value set to zero.
A.38.0.6 Redundant Applications

In a redundant application one module is set to primary and one to backup. The
primary module synchronize the counter on the backup module every 10 seconds.
After start-up it will take about 30 s before the backup has been synchronized.
3BSE 020 924R4101 455

Table A-80 DP840 Incremental Pulse Counter Module Specifications
DP840
Feature
Power Supply voltage 24 V d.c.

(19.2 to 30 V d.c.)
Max non-destructive voltage on inputs 30 V d.c.
Maximum field cable length 200 m
Cable type Twisted pair(1)
Frequency range 10 s input filter: 0.5 Hz - 20 kHz

100 s input filter(2): 0.5 Hz - 5 kHz
800 s input filter(2): 0.5 Hz - 625 Hz
6400 s input filter(2): 0.5 Hz - 78 Hz
Min pulse width (1 or 0) 10 s input filter: 10 s

100 s input filter: 100 s
Input thresholds, NAMUR Open wire: IIN< 0.1 mA

Contact open: 0.1 mA < IIN< 1.6 mA
Contact closed: 1.6 mA < IIN< 6.0 mA
Short circuit: IIN > 6.0 mA
Input thresholds, 12V / 24 V Open wire: VIN < 0.1 V

With external resistor for cable Contact open: 0.1 V < VIN < 1.6 V
supervision Contact closed: 1.6 V < VIN < 6.0 V
Short circuit: VIN > 6.0 V
Input threshold, 12 V Contact open: VIN < 5.0 V

No resistors for cable supervision Contact closed: VIN > 5.0 V
Input threshold, 24 V Contact open: VIN < 8.3 V

No resistors for cable supervision Contact closed: VIN> 8.3 V
456 3BSE 020 924R4101

DP840
Feature
Maximum pulse frequency 20 kHz(3)
Hysteresis (ION - IOFF) / Input threshold: >20%

or
(VON - VOFF) / Input threshold: >20%
Input impedance NAMUR: 1 k, +/-10%

12 V range: 2.8 k, +/-10%
24 V range: 4.0 k, +/-10%
Sensor supply voltage level NAMUR: 8.2 V, +/-10%

(max. 20 mA/channel) 12 V range: 12 V +/-10%
24 V range: VL+ - (3.0 +/-1.0) V
Sensor supply current limit All ranges: <40 mA (single)

<80 mA (redundant)
Max. measurement error, frequency Max relative error(4):

measurement PRIT = 10 ms: 300 ppm
PRIT = 20 ms: 150 ppm
Max error in crystal oscillator:
120 ppm + 5 ppm/year
Max absolute error = rel. error + oscillator
error (PRIT = 10 ms, age < 16 year): 500
ppm (= 0.05%)
Min. sampling interval when used in fMAX - Maximum expected input

pulse count mode frequency: 216 x (1/fMAX)
fMAX = 20 kHz: 3.27 s
Synchronization accuracy +/-1 pulse
DP840 current consumption, +5 V 115 mA
3BSE 020 924R4101 457

DP840
Feature
External power supply consumption NAMUR = 56 + 0.5 x external load [mA]

(Internal load + external load) 12 V = 89 + 0.7 x external load [mA]
24 V = 97 + external load [mA]
External power supply 24 V d.c. (19.2 to 30 V d.c.)
Power dissipation 4W

(131/104F)(5)
Process voltage supervision 1 channel
Module termination units, single TU810, TU812, TU814, TU830, TU833

applications
Module termination units, redundant TU842/TU843 or TU844/TU845

applications
MTU keying code CF

protected)
G3 compliant version According to ISA-S71.04. Marked with Z

in the type designation.
Width 45 mm (1.77)

connector
458 3BSE 020 924R4101

DP840
Feature
Height 119 mm (4.7)
Weight 0.15 kg (0.33 lbs)

(1) Shielded cables for 2-wire transmitters
(2) Symmetric input pulse (i.e. 50% duty cycle)
(3) Input channel pulse supervision does not work with pulse frequency <2 Hz
(4) Relative error - Max difference in frequency measurement between two channels on the same
module connected to the same source.
(5) 40C (104F) applies to compact MTUs with I/O-modules.
3BSE 020 924R4101 459

A.38.0.8 Block Diagram DP840
L+ 5VP
Fault (F)
Sensor Run (R)
Power
Warning (W)
SP Primary (P)
24V Ch 1 1Px
12V 1F
NAMUR FPGA +5V
8Px
8F
Int Shunt
ModuleBus
CLK
Data
OW
SC
det
SP
24V Ch 8 MCU Block
12V
NAMUR
SYNC
SYNC DATA
460 3BSE 020 924R4101

Table A-81 DP840 Process Connections
TU812
TU810 or TU830 or TU842 or TU844 or
Process D-Sub 25
TU814 TU833 TU843 TU845
Connection Male
Terminal Terminal Terminal Terminal
Connector(1)
+24 V d.c. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2) L1+ (2) L1+ (2)
0 V d.c. L1- 2, 15 L1- (2) L1- (2) L1- (2)
I1, NAMUR C1 3 C1 C1 B2
U1 - - B1 B1 B1
ZP - - A1 A1 A1
I1, 24 V B1 16 C2 C2 -
I1, 12 V - - B2 B2 -
ZP A1 - A2 A2 A2
U2 - - B3 B3 B3
ZP - - A3 A3 A3
I2, 24 V B2 17 C4 C4 -
I2, 12 V - - B4 B4 -
ZP A2 - A4 A4 A4
U3 - - B5 B5 B5
ZP - - A5 A5 A5
I3, 24 V B3 18 C6 C6 -
I3, 12 V - - B6 B6 -
ZP A3 - A6 A6 A6
3BSE 020 924R4101 461

TU812
Process D-Sub 25
TU814 TU833 TU843 TU845
Connection Male
Connector(1)
U4 - - B7 B7 B7
ZP - - A7 A7 A7
I4, 24 V B4 19 C8 C8 -
I4, 12 V - - B8 B8 -
ZP A4 - A8 A8 A8
U5 - - B9 B9 B9
ZP - - A9 A9 A9
I5, 24 V B5 20 C10 C10 -
I5, 12 V - - B10 B10 -
ZP A5 - A10 A10 A10
I6, NAMUR C6 8 C11 C11 B12
U6 - - B11 B11 B11
ZP - - A11 A11 A11
I6, 24 V B6 21 C12 C12 -
I6, 12 V - - B12 B12 -
ZP A6 - A12 A12 A12
I7, NAMUR C7 9 C13 C13 B14
U7 - - B13 B13 B13
ZP - - A13 A13 A13
462 3BSE 020 924R4101

TU812
Process D-Sub 25
TU814 TU833 TU843 TU845
Connection Male
Connector(1)
I7, 24 V B7 22 C14 C14 -
I7, 12 V - - B14 B14 -
ZP A7 - A14 A14 A14
I8, NAMUR C8 10 C15 C15 B16
U8 - - B15 B15 B15
ZP - - A15 A15 A15
I8, 24 V B8 23 C16 C16 -
I8, 12 V - - B16 B16 -
ZP A8 - A16 A16 A16
L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2) L2+ (2) L2+ (2)
L2- 12, 25 L2- (2) L2- (2) L2- (2)
3BSE 020 924R4101 463

or TU814 MTU.
PROCESS TU810/TU814
L1+
24 V L1+ DP840
Supply L1-
C1 I1, NAMUR
24 V U1
sensor ZP
2-wire B1 I1, 24 V
I1, 12 V
A1 ZP
C2 I2, NAMUR
U2
ZP
B2 I2, 24 V
I2, 12 V
A2 ZP
C3 I3, NAMUR
U3
ZP
24 V B3 I3, 24 V
sensor I3, 12 V
3-wire A3 ZP
C4 I4, NAMUR
U4
ZP
10 k B4 I4, 24 V
I4, 12 V
33 k SC/OW A4 ZP
supervision C5 I5, NAMUR
U5
ZP
B5 I5, 24 V
I5, 12 V
A5 ZP
NAMUR C6 I6, NAMUR
sensor U6
ZP
B6 I6, 24 V
I6, 12 V
A6 ZP
C7 I7, NAMUR
U7
ZP
B7 I7, 24 V
8.2 V I7, 12 V
Supply A7 ZP
C8 I8, NAMUR
U8
ZP
Channel supervision can be B8 I8, 24 V
enabled/disabled for the I8, 12 V
module (not channel vice). A8 ZP
L2+
L2+
L2-
EM
464 3BSE 020 924R4101

MTU.
PROCESS TU812
1
24 V 14 DP840
Supply 2, 15
3 I1, NAMUR
24 V U1
sensor ZP
2-wire 16 I1, 24 V
I1, 12 V
ZP
4 I2, NAMUR
U2
ZP
17 I2, 24 V
I2, 12 V
ZP
5 I3, NAMUR
U3
ZP
24 V 18 I3, 24 V
sensor I3, 12 V
3-wire ZP
6 I4, NAMUR
U4
ZP
10 k 19 I4, 24 V
I4, 12 V
33 k SC/OW ZP
supervision 7 I5, NAMUR
U5
ZP
20 I5, 24 V
I5, 12 V
ZP
NAMUR 8 I6, NAMUR
sensor U6
ZP
21 I6, 24 V
I6, 12 V
ZP
9 I7, NAMUR
U7
ZP
22 I7, 24 V
I7, 12 V
8.2 V ZP
Supply 10 I8, NAMUR
U8
ZP
23 I8, 24 V
Channel supervision can be
I8, 12 V
enabled/disabled for the
ZP
module (not channel vice). 11
24
12, 25
13 EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 465

MTU.
PROCESS
L1+ TU830/TU833
24 V L1+ DP840
Supply L1-
L1-
C1 I1, NAMUR
24 V B1 U1
sensor A1 ZP
2-wire C2 I1, 24 V
B2 I1, 12 V
A2 ZP
C3 I2, NAMUR
B3 U2
24 V
sensor A3 ZP
3-wire C4 I2, 24 V
B4 I2, 12 V
A4 ZP
C5 I3, NAMUR
1) 12 V B5 U3
sensor A5 ZP
2-wire C6 I3, 24 V
B6 I3, 12 V
A6 ZP
1) NAMUR C7 I4, NAMUR
sensor B7 U4
A7 ZP
C8 I4, 24 V
SC/OW 2) B8 I4, 12 V
4.7 k supervision
1) A8 ZP
15 k 12 V C9 I5, NAMUR
B9 U5
A9 ZP
C10 I5, 24 V
SC/OW 2) B10 I5, 12 V
10 k supervision
1) A10 ZP
33 k 24 V C11 I6, NAMUR
B11 U6
A11 ZP
C12 I6, 24 V
B12 I6, 12 V
A12 ZP
C13 I7, NAMUR
B13 U7
1) The figure shows how to connect NAMUR, 12V, A13 ZP
24V sensors and voltage-free contact with, or C14 I7, 24 V
without, short circuit and open wire detection. But B14 I7, 12 V
notice that only one type of sensor power supply A14 ZP
can be distributed from the module at time. The C15 I8, NAMUR
sensor power can be set to either NAMUR, 12 V B15 U8
or 24 V. A15 ZP
C16 I8, 24 V
2) Notice that the NAMUR input connection always B16 I8, 12 V
must be used for 12V and 24V signal range when A16 ZP
external resistors are used to achieve short circuit/ L2+
L2+
open wire supervision.
L2-
L2-
Channel supervision can be enabled/disabled EM
for the module (not channel vice).
466 3BSE 020 924R4101

Figure A-126 shows the process connections for DP840 when installed on a TU842 or
TU843 MTU.
PROCESS TU842/TU843
L1+
24 V L1+ DP840
Supply L1-
L1-
C1 I1, NAMUR
24 V B1 U1
sensor A1,A2 ZP
2-wire C2 I1, 24 V
B2 I1, 12 V
C3 I2, NAMUR
24 V B3 U2
sensor A3,A4 ZP
3-wire C4 I2, 24 V
B4 I2, 12 V
C5 I3, NAMUR
B5 U3
1) 12 V A5,A6 ZP
sensor C6 I3, 24 V
2-wire B6 I3, 12 V
C7 I4, NAMUR
B7 U4
A7,A8 ZP
C8 I4, 24 V
B8 I4, 12 V
C9 I5, NAMUR
B9 U5
A9,A10 ZP
C10 I5, 24 V
B10 I5, 12 V
1) The figure shows how to C11 I6, NAMUR
connect NAMUR, 12V, 24V B11 U6
sensors and voltage-free A11,A12 ZP
contact. But notice that only C12 I6, 24 V
one type of sensor power B12 I6, 12 V
C13 I7, NAMUR
supply can be distributed from B13 U7
the module at time. The sensor A13,A14 ZP
power supply can be set to C14 I7, 24 V
either NAMUR, 12 V or 24 V. B14 I7, 12 V
C15 I8, NAMUR
B15 U8
A15,A16 ZP
C16 I8, 24 V
B16 I8, 12 V
L2+
L2+
L2-
L2- EM
DP840
I1, NAMUR
U1
ZP
I1, 24 V
I1, 12 V
I8, NAMUR
U8
ZP
I8, 24 V
I8, 12 V
EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 467

Figure A-127 shows the process connections for DP840 when installed on a TU844 or
TU845 MTU.
PROCESS TU844 or TU845

L1+ DP840
24 V L1+
Supply L1-
L1- Shunt
B1 sticks U1
NAMUR B2 I1, NAMUR
sensor A1,A2 ZP
B3 U2
B4 I2, NAMUR
A3,A4 ZP
B5 U3
4.7 k 12 V B6 I3, NAMUR
1) A5,A6 ZP
SC/OW
15 k B7 U4
supervision
B8 I4, NAMUR
A7,A8 ZP
10 k 24V U5
B9
1) B10 I5, NAMUR
SC/OW
33 k supervision A9,A10 ZP
B11 U6
B12 I6, NAMUR
A11,A12 ZP
B13 U7
B14 I7, NAMUR
A13,A14 ZP
B15 U8
B16 I8, NAMUR
A15,A16 ZP
1) The figure shows how to connect L2+
NAMUR, voltage-free contact L2+
with short circuit and open wire L2-
detection. But notice that only one L2- EM
type of sensor power supply can
be distributed from the module at
time. The sensor power supply DP840
can be set to either NAMUR, 12 V
or 24 V.
U1
I1, NAMUR
ZP
Channel supervision can be
enabled/disabled for the module
(not channel vice). U8
I8, NAMUR
ZP
EM
468 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications TU805 Terminal Unit
A.39 TU805 Terminal Unit
A.39.0.1 Features
Enables 2- and 3-wire
connections of process signals.
Direct mounting on the I/O
module.
Requires no extra space.
The TU805 is a 16 channel 50 V terminal unit for the S800L I/O modules DI801
and DO801. The Terminal Unit is a passive unit for distribution of external process
power.
The module has 2 x 2 connections for external power and 2 x 16 connections for
distribution.
3BSE 020 924R4101 469

TU805 Terminal Unit Appendix A Specifications
Table A-82 TU805 Compact MTU Specifications
Item Value
Process Connections 18
2 x 2 Process power terminals
2 x 16 Process power distribution
terminals
Rated maximum continuous current per 1 A
terminal
Acceptable Wire Sizes Solid: 0.2 - 1.5 mm2
Stranded: 0.2 - 1.5 mm2,
24- 16 AWG
Recommended torque
0.3 Nm
protected)
Width 85 mm (3.35)
Depth 39 mm (1.54) including connector,
30 mm (1.18) installed
Height 31,5 mm (1.24)
470 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications TU805 Terminal Unit
A.39.0.4 Block Diagram TU805
TU805 _ +
L
L
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
24 V 6
L+
7
L-
7
8
8
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
L
L
3BSE 020 924R4101 471

TU810 Compact MTU Appendix A Specifications
A.40 TU810 Compact MTU
A.40.0.1 Features
50 Volt applications - use with AI810,
AI820, AI830, AI835, AI845, AO810,
AO820, AO845, DI810, DI811,
DI814, DI830, DI831, DI840, DI880,
DI885, DO810, DO814, DO815,
DO840, DO880, DP820 and DP840
I/O modules
Compact installation of I/O modules
using one-wire connections
Up to 16 channels of field signals and
process power connections
E
F
Connections to ModuleBus and I/O
D
A
C
modules
B
E
Mechanical keying prevents insertion
F
D
A
of the wrong I/O module
C
B
Latching device to DIN rail for
grounding
DIN rail mounting.
Row C L1+ C1 2 3 4 5 6 7 C8 L2+
Row B L1+ B1 2 3 4 5 6 7 B8 L2+
The TU810 is a 16 channel 50 V compact
module termination unit (MTU) for the Row A L1- A1 2 3 4 5 6 7 A8 L2-
S800 I/O. The MTU is a passive unit used

for connection of the field wiring to the I/O
modules. It also contains a part of the
ModuleBus.
472 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications TU810 Compact MTU
The TU810 MTU can have up to 16 I/O channels and two process voltage
connections. The maximum rated voltage is 50 V and maximum rated current is 2A
per channel. Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for different
types of I/O modules.
The MTU distributes the ModuleBus to the I/O module and to the next MTU. It also
generates the correct address to the I/O module by shifting the outgoing position
signals to the next MTU.
with a screwdriver.
The process signal terminals are divided into 2 equal and individually isolated
groups. Each group consists of 8 I/O connections, one process voltage connection
and 5 common L- connections.
an operational system. Such a need can be caused by a damaged terminal screw.
3BSE 020 924R4101 473

Item Value
up to 16 I/O channels
2 x 2 Process power terminals
5 x 2 Process power 0 V
I/O channel
process voltage connection (L+)
ModuleBus:
Maximum 5 V current distribution 1.5 A
Acceptable Wire Sizes Solid: 0.2 - 4 mm2
Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2,
24 - 12 AWG
Recommended torque
0.5 - 0.6 Nm
Mechanical Keys (2) 36 different combinations
I/O Module Lock Locks module and enables operation
protected)
Width 64 mm (2.52) including connector, 58.5
mm (2.3) edge to edge installed
474 3BSE 020 924R4101

Table A-83 TU810 Compact MTU Specifications (Continued)
Item Value
Depth 64 mm (2.52) including terminals
Height 170 mm (6.7) including latch
3BSE 020 924R4101 475

A.40.0.4 Connections
Table A-84 TU810 Process Connection Screw Terminals (X1)
Position Row A Row B Row C

1 L1- L1+ L1+
2 A1 (L1-) B1 C1
3 2 (L1-) 2 2
4 3 (L1-) 3 3
5 4 (L1-) 4 4
6 5 (L2-) 5 5
7 6 (L2-) 6 6
8 7 (L2-) 7 7
9 A8 (L2-) B8 C8
10 L2- L2+ L2+
476 3BSE 020 924R4101

TU810
C B A
ModuleBus Connector I/O module
C/4 Male UP1 UP1
ZP1 ZP1
EM
I1 I1 1
I2 I 21
ZP11
BLOCK
I3 I3 2
I4 I4 2
ModuleBus Connector Metral Female
ZP12
I5 I5 3
Module Process Connector
I6 I6 3
ZP1 3
I7 I7 4
I8 I8 4
ZP1 4
I9 I9 5
I 10 I 10 5
ZP2 5
I 11 I 11 6
I 12 I 12 6
ZP2 6
I 13 I 13 7
I 14 I 14 7
ZP2 7
I 15 I 15 8
I16 I 16 8
2
2
3
/ 3
7
/
/
/
/
ZP2 8
DAT, DAT-N
+24V, 0V24
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
UP2 UP2
+5V
0V
ZP2 ZP2
ModuleBus Connector EM
R/4 Female
3BSE 020 924R4101 477

A.41.0.1 Features
250 Volt applications - use with
DI820, DI821, DO820, and DO821
I/O modules
Up to 8 isolated channels of field
signals
modules
E
F
Latching device to DIN rail for D
A
C
grounding
B
E
DIN rail mounting.
F
D
A
C
B
module termination unit (MTU) for the
S800 I/O. The MTU is a passive unit used
C 2 4 6 C8
for connection of the field wiring to the Row C
I/O modules. It also contains a part of the B1 3 5 7 B

Row B
ModuleBus.
Row A A1 2 3 4 5 6 7 A8
The TU811 MTU can have up to 8 I/O
channels. The maximum rated voltage is
250 V and maximum rated current is 3 A
per channel. Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for different types
of I/O modules.
478 3BSE 020 924R4101

with a screwdriver.
The process signal terminals has 8 individually isolated I/O channels. Each channel
has two connections.
The TU811 is primarily intended for modules with individually isolated channels.
3BSE 020 924R4101 479

Item Value
Process connections 16
(2 terminals per channel)
I/O channel
ModuleBus:
Acceptable wire sizes Solid: 0.2 - 4 mm2
Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
Recommended torque 0.5 - 0.6 Nm
Mechanical keys (2) 36 different combinations
I/O Module lock Locks module and enables operation
protected)
Depth 64 mm (2.52), including terminals
480 3BSE 020 924R4101

Position (1) Row A Row B Row C

1 NC NC NC
2 A1 B1 NC
3 2 NC C2
4 3 3 NC
5 4 NC 4
6 5 5 NC
7 6 NC 6
8 7 7 NC
9 A8 NC C8
10 NC NC NC
(1) All positions marked NC are not mounted in the connector.
3BSE 020 924R4101 481


TU811
ModuleBus Connector C B A
I/O module
C/4 Male
I 1.1 S1 1
I 1.2 S2 1
I 2.1 S3 2
EM
I 2.2 S4 2
I 3.1 S5 3
BLOCK
I 3.2 S6 3
I 4.1 S7 4
I 4.2 S8 4
I 5.1 S9 5
I 5.2 S10 5
I 6.1 S11 6
I 6.2 S12 6
I 7.1 S13 7
I 7.2 S14 7
2
2
3
/ 3
7
/
/
/
/
I 8.1 S15 8
I 8.2 S16 8
DAT, DAT-N
+24V, 0V24
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
+5V
0V
EM
ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female
482 3BSE 020 924R4101

A.42.0.1 Features
AI820, AI830, AI835, AI845, AO810,
AO820, AO845, DI810, DI811, DI814,
DI830, DI831, DI840, DI880, DI885,
DO810, DO814, DO840, DO880,
DP820 and DP840 I/O modules
using D-sub connector.
modules
E
F
D
A
C
B
E
grounding
F
D
A
C
DIN rail mounting.
B
The TU812 is a 50 V compact module
termination unit (MTU) for the S800 I/O
system with 16 signal connections. The
MTU is a passive unit used for connection of
the field wiring. It also contains a part of the
ModuleBus.
The TU812 MTU can have up to 16 I/O
signals. The maximum rated voltage is 50 V
and maximum rated current is 2A per
channel. The MTU distributes the ModuleBus to the I/O module and to the next
MTU. It also generates the correct address to the I/O module by shifting the
outgoing position signals to the next MTU.
3BSE 020 924R4101 483

with a screwdriver.
The process signal connector is a D-Sub 25 pin (male).
484 3BSE 020 924R4101

Item Value
Process connections 25 pin (male) D-Sub connector
up to 16 I/O signals
I/O channel
ModuleBus:
(earth protected)
Rated max. continuos current per 5A
process voltage connection Up/Zp.
3BSE 020 924R4101 485

Table A-88 TU812 Process Connection D-Sub Connector (X1)
Position Row A
1 UP1
2 ZP1
3 S1
4 S3
5 S5
6 S7
7 S9
8 S11
9 S13
10 S15
11 UP2
12 ZP2
13 EM
14 UP1
15 ZP1
16 S2
17 S4
18 S6
19 S8
20 S10
21 S12
22 S14
486 3BSE 020 924R4101

Table A-88 TU812 Process Connection D-Sub Connector (X1) (Continued)
Position Row A
23 S16
24 UP2
25 ZP2
3BSE 020 924R4101 487

TU812
C/4 Male
UP1 UP1 1
UP1 14
ZP1 ZP1 2
EM
ZP1 15
Ch1 S1 3
Ch2 S2 16
BLOCK
Ch3 S3 4
Ch4 S4 17
Ch5 S5 5
Ch6 S6 18
Ch7 S7 6
Ch8 S8 19
Ch9 S9 7
Ch10 S10 20
Ch11 S11 8
Ch12 S12 21
Ch13 S13 9
Ch14 S14 22
Ch15 S15 10
Ch16 S16 23
2
2
3
/ 3
/
7
/
/
/
UP2 UP2 11
UP2 24
DAT, DAT-N
+24V, 0V24
POS 0 - 6
ZP2 ZP2 12
POWOK
ZP2 25
+5V
0V
EM EM 13
ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female
488 3BSE 020 924R4101

A.43.0.1 Features
250 Volt applications - use with DI820,
DI821, DI825, DO820, DO821 and AI825
I/O modules
Up to 8 isolated channels of field signal
connections with crimped snap-in
connectors.
modules
Mechanical keying prevents insertion of
the wrong I/O module
Latching device to DIN rail for grounding
DIN rail mounting.
module termination unit (MTU) for the S800
I/O. The TU813 has three rows of crimp snap-
in connectors for field signals and process
power connections. The MTU is a passive unit
used for connection of the field wiring to the
I/O modules. It also contains a part of the
ModuleBus.
The maximum rated voltage is 250 V and
maximum rated current is 3 A per channel. Two mechanical keys are used to
configure the MTU for different types of I/O modules.
3BSE 020 924R4101 489

with a screwdriver.
The MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the I/O module in its
keeps the I/O module in its init state until it is locked in its position.
The TU813 is primarily intended for modules with individually isolated channels.
an operational system. Such a need can be caused by a damaged terminal.
Crimp terminals are provided for connection to field wiring and insertion into the 3
snap-on connectors. Once the contacts are correctly placed in the connectors, the
cable can be easily inserted and removed without future wiring errors. This
assembly function can be performed before the cables are delivered to the site.
Crimp snap in connectors are not included in TU813.
To provide protection of Hazardous Voltage all plugs must be connected.
490 3BSE 020 924R4101

Item Value
I/O channel
ModuleBus:
Acceptable wire sizes Stranded: 0.2 - 0.5 mm2, 24 - 20 AWG
attached to crimped snap-in connectors 0.5 - 1.0 mm2, 20 - 18 AWG
(3) (1) 1.5 - 2.5 mm2, 16 - 14 AWG
protected)
Insulation test voltage
Channel to EM 2300 V a.c.
Channel to Channel 1350 V a.c.
24 V modulebus to EM 500 V a.c.
3BSE 020 924R4101 491

(1) Supplied by Phoenix Contact:

Cable plug 1808890 MSTBC 2.5/8/STZF-5.08
Crimp snap in connector: 1879531 MSTBC-MT 0.2 -0.5 or
3190564 MSTBC-MT 0.5-1.0 or
3190551 MSTBC-MT 1.5-2.5
Crimping tool: 1204038 CRIMPFOX MT 2.5
Remove insulation tool: 1204384 QUICK WIREFOX 6
492 3BSE 020 924R4101


1 NC NC NC
2 A1 B1 NC
3 2 NC C2
4 3 3 NC
5 4 NC 4
6 5 5 NC
7 6 NC 6
8 7 7 NC
9 A8 NC C8
10 NC NC NC
Contact crimping tool

FE
D A for installation is not supplied.

C
B
Phoenix part - CRIMPFOX MT2.5

FE
D A
C
B
Connection is made with

removable contacts crimped
to the wires
3BSE 020 924R4101 493


TU813
ModuleBus Connector C B A
I/O module
C/4 Male
I 1.1 S1 1
I 1.2 S2 1
I 2.1 S3 2
EM
I 2.2 S4 2
I 3.1 S5 3
BLOCK
I 3.2 S6 3
I 4.1 S7 4
I 4.2 S8 4
I 5.1 S9 5
I 5.2 S10 5
I 6.1 S11 6
I 6.2 S12 6
I 7.1 S13 7
I 7.2 S14 7
2
2
3
/ 3
7
/
/
/
/
I 8.1 S15 8
I 8.2 S16 8
DAT, DAT-N
+24V, 0V24
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
+5V
0V
EM
ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female
494 3BSE 020 924R4101

A.44.0.1 Features
AI820, AI830, AI835, AI845, AO810,
AO820, AO845, DI810, DI811,
DI814, DI830, DI831, DI840, DI880,
DI885, DO810, DO814, DO815,
DO840, DO880, DP820 and DP840
I/O modules
using one-wire connections
Up to 16 channels of field signals and
process power connections with
E
F
crimped snap-in connectors D
A
C
B
modules
E
F
D
A
C
B
grounding
DIN rail mounting.
Row C
Row B
module termination unit (MTU) for the Row A
S800 I/O. The TU814 has three rows of
crimp snap-in connectors for field signals
and process power connections. The MTU Snap-on connector positions
is a passive unit used for connection of the
field wiring to the I/O modules. It also contains a part of the ModuleBus.
3BSE 020 924R4101 495

connections. The maximum rated voltage is 50 V and maximum rated current is 2 A
per channel. Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for different
types of I/O modules.
with a screwdriver.
groups. Each group consists of 8 I/O connections, 2 process voltage connection and
5 common L- connections.
Crimp terminals are provided for connection to field wiring and insertion into the 3
snap-on connectors. Once the contacts are correctly placed in the connectors, the
cable can be easily inserted and removed without future wiring errors. This
assembly function can be performed before the cables are delivered to the site.
Cable plugs and crimp snap in connectors are not included in TU814.
496 3BSE 020 924R4101

Item Value
2 x 2 process power terminals
2 x 5 process power 0 V
I/O channel
ModuleBus:
Maximum 5 V current distribution: 1.5 A
Maximum 24V current distribution: 1.5 A
Acceptable wire sizes Stranded: 0.2 - 0.5 mm2, 24 - 20 AWG
attached to crimped snap-in connectors 0.5 - 1.0 mm2, 20 - 18 AWG
(3) (1) 1.5 - 2.5 mm2, 16 - 14 AWG
I/O module lock Locks module and enables operation
protected)
3BSE 020 924R4101 497

(1) Supplied by Phoenix Contact:

Cable plug 1808890 MSTBC 2.5/10-ST-5.08
Crimp snap in connector: 1879531 MSTBC-MT 0.2-0.5 or
3190564 MSTBC-MT 0.5-1.0 or
3190551 MSTBC-MT 1.5-2.5
Crimping tool: 1204038 CRIMPFOX MT 2.5
Remove insulation tool: 1204384 QUICK WIREFOX 6
498 3BSE 020 924R4101

Table A-92 TU814 Process Connection Crimp Connector (X1)

1 L1- L1+ L1+
2 A1 (L1-) B1 C1
3 2 (L1-) 2 2
4 3 (L1-) 3 3
5 4 (L1-) 4 4
6 5 (L2-) 5 5
7 6 (L2-) 6 6
8 7 (L2-) 7 7
9 A8 (L2-) B8 C8
10 L2- L2+ L2+
Contact crimping tool

FE
D A for installation is not supplied.

C
B
Phoenix part - CRIMPFOX MT2.5

FE
D A
C
B
Connection is made with

removable contacts crimped
to the wires
3BSE 020 924R4101 499

TU814
C B A
C/4 Male UP1 UP1
ZP1 ZP1
EM
I1 I1 1
I2 I2 1
ZP1 1
BLOCK
I3 I3 2
I4 I4 2
ZP12
I5 I5 3
I6 I6 3
ZP1 3
I7 I7 4
I8 I8 4
ZP1 4
I9 I9 5
I 10 I 10 5
ZP2 5
I 11 I 11
I 12 I 12 6
ZP2 6
I 13 I 13 7
I 14 I 14 7
ZP2 7
I 15 I 15 8
I 16 I 16 8
2
2
3
/ 3
/
7
/
/
/
ZP2 8
DAT, DAT-N
+24V, 0V24
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
UP2 UP2
+5V
0V
ZP2 ZP2
R/4 Female
500 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications TU830 Extended MTU
A.45 TU830 Extended MTU
A.45.0.1 Features
Row A
Row B
Row C
50 Volt applications - use
with AI810, AI820, AI830,
AI835, AI843, AI845,
AO810, AO820, AO845,
L1+L1+ 1
DI810, DI811, DI814,
L1- L1- A1 2
DI830, DI831, DI840,
C1 2
DI880, DI885, DO810,
2
DO814, DO815, DO840,
3
3
3
DO880, DP820 and DP840
4
4
4
I/O modules 5
5
5
6
Complete installation of I/O

6
6
7
modules using 3-wire

7
7
8
connections, fuses and field

8
8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 L2+L2+
power distribution
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 L2- L2-
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 C1619 20
E
F
Up to 16 channels of field D
A
signals and process power
C
B
connections
E
F
D
Connections to ModuleBus C A
and I/O modules B
Mechanical keying prevents

insertion of the wrong I/O
module
Latching device to DIN rail
Fuse Holder
for grounding
DIN rail mounting.
3BSE 020 924R4101 501

TU830 Extended MTU Appendix A Specifications
The TU830 is a 16 channel 50 V extended module termination unit (MTU) for the
S800 I/O. The MTU is a passive unit used for connection of the field wiring to the
I/O modules. It also contains a part of the ModuleBus.
connections. Each channel has two I/O connections and one ZP connection. The
process voltage can be connected to two individually isolated groups. Each group
has a 6.3 A fuse. The maximum rated voltage is 50 V and maximum rated current is
2 A per channel. It is recommended that the fuse rating be chosen to meet the
applications needs.
with a screwdriver.
groups. Each group consists of 8 I/O channels, process voltage connection and a
6.3 A fuse (as delivered). Each I/O channel has two I/O connections and one ZP
connection. For input modules, field power is provided by the B-row.
502 3BSE 020 924R4101

Table A-93 TU830 Extended MTU Specifications
Item Value
4 Process terminals 6.3 A
I/O channel
ModuleBus:
Fuse (2) 6.3 A (fast glass tube, 5x20 mm)
Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
protected)
Width 126 mm (5) including connector,
120.5 mm (4.74) edge to edge installed
3BSE 020 924R4101 503

Table A-93 TU830 Extended MTU Specifications (Continued)
Item Value
Height 110 mm (4.3)
504 3BSE 020 924R4101


1 L1- L1+ NC
2 L1- L1+ NC
3 A1 B1 C1
4 2 2 2
5 3 3 3
6 4 4 4
7 5 5 5
8 6 6 6
9 7 7 7
10 8 8 8
11 9 9 9
12 10 10 10
13 11 11 11
14 12 12 12
15 13 13 13
16 14 14 14
17 15 15 15
18 A16 B16 C16
19 L2- L2+ NC
20 L2- L2+ NC
3BSE 020 924R4101 505


TU830 C B A
UP1 6.3A UP1
C/4 Male
UP1
ZP1 ZP1
ZP1
I1 I1 1
EM
U1 U1 1
ZP11
I2 I 22
BLOCK
U2 U2 2
ZP12
I3 I3 3
U3 U3 3
ZP13
I4 I4 4
U4 U4 4
ZP14
I5 I5 5
U5 U5 5
ZP15
I6 I6 6
U6 U6 6
ZP16
I7 I7 7
U7 U7 7
ZP17
I8 I8 8
U8 U8 8
ZP18
I9 I9 9
U9 U9 9
ZP29
. .
.
2
2
3
/ 3
.
7
/
.
/
/
/
.
I16 I16 16
U16 U1616
DAT, DAT-N
+24V, 0V24
ZP216
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
UP2
6.3A
+5V
UP2 UP2
0V
ZP2
ZP2 ZP2
ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female EM
506 3BSE 020 924R4101

A.46.0.1 Features
Row A
Row B
with DI820, DI821, DO820,
and DO821 I/O modules
Greater connection area for
larger wires
Up to 8 isolated channels of
field signals
B1
A1
Connections to ModuleBus
2
2
and I/O modules 3

3

4
4

5
5
module
6
6
E
F
7
D
7
A
for grounding
C
B8
B
A8
DIN rail mounting.
E
F
D
A
C
A.46.0.2 Description B
The TU831 is a 8 channel 250 V

extended module termination unit
(MTU) for the S800 I/O.
The MTU is a passive unit used
for connection of the field wiring
to the I/O modules. It also contains a part of the ModuleBus.
The TU831 MTU can have up to 8 I/O channels. The maximum rated voltage is
250 V and maximum rated current is 3 A per channel.
3BSE 020 924R4101 507

with a screwdriver.
508 3BSE 020 924R4101

Item Value
I/O channel
ModuleBus:
Acceptable wire sizes Solid: 0.2 - 6mm2
Stranded: 0.2 - 4 mm2, 24 - 10 AWG
protected)
Width 126 mm (5) including connector, 120.5
Height 110 mm (4.3)
3BSE 020 924R4101 509

Position Row A Row B

1 A1 B1
2 2 2
3 3 3
4 4 4
5 5 5
6 6 6
7 7 7
8 A8 B8
510 3BSE 020 924R4101


TU831
B A
C/4 Male
O 1.1 S1 1
O 1.2 S2 1
O 2.1 S3 2
EM
O 2.2 S4 2
O 3.1 S5 3
BLOCK
O 3.2 S6 3
O 4.1 S7 4
O 4.2 S8 4
O 5.1 S9 5
O 5.2 S10 5
O 6.1 S11 6
O 6.2 S12 6
O 7.1 S13 7
O 7.2 S14 7
2
2
3
/ 3
7
/
/
/
/
O 8.1 S15 8
O 8.2 S16 8
DAT, DAT-N
+24V, 0V24
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
+5V
0V
EM
ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female
3BSE 020 924R4101 511

A.47.0.1 Features
with AI810, AI820, AI830,
AI835, AI843, AI845,
AO810, AO820, AO845,
DI810, DI811, DI814,
DI830, DI831, DI840,
DI880, DI885, DO810,
DO814, DO815, DO840,
DO880, DP820 and DP840
I/O modules
modules using 3-wire
connections, fuses and field
power distribution.
Up to 16 channels of field
connections.
Connections to ModuleBus and I/O modules.
Mechanical keying prevents insertion of the wrong I/O module.
Latching device to DIN rail for grounding.
DIN rail mounting.
Spring-case terminal
512 3BSE 020 924R4101

process voltage can be connected to two individually isolated groups. Each group
has a 6.3 A fuse. The maximum rated voltage is 50 V and maximum rated current is
2 A per channel. It is recommended that the fuse rating be chosen to meet the
applications needs.
with a screwdriver.
groups. Each group consists of 8 I/O channels, process voltage connection and a
6.3 A fuse (as delivered). Each I/O channel has two I/O connections and one ZP
connection. For input modules, field power is provided by the B-row.
The process connection terminals are of spring-case type. Only one wire per
terminal is recommended.
3BSE 020 924R4101 513

Item Value
4 Process terminals 6.3 A
I/O channel
ModuleBus:
Acceptable wire sizes Solid: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 -12 AWG
Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
Only one wire per terminal
protected)
514 3BSE 020 924R4101

Item Value
Height 105 mm (4.1)
3BSE 020 924R4101 515


1 L1- L1+ NC
2 L1- L1+ NC
3 A1 B1 C1
4 2 2 2
5 3 3 3
6 4 4 4
7 5 5 5
8 6 6 6
9 7 7 7
10 8 8 8
11 9 9 9
12 10 10 10
13 11 11 11
14 12 12 12
15 13 13 13
16 14 14 14
17 15 15 15
18 A16 B16 C16
19 L2- L2+ NC
20 L2- L2+ NC
516 3BSE 020 924R4101


TU833 C B A
UP1 6.3A UP1
C/4 Male
UP1
ZP1 ZP1
ZP1
I1 I1 1
EM
U1 U1 1
ZP11
I2 I 22
BLOCK
U2 U2 2
ZP12
I3 I3 3
U3 U3 3
ZP13
I4 I4 4
U4 U4 4
ZP14
I5 I5 5
U5 U5 5
ZP15
I6 I6 6
U6 U6 6
ZP16
I7 I7 7
U7 U7 7
ZP17
I8 I8 8
U8 U8 8
ZP18
I9 I9 9
U9 U9 9
ZP29
. .
.
2
2
3
/ 3
.
7
/
.
/
/
/
.
I16 I16 16
U16 U1616
DAT, DAT-N
+24V, 0V24
ZP216
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
UP2
6.3A
+5V
UP2 UP2
0V
ZP2
ZP2 ZP2
ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female EM
3BSE 020 924R4101 517

A.48.0.1 Features
Row A
Row B
with the AI810 and AI845
modules
connections X11
L1+L1+
Each channel has one
L1-L1-
fused transducer power

11 12 21 22 31 32 41 42 5152 61 62 71 72 8182
terminal and one signal

connection
Process voltage can be
connected to 2 individually
isolated groups
E
F
Connections to D
A
ModuleBus and I/O
C
X12
B
modules
E
F
L2+L2+
D
A
Mechanical keying
L2- L2-
C
B
prevents insertion of the

wrong I/O module X13
Latching device to DIN

rail for grounding
DIN rail mounting.
518 3BSE 020 924R4101

The TU835 MTU can have up to 8 I/O channels. The maximum rated voltage is 50
V and maximum rated current is 2 A per channel.
with a screwdriver.
has two connections: one fused transducer power terminal and one signal
connection. Process voltage can be connected to two individually isolated groups.
3BSE 020 924R4101 519

Item Value
Rated maximum continuous current per 2A
I/O channel
ModuleBus:
Maximum 5 current distribution 1.5 A
Fuse (8) 100 mA (fast glass tube, 5x20 mm)
Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
(earth protected)
Height 110 mm (4.3)
520 3BSE 020 924R4101

Table A-99 TU835 Compact MTU Specifications (Continued)
Item Value
process voltage connection Up/Zp.
Table A-100 TU835 Process Power Source Connections (X11, X13)

X11 - 1 L1- L1+
X11 - 2 L1- L1+
X13 - 1 L2- L2+
X13 - 2 L2- L2+
Position Row A
1 11 (F1, L1+ power)
2 12 (signal)
3 21 (F2, L1+ power)
4 22 (signal)
5 31 (F3, L1+ power)
6 32 (signal)
7 41 (F4, L1+ power)
8 42 (signal)
3BSE 020 924R4101 521

Table A-101 TU835 Process Connection Screw Terminals (X12) (Continued)
Position Row A
9 51 (F5, L2+ power)
10 52 (signal)
11 61 (F6, L2+ power)
12 62 (signal)
13 71 (F7, L2+ power)
14 72 (signal)
15 81 (F8, L2+ power)
16 82 (signal)
522 3BSE 020 924R4101

TU835
ModuleBus Connector I/O module X11
C/4 Male B A
UP1 L1+ 1
L1+ 2
ZP1 L1- 1
L1- 2
EM
X12
A
F1 U1 11 1
S1 12 2
BLOCK
F2 U2 21 3
S2 22 4
F3 U3 31 5
S3 32 6
F4 U4 41 7
S4 42 8
F5 U5 51 9
S5 52 10
F6 U6 61 11
S6 62 12
F7 U7 71 13
S7 72 14
F8 U8 81 15
S8 82 16
X13
2
2
3
/ 3
/
7
B A
/
/
/
UP2 L2+ 1
L2+ 2
DAT, DAT-N
+24V, 0V24
POS 0 - 6
ZP2 L2- 1
POWOK
L2- 2
+5V
0V
EM
R/4 Female
3BSE 020 924R4101 523

A.49.0.1 Features
Row A
Row B
with the DO820, and
DO821 modules
Two groups with 4 channels
X11
of field signals and process
power connections
L1 L1
N1 N1
Each channel has one fused

load power terminal and
11 12 21 22 31 32 41 42 51 52 61 62 71 72 81 82
one signal return

connection
connected to 2 individually
isolated groups
E
F
Connections to ModuleBus D
A
and I/O modules
C
X12
B
E
F
L2 L2
D
A
N2 N2
C
B
module
X13
for grounding
DIN rail mounting.
524 3BSE 020 924R4101

with a screwdriver.
groups. Each groups consists of 4 I/O connections and process voltage connection.
Each channel has two connections: one fused load outlet terminal and one signal
return connection.
3BSE 020 924R4101 525

Item Value
process voltage connection (L1, L2, N1, N2)
Rated maximum continuous current per I/O 3A
channel
ModuleBus:
Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
protected)
526 3BSE 020 924R4101

Item Value
Height 110 mm (4.3)
Connections
Table A-103 TU836 Process Power Source Connections (X11, X13)

X11 - 1 N1 L1
X11 - 2 N1 L1
X13 - 1 N2 L2
X13 - 2 N2 L2
Position Row A
1 11 (F1, L1 power)
2 12 (signal return)
3 21 (F2, L1 power)
5 31 (F3, L1 power)
7 41 (F4, L1 power)
3BSE 020 924R4101 527

Position Row A
9 51 (F5, L2 power)
11 61 (F6, L2 power)
13 71 (F7, L2 power)
15 81 (F8, L2 power)
528 3BSE 020 924R4101

TU836 X11
ModuleBus Connector I/O module B A
C/4 Male
UP1 L1 1
L1 2
ZP1 N1 1
N1 2
EM
X12
A
S1 F1 S11 11 1
12 2
BLOCK
S2 F2 S21 21 3
22 4
S3 F3 S31 31 5
32 6
S4 F4 S41 41 7
42 8
S5 F5 S51 51 9
52 10
S6 F6 S61 61 11
62 12
S7 F7 S71 71 13
72 14
S8 F8 S81 81 15
82 16
2
2
3
/ 3
/
7
/
/
/
X13
B A
DAT, DAT-N
+24V, 0V24
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
UP2 L2 1
L2 2
+5V
0V
ZP2 N2 1
N2 2
ModuleBus Connector
EM
R/4 Female
3BSE 020 924R4101 529

A.50.0.1 Features
Row A
Row B
Fuse
250 Volt applications - use Holders
with the DO820, and

DO821 modules X11
Up to 8 individually
N1 11 12
isolated channels of field
N1 13 14
B1
connections
A1
Each channel has two 2
terminals and one is fused

2
Allows a mix of isolated

3
and grouped channels

4
4
Process voltage return can

5
be connected to
E
5
F
2 individually isolated D
A
6
X12
groups
C
B
6
E
Connections to ModuleBus
F
7
D
and I/O modules A
B8
C
B
A8

25 26 N2
27 28 N2

module X13

for grounding
DIN rail mounting
530 3BSE 020 924R4101

with a screwdriver.
has two connections, one is fused. There are 2 individually isolated groups for
signal return connections.
3BSE 020 924R4101 531

Item Value
2 x 6 power common terminals
signal return connection (N1, N2)
I/O channel
ModuleBus:
Acceptable wire sizes
Signal connection Solid: 0.2 - 6 mm
Stranded: 0.2 - 4 mm2, 24 - 10 AWG
Return connection Solid: 0.2 - 4 mm
Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
protected)
532 3BSE 020 924R4101

Item Value
Height 110 mm (4.3)
3BSE 020 924R4101 533

Table A-106 TU837 Process Power Connection X11
Row A Row B
Terminal
Signal Marking Signal Marking
1 ZP1 N1 ZP1 N1
2 ZP1 13 ZP1 11
3 ZP1 14 ZP1 12
Table A-107 TU 837 Process Power Connection X13
Row A Row B
Terminal
1 ZP2 27 ZP2 25
2 ZP2 28 ZP2 26
3 ZP2 N2 ZP2 N2
Table A-108 TU 837 Process Connection Terminals X12
Row A Row B
Terminal
1 S21 (F1) A1 S1 B1
2 S41 (F2) 2 S3 2
3 S61 (F3) 3 S5 3
4 S81 (F4) 4 S7 4
5 S101 (F5) 5 S9 5
6 S121 (F6) 6 S11 6
534 3BSE 020 924R4101

Table A-108 TU 837 Process Connection Terminals X12 (Continued)
Row A Row B
Terminal
7 S141 (F7) 7 S13 7
8 S161 (F8) A8 S15 B8
3BSE 020 924R4101 535

X11
B A
TU837 ZP1 N1 1
ModuleBus Connector C/4 Male I/O module
X12 N1 1
B A
S1 B1 1
S2 F1 S21 A1 1
11 2
EM
S3 2 2
S4 F2 S41 2 2
12 3
BLOCK
S5 3 3
S6 F3 S61 3 3
13 2
S7 4 4
S8 F4 S81 4 4
14 3
S9 5 5
S10 F5 S101 5 5
25 1
S11 6 6
S12 F6 S121 6 6
26 2
S13 7 7
S14 F7 S141 7 7
2
2
3
3
7
/
/
/
/
/
27 1
S15 B8 8
DAT, DAT-N
+24V, 0V24
POS 0 - 6
S16 F8 S161
POWOK
A8 8
28 2
+5V
0V
EM N2 3
ZP2
ModuleBus Connector R/4 Female
N2 3
B A
X13
536 3BSE 020 924R4101

A.51.0.1 Features
Module
50 Volt applications - use connector
Row A
Row B
Fuse
with the AI810, AI845, Holders
DI810, DI811, DI814,
DI830, DI831, DI840 and
DI880 modules
L1
+
Complete installation of
L1
-
L1
+
I/O modules using L1
-
1
B
1
A
3-wire connections, fuses

2
2
and field power 3

3
distribution
4
4
5
5
6
6
signals and 8 process

7
7
power connections
8
8
9
9
Two channels share one

10
10
fused transducer power
E
11
F
11
D
terminal A
12
12
C
B
13
13

14
E
14
F
connected to 2
15
D
A
15
individually isolated
16
B
C
B
16
A
groups, if the I/O module

L2
+
L2
-
L2
+
supports it
L2
-
Connections to
ModuleBus and I/O
modules
Screw terminals
Mechanical keying
prevents insertion of the wrong I/O module
Latching device to DIN rail for grounding
DIN rail mounting.
3BSE 020 924R4101 537

with a screwdriver.
The process signal terminals are divided into two equal and individually isolated
groups. Each group consists of 8 I/O channels, 4 fused transducer power outlets,
4 return connections and process voltage connection. Process voltage can be
connected to two individually isolated groups, only valid if the I/O module supports
that.
538 3BSE 020 924R4101

Item Value
8 fused field power distributions
4 process power
12 process power (0 V)
process voltage connection
ModuleBus:
channel
Fuse (8) Only on delivery:100 mA (fast glass
tube, 5x20 mm)
Otherwise: Max. 3,5 A
Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
protected)
3BSE 020 924R4101 539

Item Value
Height 110 mm (4.3)
540 3BSE 020 924R4101

Row A Row B
L1- (L1- power) L1+ (L1+ power)
A1 (F1, L1+) B1 (signal)
A2 (L1-) B2 (signal)
A11 (F6, L2+) B11 (signal)
A13 (F7, L2+) B13 (signal)
A15 (F8, L2+) B15 (signal)
3BSE 020 924R4101 541


TU838
ModuleBus Connector C/4 Male I/O module

B A
UP1 L1+ 1
ZP1 L1- 1
L1+ 2
L1- 2
S1 B1 3
EM
F1 U1 A1 3
S2 B2 4
A2 4
S3 B3 5
F2 U2 A3 5
S4 B4 6
A4 6
BLOCK
S5 B5 7
F3 U3 A5 7
S6 B6 8
A6 8
S7 B7 9
F4 U4 A7 9
S8 B8 10
A8 10
S9 B9 11
F5 U5 A9 11
S10 B1012
A10 12
S11 B1113
F6 U6 A11 13
S12 B1214
A12 14
S13 B1315
F7 U7 A13 15
S14 B1416
A14 16
S15 B1517
F8 U8 A15 17
2
2
3
/ 3
S16 B1618
/
7
A16 18
/
/
/
UP2 L2+ 19
DAT, DAT-N
+24V, 0V24
ZP2 L2- 19
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
L2+ 20
L2- 20
+5V
0V
ModuleBus Connector C/4 Male EM
542 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications TU842 Redundant Horizontal MTU
A.52 TU842 Redundant Horizontal MTU
A.52.0.1 Features
with AI843, AO845, DI840,
DI880, DO840, DO880 and
DP840 I/O modules
modules using
3-wire connections and field
power distribution
connections
Connections to two
ModuleBuses and I/O
modules
module
for grounding
DIN rail mounting.
The TU842 is a 16 channel module termination unit (MTU) for redundant S800 I/O
modules and for mounting on a horizontal DIN rail. The MTU is a passive unit used
for connection of the field wiring to the I/O modules. It also contains a part of the
ModuleBus.
The TU842 MTU can have up to 16 I/O channels and 2+2 process voltage
maximum rated voltage is 50 V and maximum rated current is 3 A per channel.
3BSE 020 924R4101 543

TU842 Redundant Horizontal MTU Appendix A Specifications
The MTU distributes the two ModuleBuses to each I/O module and to the next
MTU. It also generates the correct address to the I/O modules by shifting the
Four mechanical keys, two for each I/O module, are used to configure the MTU for
different types of I/O modules. This is only a mechanical configuration and it does
not affect the functionality of the MTU or the I/O module. Each key has six
positions, which gives a total number of 36 different configurations.
The configuration can be changed with a screwdriver.
Each I/O channel has two I/O connections and one ZP connection. For input
modules, field power is provided by the B-row.
544 3BSE 020 924R4101

Table A-111 TU842 Redundant Horizontal MTU Specifications
Item Value
4 Process terminals
20 Process power 0 V
I/O channel
ModuleBus:
Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
Mechanical keys (2+2) 36 different combinations
protected)
Width 131 mm (5.16) including connector,
124 mm (4.88) edge to edge installed
3BSE 020 924R4101 545

Table A-111 TU842 Redundant Horizontal MTU Specifications (Continued)
Item Value
Height 186.5 mm (7.34) including locking
device

1 L1- L1+
2 L1- L1+
3 A1 B1 C1
4 2 2 2
5 3 3 3
6 4 4 4
7 5 5 5
8 6 6 6
9 7 7 7
10 8 8 8
11 9 9 9
12 10 10 10
13 11 11 11
14 12 12 12
15 13 13 13
16 14 14 14
546 3BSE 020 924R4101


17 15 15 15
18 A16 B16 C16
19 L2- L2+
20 L2- L2+
3BSE 020 924R4101 547

TU842 C B A
ModuleBus MSL
Connector UP1 L1+
A L1+
B
ZP L1-
L1-
S1 1
U1 1
1
S2 2
U2 2
2
S3 3
U3 3
3
S4 4
BLOCK
U4 4
4
S5 5
U5 5
5
S6 6
ModuleBus Process Connector
U6
ModuleBus Connector
6
6
S7 7
I/O Module A
U7 7
7
S8 8
U8 8
8
S9 9
U9 9
9
S10 10
U10 10
10
S11 11
U11 11
11
S12 12
U12 12
12
S13 13
U13 13
13
S14 14
U14 14
14
S15 15
U15 15
15
S16 16
U16 16
16
UP2 L2+
EM L2+
L2-
L2-
MSL
UP1
BLOCK
ZP
S1
U1
I/O Module B
- - - - - -
S16
U16
UP2
A B
EM
ModuleBus
Connector
548 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications TU843 Redundant Vertical MTU
A.53 TU843 Redundant Vertical MTU
A.53.0.1 Features
with AI843, AO845, DI840,
DI880, DO840, DO880 and
DP840 I/O modules
modules using
power distribution
connections
Connections to two
ModuleBuses and I/O
modules
module
for grounding
DIN rail mounting.
modules and for mounting on a vertical DIN rail. The MTU is a passive unit used
ModuleBus.
maximum rated voltage is 50 V and maximum rated current is 3 A per channel.
3BSE 020 924R4101 549

TU843 Redundant Vertical MTU Appendix A Specifications
The MTU distributes the two ModuleBuses, one to each the I/O module and to the
next MTU. It also generates the correct address to the I/O modules by shifting the
Four mechanical keys, two for each module, are used to configure the MTU for
Each I/O channel has two I/O connections and one ZP connection. For input
modules, field power is provided by the B-row.
550 3BSE 020 924R4101

Table A-113 TU843 Redundant Vertical MTU Specifications
Item Value
4 Process terminals
I/O channel
ModuleBus:
Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
protected)
3BSE 020 924R4101 551

Table A-113 TU843 Redundant Vertical MTU Specifications (Continued)
Item Value
device

1 L1- L1+
2 L1- L1+
3 A1 B1 C1
4 2 2 2
5 3 3 3
6 4 4 4
7 5 5 5
8 6 6 6
9 7 7 7
10 8 8 8
11 9 9 9
12 10 10 10
13 11 11 11
14 12 12 12
15 13 13 13
16 14 14 14
552 3BSE 020 924R4101


17 15 15 15
18 A16 B16 C16
19 L2- L2+
20 L2- L2+
3BSE 020 924R4101 553

TU843 C B A
ModuleBus MSL
Connector UP1 L1+
A L1+
B
ZP L1-
L1-
S1 1
U1 1
1
S2 2
U2 2
2
S3 3
U3 3
3
S4 4
BLOCK
U4 4
4
S5 5
U5 5
5
S6 6
U6
ModuleBus Connector
6
6
S7 7
I/O Module A
U7 7
7
S8 8
U8 8
8
S9 9
U9 9
9
S10 10
U10 10
10
S11 11
U11 11
11
S12 12
U12 12
12
S13 13
U13 13
13
S14 14
U14 14
14
S15 15
U15 15
15
S16 16
U16 16
16
UP2 L2+
EM L2+
L2-
L2-
MSL
UP1
BLOCK
ZP
S1
U1
I/O Module B
- - - - - -
S16
U16
UP2
A B
EM
ModuleBus
Connector
554 3BSE 020 924R4101

A.54 TU844 Redundant Horizontal MTU
A.54.0.1 Features
with AI845, AI880 and
DP840 modules
modules using
power distribution
connections
Connections to two
ModuleBuses and I/O
modules
module
for grounding
DIN rail mounting
modules and for mounting on a horizontal DIN rail. The MTU is a passive unit used
ModuleBus.
connections. Each channel has two I/O connections and one ZP connection. Input
signals are connected via individual shunt sticks, TY801. The shunt stick is used to
3BSE 020 924R4101 555

choose between voltage and current input. The maximum rated voltage is 50 V and
maximum rated current is 2 A per channel.
The MTU distributes the two ModuleBuses, one to each I/O module and to the next
556 3BSE 020 924R4101

Table A-115 TU844 Redundant Horizontal MTU Specifications
Item Value
4 Process terminals
I/O channel
ModuleBus:
Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
protected)
3BSE 020 924R4101 557

Table A-115 TU844 Redundant Horizontal MTU Specifications (Continued)
Item Value
device

1 L1- L1+
2 L1- L1+
3 A1 B1
4 2 2
5 3 3
6 4 4
7 5 5
8 6 6
9 7 7
10 8 8
11 9 9
12 10 10
13 11 11
14 12 12
15 13 13
16 14 14
558 3BSE 020 924R4101


17 15 15
18 A16 B16
19 L2- L2+
20 L2- L2+
3BSE 020 924R4101 559

TU844 Shunt stick B A

ModuleBus MSL
Connector UP1 L1+
L1+
A B
ZP L1-
U1 1 L1-
1
S1 2
2
U2 3
3
S2 4
4
BLOCK
U3 5
5
ModuleBus Connector
S3 6
6
U4 7
I/O Module A
7
S4 8
8
U5 9
9
S5 10
10
U6 11
11
S6 12
12
U7 13
13
S7 14
14
U8 15
15
S8 16
UP2 L2+ 16
L2+ L2-
EM L2-
MSL
UP1
BLOCK
ZP
U1
S1
I/O Module B
- - - - - -
U8
S8
A B UP2
EM
ModuleBus
Connector
560 3BSE 020 924R4101

A.55 TU845 Redundant Vertical MTU
A.55.0.1 Features
with AI845, AI880 and
DP840 modules
modules using
power distribution
connections
Connections to two
ModuleBuses and I/O
modules
module
for grounding
DIN rail mounting.
Include 8 individual shunt
sticks
modules and for mounting on a vertical DIN rail. The MTU is a passive unit used
ModuleBus.
3BSE 020 924R4101 561

connections. Each channel has two I/O connections and one ZP connection. Input
signals are connected via individual shunt sticks, TY801. The shunt stick is used to
choose between voltage and current input. The maximum rated voltage is 50 V and
maximum rated current is 2 A per channel.
The MTU distributes the two ModuleBuses, one to each I/O module and to the next
562 3BSE 020 924R4101

Table A-117 TU845 Redundant Vertical MTU Specifications
Item Value
4 Process terminals
I/O channel
ModuleBus:
Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
protected)
3BSE 020 924R4101 563

Table A-117 TU845 Redundant Vertical MTU Specifications (Continued)
Item Value
device

1 L1- L1+
2 L1- L1+
3 A1 B1
4 2 2
5 3 3
6 4 4
7 5 5
8 6 6
9 7 7
10 8 8
11 9 9
12 10 10
13 11 11
14 12 12
15 13 13
16 14 14
564 3BSE 020 924R4101


17 15 15
18 A16 B16
19 L2- L2+
20 L2- L2+
3BSE 020 924R4101 565

TU845 Shunt stick B A

ModuleBus MSL
Connector UP1 L1+
L1+
A B
ZP L1-
U1 1 L1-
1
S1 2
2
U2 3
3
S2 4
4
BLOCK
U3 5
5
ModuleBus Connector
S3 6
6
U4 7
I/O Module A
7
S4 8
8
U5 9
9
S5 10
10
U6 11
11
S6 12
12
U7 13
13
S7 14
14
U8 15
15
S8 16
UP2 L2+ 16
L2+ L2-
EM L2-
MSL
UP1
BLOCK
ZP
U1
S1
I/O Module B
- - - - - -
U8
S8
A B UP2
EM
ModuleBus
Connector
566 3BSE 020 924R4101

Appendix A Specifications TY801 Shunt Stick
A.56 TY801 Shunt Stick
A.56.0.1 Features
Current/voltage
indicator
Passive unit used for configuration of signal
type.
Used with TU844 and TU845 together with
AI845.
The TY801 Shunt Stick is used to
adjust the input for current or voltage signals.
In the upper corner of the shunt stick there is a part
of the circuit board that is visible. If the visible part
is to the left, the shunt stick is configured for
voltage and if it is to the right it is configured for
current.
3BSE 020 924R4101 567

TY801 Shunt Stick Appendix A Specifications
Table A-119 TY801 Shunt Stick Specifications
Item Value
Module catch Attaches module MTU TU844/TU845
Internal resistance 2 x 125 , 0.05%
protected)
Protection Rating IP20 according to IEC 60529
Rated Insulation Voltage 50 V
Width 11 mm (0.43)
Depth 15,5 mm (0.61)
Height 62 mm (2.44)
Weight 6 g (0.013 lbs.)
568 3BSE 020 924R4101

A.56.0.4 Block Diagram TY801
125
125
3BSE 020 924R4101 569

A.57 TY804 Shunt Stick
A.57.0.1 Features
Visible part of
circuit board
Passive unit used for configuration of signal
type.
Used on TU844 and TU845 together with
DP840.
The TY804 Shunt Stick is used to adjust the input
current to a voltage signal.
In the upper corner of the shunt stick there is a part
of the circuit board that is visible. The visible part
shall be turned to the right (current input) when the
shunt stick is mounted.
570 3BSE 020 924R4101

Table A-120 TY804 Shunt Stick Specifications
Item Value
Module catch Attaches module MTU TU844/TU845
Internal resistance 1.08 k 1%
protected)
Protection Rating IP20 according to IEC 60529
Rated Insulation Voltage 50 V
Width 11 mm (0.43)
Depth 15,5 mm (0.61)
Height 62 mm (2.44)
Weight 6 g (0.013 lbs.)
3BSE 020 924R4101 571

A.57.0.4 Block Diagram TY804
1 k
572 3BSE 020 924R4101

INDEX
A C
AI801 47, 69 Compact MTU 34, 483
AI810 38, 76 TU810 34, 472
AI820 38, 88 TU811 34, 478
AI825 39, 98 TU812 34, 483
AI830 39, 106 TU813 34, 489
AI835 39, 117 TU814 34, 495
AI843 39, 130
AI845 39, 142 D
AI880 40, 156 DI801 48, 204
AI880A 40, 156 DI802 48, 211
Analog input module DI803 48, 218
AI801 47, 69 DI810 41, 225
AI810 38, 76 DI811 41, 236
AI820 88 DI814 41, 247
AI825 98 DI820 41, 258
AI830 106 DI821 42, 266
AI835 117 DI825 42, 274
AI843 130 DI830 42, 282
AI845 39, 142 DI831 43, 293
AI880 40, 156 DI840 43, 304
AI880A 40, 156 DI880 43, 316
Analog output module DI885 43, 329
AO801 48, 164 Differential analog input module
AO810 40, 172 AI820 38
AO820 182 Digital input module
AO845 40, 192 DI801 48, 204
AO801 48, 164 DI802 48, 211
AO810 40, 172 DI803 48, 218
AO820 40, 182 DI810 41, 225
AO845 40, 192 DI811 41, 236
DI814 41, 247
B DI820 258
Bipolar analog output module DI821 42, 266
AO820 40 DI825 42, 274
3BSE 020 924R4101 573

Index
DI830 42, 282 Frequency measuring

DI831 43, 293 DP820 46, 431
DI840 43, 304 DP840 46, 452
DI880 43, 316
DI885 43, 329 I
Digital input module, SOE 275, 294, 330 I/O modules
Digital output module S800 53
DO801 48, 340 S800L 53
DO802 49, 347 I/O station 24
DO810 44, 354 Incremental pulse counter
DO814 44, 364 DP820 46, 431
DO815 44, 375 DP840 46, 452
DO820 45, 386
DO821 45, 396 L
DO840 45, 406 LEDs
DO880 45, 418 S800L I/O module 58
DO801 48, 340 S800M I/O module 55
DO802 49, 347
DO810 44, 354
M
DO814 44, 364
Module termination units 28
DO815 44, 375
ModuleBus master 24
DO820 45, 386
MTU
DO821 45, 396
TU805 469
DO840 45, 406
TU810 472
DO880 45, 418
TU811 478
DP820 46, 431
TU812 483
DP840 46, 452
TU813 489
TU814 495
E TU830 501, 512
Extended MTU TU831 507
TU830 34, 501, 512 TU835 518
TU831 35, 507 TU836 524
TU833 35 TU837 530
TU835 35, 518 TU838 537
TU836 35, 524 TU842 36, 543
TU837 36, 530 TU843 37, 549
TU838 36, 537 TU844 37, 555
TU845 37, 561
F MTUs 65
FCI 24
574 3BSE 020 924R4101

Index
O TU810 476
OSP 45 TU811 481, 493
TU812 486
P TU814 499
Process connection terminals TU830 505, 516
TU837 534 TU831 510
Process connections TU835 521
AI801 74 TU842 546
AI820 93, 103 TU843 552
AI830 112 TU844 558
AI835 124 TU845 564
AI843 137 Process power connections
AO801 169 TU837 534
AO810 177 Process power source connections
AO820 187 TU835 521
AO845 198 TU836 527
DI801 209
DI802 216 R
DI803 223 RTD input module
DI810 230 AI830 39, 106
DI811 241
DI814 252 S
DI820 263, 279 S800 I/O module replacement 61
DI821 271 S800 I/O modules 38
DI830 287 S800L I/O module replacement 66
DI831 298 S800L I/O modules 46
DI840 309 Sequence of event 282, 293, 329
DI880 322 Shunt stick
DI885 336 TY801 37, 567
DO801 345 TY804 37, 570
DO802 352 SOE 282, 293, 329
DO810 359
DO814 369 T
DO815 381 Terminal Unit
DO820 391 TU805 33, 469
DO821 401 Thermocouple/mV input module
DO840 412 AI835 39, 117
DO880 425 AI843 39, 130
DP820 445 TU805 33, 469
DP840 461 TU810 34, 472
3BSE 020 924R4101 575

Index
TU811 34, 478

TU812 34, 483
TU813 34, 489
TU814 34, 495
TU830 34, 501, 512
TU831 35, 507
TU833 35
TU835 35, 518
TU836 35, 524
TU837 36, 530
TU838 36, 537
TU842 36, 543
TU843 37, 549
TU844 37, 555
TU845 37, 561
TY801 37, 567
TY804 37, 570
576 3BSE 020 924R4101

3BSE 020 924R4101. Printed in Sweden June 2005
Copyright 2005 by ABB. All Rights Reserved
Registered Trademark of ABB.
Trademark of ABB.
http://www.abb.com/control
Automation Technology Products Automation Technology Products Automation Technology Products

Vsters, Sweden Wickliffe, Ohio, USA Mannheim, Germany
www.abb.com/processautomation www.abb.com/processautomation www.abb.de/processautomation
email: processautomation@se.abb.com email: industrialitsolutions@us.abb.com email: marketing.control-products@de.abb.com

IO Modules

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

IO Modules

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

IndustrialIT

800xA - Control and I/O

Modules and Termination Units

Modules and Termination Units

Copyright 2003 - 2005 by ABB.

Release: June 2005

Windows Registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.

Industrial IT Trademark of ABB.

Advant Registered trademark of ABB.

Advant Fieldbus Trademark of ABB.

PROFIBUS Registered trademark of Profibus International (P.I.)

PROFIBUS-DP Registered trademark of Profibus International (P.I.)

HART Registered trademark of HART Communication Foundation.

About This Book

3BSE 020 924R4101 5

1.1.1.13 TU838 Extended MTU, Individually Fused per Channel

6 3BSE 020 924R4101

1.1.2.18 DI830 Digital Input Module, 24 V d.c. with SOE,

3BSE 020 924R4101 7

8 3BSE 020 924R4101

A.2.0.4 Block Diagram AI810 ...........................................................80

3BSE 020 924R4101 9

A.7.0.5 Process Connections ............................................................ 137

10 3BSE 020 924R4101

A.13 AO845 Analog Output Module, single or redundant ...........................................192

3BSE 020 924R4101 11

A.18.0.2 Description ......................................................................... 236

12 3BSE 020 924R4101

A.23.0.1 Features ..............................................................................282

3BSE 020 924R4101 13

A.27.0.4 Simple Digital Input........................................................... 330

14 3BSE 020 924R4101

A.32.0.1 Features ..............................................................................375

3BSE 020 924R4101 15

A.37.0.3 Transducer Connection ...................................................... 431

16 3BSE 020 924R4101

A.41 TU811 Compact MTU..........................................................................................478

3BSE 020 924R4101 17

A.46.0.2 Description ......................................................................... 507

18 3BSE 020 924R4101

A.51.0.5 Block Diagram TU838 .......................................................542

3BSE 020 924R4101 19

A.57.0.2 Description ......................................................................... 570

INDEX ........................................................................................................................ 573

20 3BSE 020 924R4101

3BSE 020 924R4101 21

In general, the data sheet contains the following information:

0.2 Use of Warning, Caution, Information, and Tip Icons

Caution icon indicates important information or warning related to the concept

Information icon alerts the reader to pertinent facts and conditions.

22 3BSE 020 924R4101

3BSE 020 924R4101 23

24 3BSE 020 924R4101

RTD Resistance Temperature Detector

0.4 Applicable Specifications

3BSE 020 924R4101 25

0.5 Related Documentation

26 3BSE 020 924R4101

3BSE 020 924R4101 27

1.1 Product Overview

1.1.1 Module Termination Units and Terminal Units

28 3BSE 020 924R4101

3BSE 020 924R4101 29

Figure 1-2 S800L Module with TU805